Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080201652 | Techniques for viewing and managing work items and their relationships - Various technologies and techniques are disclosed for viewing and managing work items. A work item management application is provided to allow a user to view and manage a plurality of work items from a single view. An interactive viewing feature is provided to allow the user to interactively view complex relationships between selected groups of work items. When the user selects all of the work items of a particular type in a work item group, the orphaned items are visually indicated. A many-to-many linker feature allows the user to create many-to-many relationships between a selected group of the work items in a single operation. | 08-21-2008 |
20080201653 | Method and system of deploying server-based applications - A computer implemented method of constructing a computer application for automatically implementing a complex comparison programming task provides a compare design wizard to a display of a user's computer. The user interacts with the compare design wizard to specify (a) at least first and second data groups each containing associated data elements, (b) one or more keys from the first data group, and (c) one or more keys from the second data group, the keys comprising data elements that the user desires to be compared by the computer application. The user further interacts with the compare design wizard to specify one or more actions to be taken by the computer application based on data element comparisons to be performed by the computer application of: the keys matching between the first and second data groups; excess data being found in one of the groups; and excess data being found in a different one of the groups. | 08-21-2008 |
20080216005 | DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A display processing unit displays on a display unit a first selection screen on which a plurality of upper item symbols corresponding to respective upper setting items are arranged. A selection receiving unit receives a selection of an upper item symbol. When the selection of the upper item symbol is received, the display processing unit shifts a selected upper item symbol to a specified width position with a predetermined width in a predetermined distance from one side of a screen, and displays on the display unit a second selection screen on which other displayed upper item symbols are rearranged with an arrangement order unchanged. | 09-04-2008 |
20080222545 | Portable Electronic Device with a Global Setting User Interface - A portable electronic device with a global setting user interface on a touch screen display is disclosed. The user interface has a plurality of application icons. In response to a first gesture, the GUI changes the appearances of the application icons whose corresponding applications have user-adjustable settings. In response to a second gesture on a selected application icon whose appearance is changed, the GUI displays user-adjustable settings of an application that corresponds to the selected application icon. In response to one or more additional gestures, the GUI changes one or more user-adjustable settings of the application that corresponds to the selected application icon. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222546 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERSONALIZING PLAYBACK CONTENT THROUGH INTERACTION WITH A PLAYBACK DEVICE - User interfaces associated with devices and applications for distributing digital media content are described. A user interface may be provided that includes a favorites selection button allowing a user to identify selected media tracks and/or associated artists to be played more frequently. A ban selection button may be also provided allowing a user to selectively ban media tracks and/or associated artists. Additional controls may be provided including controls and interfaces for creating user customized stations to customize content delivery based on user specified preferences stored in a user profile. | 09-11-2008 |
20080235608 | Customizable layout of search results - Customizable layout of search results techniques are described. In an implementation, a user interface to display search results is provided having one or more portions that are user selectable to customize a layout of search results from a search service. When one or more of the portions are selected, the layout is customized by corresponding rearrangement of obtained search results locally at a client. One or more preferences that describe the layout specified by the user may be stored based on the user's interaction with the user interface. When the user performs a search via the search service, the results of the search are presented in accordance with the layout specified by the user. | 09-25-2008 |
20080244432 | Accentuated Graphical User Interface - A graphical user interface in which entities of the interface are manipulated using manipulation operations. The graphical user interface comprises a selectable interface entity upon which manipulation operations are commence-able, a first interface entity distinct from the selectable interface entity, and a second interface entity distinct from the first interface entity and the selectable interface entity. Upon commencement of a manipulation operation on the selectable interface entity, at least one of the first interface entity and the second interface entity is visually accentuated. | 10-02-2008 |
20080263467 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATING DIGITAL SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS USING INTELLIGENT SELF-CONFIGURING OBJECTS AND SMART TEMPLATES - A digital signage content management system is provided that uses existing interfaces such as web interfaces and turns existing commercially available graphics programs such as web based tools or locally run programs such as Microsoft PowerPoint® into a digital signage platform to facilitate developing and managing digital signage applications through the creation of smart objects and intelligent templates that are easy to create and easy to modify to suit different applications. This enables digital signage content to be professionally created without requiring custom programming for each and every stream of new and/or changing content. The smart objects and intelligent templates can also be used to provide content with changing elements in real-time. | 10-23-2008 |
20080270923 | Method and Apparatus for Displaying Test Data - In one embodiment, a plurality of test data entries are successively displayed via a graphical user interface (GUI), with each of the test data entries including at least a test result identifier and a corresponding test result. For at least one of the test data entries, a user-selectable mechanism is provided via the GUI. When the user-selectable mechanism is selected, additional data related to a particular one of the test data entries is caused to be displayed via the GUI. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 10-30-2008 |
20080270924 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING AND MODIFYING PORTLETS VIA AN APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACE - A method and a system for obtaining and modifying a plurality of Web components, such as portlets, via an application programming interface (API) are described. The method includes permitting a portal application to invoke a portlet, wherein the portlet runs inside a portlet container and the portal application runs independently from the portlet container; providing information to the portlet container about the invoked portlet related to a runtime environment of the portal application; and modifying the provided information from the portal application to customize the portlet. The system includes a portal application, a portlet container to permit the portal application to invoke a portlet, the portlet to run inside the portlet container and the portal application to run independently from the portlet container, an interface to provide and modify information about the invoked portlet that is related to a runtime environment of the portal application, and an interface to provide a portlet mode, a window state, and a set of Uniform Resource Locator (URL) parameters to the portal application to create a valid portlet URL. | 10-30-2008 |
20080276189 | Method and system for themeable on-screen display - A method of customizing an on-screen menu display. According to one embodiment, a plurality of selectable themes is provided and in response to a selection of one of the selectable themes, the graphical user interface is customized. According to one embodiment, the selectable themes provided are based on user's prior history and use (e.g., using a web cookie). Accordingly, various navigatible items, selectable items and related content may be customized and displayed to have the look and feel of the selected theme. Selectable themes may be a stilled image, animation, audio or a combination thereof. Accordingly, the on-screen display is customized based on the selected theme. In one embodiment, the selected theme and the configured on-screen display may be stored. Moreover, in one embodiment, an update for the selected theme may be automatically provided. | 11-06-2008 |
20080282178 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO PROVIDE NOTIFICATION OF MESSAGES AND PROMPTS ASSOCIATED WITH APPLICATIONS - A method of providing notification of messages and prompts associated with applications. When an application executing on a computer generates a prompt while the computer is unattended, a prompt notification program (PNP) sends descriptive information that corresponds to the prompt from the computer to a mobile messaging device. The mobile messaging device utilizes a graphical user interface (GUI) to display a screenshot of the prompt, and the mobile messaging device enables a user to enter a response to the prompt. Possible responses include, but are not limited to, a “yes” response, a “no” response, an “ignore” response, and a customized text response. The PNP receives the response to the prompt from the mobile messaging device, and the PNP provides the response to the application that generated the prompt. | 11-13-2008 |
20080295011 | BINDING AN IMAGE DESCRIPTOR OF A GRAPHICAL OBJECT TO A TEXT DESCRIPTOR - A computer-implementable method, system, and computer-readable medium for binding an image descriptor of a Graphical User Interface (GUI) widget to a text field are presented. The method includes associating an image descriptor, of the GUI widget, with a content of an active field in the text field, wherein the image descriptor of the GUI widget and the content of the active field in the text field are substantially similar. In response to the image descriptor of the GUI widget changing, the content of the active field in the text field is modified to represent the changed image descriptor of the GUI widget. | 11-27-2008 |
20080301572 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LAYING OUT PERFORATION PATTERNS - A method and system for automating the layout of perforation patterns is described. An embodiment of the invention includes an innovative software application running on a computer, which application allows a perforation designer to select lines or arcs that comprise edges of a building panel. The application determines a starting hole spacing based on the average distance through the geometric center of the panel, and a default perforation pattern is laid out on a computer aided drawing. The application provides the user with detailed information about the perforation layout such as number of perforations, panel area, and percentage of open area. The application further allows the user to change any parameter such as hole size, hole spacing, hole shape, and edge spacing. After any user adjustment of the parameters, the application automatically updates the perforation pattern. | 12-04-2008 |
20080307343 | Browsing or Searching User Interfaces and Other Aspects - User interfaces for browsing and/or searching are described. In one embodiment, a method includes displaying a first display area for display representations of documents matching a search query, the first display area configured to display content of the documents which can have a plurality of different types of content including at least one of text-based content and a folder, and displaying a second display area for selecting a selected document to be displayed in the first display area. Other embodiments are also described, and computer readable media and apparatuses are also described. | 12-11-2008 |
20080313555 | Scalable User Interface - The scaling of a user interface according to network or device limitations is disclosed. One embodiment provides a method of scaling a user interface, comprising sending a user interface over a network to a networked device, detecting a performance limitation of the user interface in at least one of the network or the networked device, and scaling a parameter of the user interface in response to the detected limitation to improve the performance of the user interface. In this manner, a user interface may be scaled in response to limitations on performance and end-user experience can be improved. | 12-18-2008 |
20080313556 | ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM WITH RULES ENGINE ARCHITECTURE - As access control system and method is provided. The access control system in one aspect may comprise a client application operable to provide a user interface for allowing a user to dynamically configure rules and associated parameters for controlling access to an entity; a rules engine proxy operable to receive said rules and associated parameters from the client application, the rules engine proxy further operable to dynamically compile and execute said rules; and a controller coupled to the rules engine proxy operable to receive input and further operable to trigger the rules engine proxy to execute one or more of said rules in response to the received input | 12-18-2008 |
20080313557 | System and Methods for Diagnosing and Managing Organization Change - A system and methods for diagnosing and managing organizational change. A method for diagnosing solutions to organizational performance issues comprises: receiving a list of issues which affect performance of an organization; in response to user input selecting a predefined category for each issue, generating a diagnostic chart including each issue in a column corresponding to the selected category; creating arrows connecting issues on the diagnostic chart based on user input specifying causal connections between issues; in response to user selection of a particular issue on the diagnostic chart, displaying a theme chart including all issues from the diagnostic chart connected to the particular issue; identifying a direct connection arrow between a first issue and second issue on the theme chart which are already connected indirectly through one or more other issues; and automatically removing from display the direct connection arrow, so as to clarify information displayed to the user. | 12-18-2008 |
20090006996 | Updating Content Within A Container Document For User Groups - A system and method for authenticating a user based on the user's association with a user group, enabling the user to configure a container document associated with the user group, receiving input from the user regarding configuring the container document associated with the user group, and providing an actual representation of the container document to the user based on the received input. | 01-01-2009 |
20090013275 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR QUICK VIEW OF APPLICATION DATA ON A HOME SCREEN INTERFACE TRIGGERED BY A SCROLL/FOCUS ACTION - A home screen user interface permits a user to select an application icon to trigger a quick preview of event data maintained by the associated application. The home screen presents a background and a predetermined number of application icons arranged on the home screen to enable viewing of a majority of the background. At least some of the application icons are operable to invoke respective user interfaces for event applications that manage respective data communication, voice communication and calendar events. Upon a user selecting an application icon corresponding to the respective event application, event data is displayed, preferably after a time delay, on a portion of the home screen. | 01-08-2009 |
20090013276 | Method and Apparatus for Scaling a User Interface Adaptively to an Object Discovery/Display System with Policy Driven Filtering - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and computer instructions for scaling a user interface adaptively to an object discovery or display system with policy driven filtering. A number of filters are defined by the user in an initial setup. The filter includes a target number of discovered objects and a metric for filtering discovered objects. Once the initial setup is complete, the present invention automatically triggers or deactivates the filters and dynamically applies one or more filters based on the number of discovered objects and rules defined by the user. Resulting discovered objects are displayed in the user interface to the user. | 01-08-2009 |
20090019385 | Management of Icons in a Display Interface - An aspect of the present invention simplifies management of icons by enabling a user to indicate that a first icon is to be merged with a second icon and displaying a third icon, where the third icon is different from each of the first and the second icons. The user may optionally de-merge the icons. In an embodiment, each of the constituent icons are designed to display the output of a program of a gadget. | 01-15-2009 |
20090019386 | Extraction and reapplication of design information to existing websites - A method and system is provided that allows for the extraction of design templates and other design information from an existing website through a visual point-and-click interface, requiring no programming knowledge; the detection and application of these templates across a plurality of existing web pages; as well as the application of these templates to newly generated content and newly generated or existing software. | 01-15-2009 |
20090024944 | User-centric widgets and dashboards - User-centric widgets and dashboards are automatically modified to reflect a user's goals and needs. | 01-22-2009 |
20090031235 | Exception page programming system - The present disclosure relates to exception page programming, and, in particular, to a system and method for providing an exception page programming tool for use with a page description language file where the exception page programming tool can display exception page programming within the context of a print job. | 01-29-2009 |
20090031236 | USER INTERFACE AND METHOD TO FACILITATE HIERARCHICAL SPECIFICATION OF QUERIES USING AN INFORMATION TAXONOMY - A user interface, system, and method are disclosed to facilitate specification of queries and displaying corresponding results. The user interface presents the user with dimensions that contain one or more headings arranged according to an information taxonomy, which can vary based on the intended implementation for the system and user interface. A corresponding filter or query is constructed based on the user selecting of one or more headings. The filter is applied to one or more databases to return results that satisfy the filter. The results are presented in the user interface and can include interactive items based on a particular query as well as can correspond to a fully specified task. | 01-29-2009 |
20090044138 | Web Widgets - A media authoring tool includes web widgets for creating page elements for various types of media (e.g., websites, blogs, broadcasts, slide shows, multimedia presentations). A widget inspector associated with the widget can be used to modify the behaviour of the widget. | 02-12-2009 |
20090049394 | QUANTIFYING AND ANALYZING BACK OFFICE AND FIELD SERVICE PROCESSES - A method includes collecting quantifying data to quantify each activity of a process, consolidating the quantifying data into a process record in a central location, and creating a process view from the process record. The process view includes at least an indication of a timing and duration of each activity of the process. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049395 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL HAVING TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile communication terminal having a camera module and a touch screen is provided. The mobile communication terminal transmits and receives text data while performing the video call with at least one other party's terminal. The touch screen displays at least one images when the text data transmission and reception function is started, an input window for displaying text data input through the touch screen, an output window for displaying the transmitted and received text data, and at least one soft key, and a controller for controlling, when the input window or one of the at least one soft key is selected, the touch screen for changing a display method of at least one of the first image, the second image, the input window, the output window, and the at least one soft key and for displaying a touch pad comprising a plurality of keys for inputting text data. | 02-19-2009 |
20090064019 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL INFORMATION PRESENTED TO PROCESS PLANT OPERATORS - Methods and apparatus to upgrade and control information presented to process plant operators are disclosed. A disclosed example method to control information presented to a process plant operator comprises presenting a first version of a process plant display, presenting a dynamic attention user interface when a selectable element of the first version of the process plant operator display is activated, wherein the dynamic attention user interface is to be used to adjust an importance of information presented in the first version of the process plant display, and presenting a second version of the process plant display based on a variable adjusted via the dynamic attention user interface. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064020 | Nested user interfaces for multiple displays - Nested user interfaces for multiple displays is described. In embodiment(s), user interface panels can be generated for individual display on a small screen device as well as for display together to form a nested user interface on a larger display device. Each user interface panel can be individually displayed to encompass a small display screen on the small screen device. Additionally, a television client device can render a nested user interface that includes a plurality of the user interface panels displayed together to form the nested user interface on a larger display device. | 03-05-2009 |
20090077482 | METHOD FOR EDITING PLAYLIST AND MULTIMEDIA REPRODUCING APPARATUS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A method for editing a playlist and a multimedia reproducing apparatus employing the same. The method for editing a playlist includes displaying a list including a plurality of content stored on a content reproducing apparatus, determining a content registration state indicating whether specific content on the list is registered in a playlist if a specific command is input during the displaying of the list, and displaying a menu including the content registration state. Accordingly, since a plurality of playlists is supported, the user can edit the playlist more diversely and more conveniently. | 03-19-2009 |
20090094542 | Classification Tool - Disclosed is a method which, in one embodiment, enables a user to navigate the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HTS). The method initially involves uploading a delimited HTS file, and using it to create a wizard which optionally allows the user to navigate a series of options menus, or alternatively, the entire menu hierarchy can be displayed on the same screen. The selections made at every menu is saved for future reference. The method also optionally enables the documentation of Export Control Classification Numbers, which are recorded along with applicable control information for the product. | 04-09-2009 |
20090094543 | Web service user experience without upfront storage expense - A method is provided for allocating resources for users of a service based on whether a user has expressed intent to fully utilize capabilities of the service. If the intent is expressed by a user, an infrastructure is created that enables the user to maintain, via a user interface, artifacts associated with an account of the user on the service. A user that has not yet expressed such intent is presented with a prospective user interface simulating the user interface without enabling the prospective user to maintain the artifacts associated with an account of the prospective user. | 04-09-2009 |
20090094544 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A LAYOUT FOR A USER INTERFACE TO DISPLAY ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure relates to a system and method of selecting a layout for a user interface for generation on a display of an electronic device. The method comprises the steps of: a) obtaining a representation of the interface; b) generating a plurality of parses of the interface; c) measuring the suitability of each parse; and d) choosing a parse with high suitability. | 04-09-2009 |
20090100362 | TEMPLATE BASED METHOD FOR CREATING VIDEO ADVERTISEMENTS - A method and system are disclosed for allowing an advertiser or other user to create high-end advertisements via a plurality of software-based, predefined templates. The templates may be customized by a user to configure the appearance, flow, interactivity and other features of an advertisement. The present system further provides a user interface allowing a user to interact with and configure the templates, thus allowing the user to control the appearance, flow, interactivity, transitions, timers, etc. of the advertisement. In addition to controlling these parameters, the templates also allow a user to associate one or more content files, or assets, with an advertisement. Thus, an advertiser may easily incorporate a video or other content into an advertisement. | 04-16-2009 |
20090100363 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DECLUTTERING ICONS REPRESENTING POINTS OF INTEREST ON A MAP - Methods and systems are provided for decluttering icons on a map graphically presented on a display. In one implementation, a method is provided for decluttering icons representing points-of-interest on a map, wherein the method includes determining whether icons in a map view are overlapping and grouping the icons which are determined to overlap into at least one icon group. The method may also include repositioning the icons in each icon group into a decluttered icon patterns, wherein repositioning includes repositioning the icons at a predetermined distance from a common focal point. In addition, the method may include adjusting the repositioned icons to a different position in the map view when the repositioned icons overlap. Additionally, or alternatively, the method may include repositioning an icon in at least one decluttered icon pattern to a new position in the map view based on input from a user. | 04-16-2009 |
20090100364 | BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION MEASURING APPARATUS - A biological information measuring apparatus displays measurement results in various display modes. The biological information measuring apparatus includes an input unit which feeds display mode data used to determine the display modes of a plurality of items of biological information, a storage unit in which the display mode data is stored, a measuring unit which measures the items of biological information, a display unit which determines the display mode of the biological information measured by the measuring unit and a control unit | 04-16-2009 |
20090100365 | ZOOMING TRANSITIONS - The present invention relates to a solution for facilitating user interface to a machine, comprising a solution for resizing selected objects to a first size in a graphical user interface and resizing not selected objects to a second size, wherein the first and second size are different from each other and from the size before selection. | 04-16-2009 |
20090106679 | Indication of Progress Towards Satisfaction of a User Input Condition - In some embodiments of the invention, a graphical user interface in an electronic device includes one or more user-interface objects associated with a second user-interface state. While the device is in a first user-interface state, the one or more objects transition in optical intensity to indicate progress towards satisfaction of a user input condition needed to transition to the second user-interface state. | 04-23-2009 |
20090113327 | USER INTERFACE MAPPING MODULES TO DEPLOYMENT TARGETS - An interactive user interface for displaying mappings between modules of a distributed application and deployment targets in a distributed environment. The user interface represents module items, deployment target items, and correlation items that represent various mappings of module items to deployment target items. In some cases, the manner in which each of these items is displayed may be altered in response to user input. The correlation itself may also be potentially altered in response to user input. Multiple solutions may be displayed in which there are different mappings of modules to target solutions. | 04-30-2009 |
20090113328 | Multidimensional Multistate User Interface Element - Embodiments of the present invention provide multistate, multidimensional user interface elements. In one embodiment, the user interface elements are multistate and multidimensional to indicate to a user of a computer system multiple independently variable states through a single user interface element. The user can change at least one subset of those variable states through the user interface element. The user interface elements may also communicate the behavior that a system will exhibit when acting upon those combined states. Exemplary embodiments include indicating ways in which messages will be processed in a secure messaging system. | 04-30-2009 |
20090125827 | SELECTIVELY DELETING ITEMS THAT ARE NOT OF INTEREST TO A USER - Various embodiments enable a user to use their browser to selectively delete items that are not of interest to them. In at least some embodiments, a user's interest in a particular item is implied by some action a user has taken with respect to the particular item. Responsive to this implied interest, various delete operations that can be performed relative to the items are performed so as to exclude items in which a user has some implied interest. In one or more embodiments, items that appear on a user-specified list, such as a favorites or a bookmarked list, are not deleted when a delete operation is performed relative to items to which a user browses. In at least some embodiments, a user interface is provided and enables a user to select classes of items that are to be retained when delete operations are performed. | 05-14-2009 |
20090132942 | System and Method for Simultaneous Display of Multiple Information Sources - A computerized method of presenting information from a variety of sources on a display device. Specifically the present disclosure presents a graphical user interface for organizing the simultaneous display of information from a multitude of information sources. In particular, the present technology comprises a graphical user interface which organizes content from a variety of information sources into a grid of tiles, each of which can refresh its content independently of the others. The grid functionality manages the refresh rates of the multiple information sources. Both a grid and individual tiles may be communicated independently of one another to other devices or users. According to some embodiments, the method of the present invention allocates refresh rates to tiles according to priorities that are assigned based on identifiers such as quality of service (QoS) tags associated with one or more of the information sources. The present invention is intended to operate in a platform independent manner. | 05-21-2009 |
20090144645 | ENABLE RIBBON RELOADING VIA A PROXY ADD-IN - Various technologies and techniques are disclosed for enabling ribbon re-loading through a proxy add-in. A ribbon proxy add-in is loaded that has ribbon customizations for a ribbon of a primary add-in. The primary add-in is also loaded. At a later point in time, the ribbon proxy add-in is unloaded and reloaded, which causes a host application to re-query the ribbon proxy add-in for the ribbon customizations. Since the ribbon proxy add-in points to the ribbon customizations of the primary add-in, the ribbon of the primary add-in is updated as a result. | 06-04-2009 |
20090150814 | DYNAMIC UPDATE OF A USER INTERFACE BASED ON COLLECTED USER INTERACTIONS - While a user is using the electronic device, user interaction information for keystrokes, button pushes, and activation of functional controls may be recorded. The user interaction information is stored and when the electronic device is connected to a network, the user interaction information is sent over the network to a user interface analyzer. The user interface analyzer analyzes the user interaction information to determine patterns of usage regarding a hierarchy of menu items for the user interface. The analysis may show that a user interface may be improved for better usability. The user interface on the electronic device may be dynamically changed to alter the menu hierarchy, or the analysis may be used to improve future generations of products. For example, menu items may be positioned such that the user can more easily access menu items that are used more frequently. | 06-11-2009 |
20090172576 | Method and System for Enabling and Disabling Features of a Computer Application Using a Preview Mode Within a Graphical User Interface - A method, system and computer program product are disclosed for enabling and disabling features of a computer application using a capabilities preview mode within a graphical user interface element of the computer application. In one embodiment, the method includes displaying a graphical user interface element in a capabilities preview mode to a user of an application of a data processing system. The capabilities preview mode causes the graphical user interface element to be displayed with an indication of a feature of the computer application that is capable of being enabled and disabled by the user. The capabilities preview mode also causes the indication of the feature to be displayed at a location within the graphical user interface element where the feature is accessed by the user when the feature is enabled and the graphical user interface is not being displayed in the capabilities preview mode. | 07-02-2009 |
20090172577 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE THEREOF - A terminal and a method for configuring a graphic user interface (GUI) thereof are disclosed. The method includes determining which one of a first mode and a second mode is selected when a GUI configuring function is selected, selecting at least one of an image and a color if the first mode is selected, selecting a color if the second mode is selected and, if an image is required, an image, extracting a color code using the selected color and/or image, configuring the extracted color code and the selected image as a GUI set, and storing the GUI set and applying the GUI set to a GUI element. | 07-02-2009 |
20090187839 | METHOD, COMPUTER AND PROGRAM FOR MAKING OUT SEAT LAYOUT - The present invention has the objective of providing a method for reducing trouble in creating a seating layout by a method other than with templates. The computer | 07-23-2009 |
20090193350 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DOCUMENT NAVIGATION ON MOBILE DEVICES USING SEGMENTATION AND KEYPHRASE SUMMARIZATION - Described is system that characterizes segments of document with one or more keyphrases and then uses keyphrases to help users find interesting parts of document. Keyphrases are displayed with information about the location of the phrase in the document and are used as pointers to quickly move to from overview to section of potential interest. In another implementation, when there are many documents in a collection, inventive multi-document view can be used to reduce number of documents presented, helping user to more efficiently find documents of interest. In this view, a user (possibly repeatedly) filters documents displayed based on metadata values. In one implementation, icons corresponding to documents are displayed on a display device together with metadata corresponding to the documents. When the value of the metadata is selected by the user, display state of the icons corresponding to document is varied based on selected value of metadata. | 07-30-2009 |
20090199118 | System and Method for Visualization of Time-Based Events - A method for visual representation of time based events in a target system comprises analyzing content related to occurrence of one or more events in a target system, wherein the content comprises information from which type of an event and time of occurrence of the event may be determined; grouping the events into one or more classes according to one or more predefined attributes; and generating a visual presentation of events occurring in a first time range, wherein the time range is selectable by an independent entity. | 08-06-2009 |
20090199119 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI), AND MULTIMEDIA APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method for providing a graphical user interface (GUI) to receive a user command on a touch screen, and a multimedia apparatus using the same. The method for providing a GUI includes determining whether an enlargement command for a GUI item is received, and enlarging the GUI item. Therefore, it is possible to enable a user to operate the GUI item more correctly, and to provide the superior visual effect when the GUI item is operated. | 08-06-2009 |
20090199120 | Customizable, reconfigurable graphical user interface - A graphical user interface (“GUI”) for a software-controlled media/data organizer and playback system including a display screen with a plurality of user-activatible search and selection buttons for use in accessing the media/data selections from one or more storage devices. The GUI, when started on a suitable system, automatically senses the system's display screen size and automatically configures the GUI buttons, windows and other characteristics of the display to conform thereto. The GUI also enables the user to configure and customize the GUI buttons, windows and other display characteristics to suit his/her particular needs and preferences. Additionally, the GUI includes an improved asynchronous media/data selection search facility that displays in a GUI search window, substantially immediately, the initial results of a search request while additional searching proceeds asynchronously “behind the scenes” until the follow-on results are ready for display. The search facility is also adopted to account for misspellings, date transposition and other errors and other errors made by the user during entry of search requests. Other improved features of the GUI include its ability to merge or synchronize the search and selection buttons and media/data selections among different systems and the ability to monitor and report details of a user's activity on a given system. | 08-06-2009 |
20090204919 | Device Driver Having Customizable User Interface - A device-driver program includes a switchover unit to switch display screens on a user interface between a first display screen and a second display screen, a setting-item-status-management unit to store data indicative of a sequence position of a setting item arranged in a setting item display area of the first display screen and data indicative of a display-enabled-or-display-disabled status of the setting item, a first arranging unit to arrange the setting item in the setting item display area, a list-status-management unit to store, in a list-status-management table, data indicative of sequence positions of setting items arranged in a list display area of the second display screen and data indicative of a display-enabled-or-display-disabled status of the setting items, and a second arranging unit to arrange a list of the setting items in the list display area of the second display screen in accordance with the list-status-management table. | 08-13-2009 |
20090217187 | User Interfaces - User interface (UI) techniques, and more particularly to graphical user interface (GUI) techniques providing 3-dimensional (3-D) renditions. A method of displaying one or more graphical objects, the method being carried out in an electronic device, the device having processing circuitry, memory and a display device, the method comprising: obtaining first image data, the first image data defining at least one two-dimensional graphical component; performing a transformation operation on the first image data to generate second image data, the second image data defining, for the or each graphical component, a modified form of the graphical component; using said second image data, displaying the modified form whereby the or each graphical component has the appearance of having a component of dimension perpendicular the plane of the display device. | 08-27-2009 |
20090235193 | Managing User Interface Control Panels - A computer-implemented method includes displaying a user interface on a display device, the user interface displaying a content item, in response to receiving input, displaying a user interface control panel including a user interface control, the user interface control configured to enable modifying one or more attributes of the content item, and in response to detecting a first selection of the user interface control, displaying a portion of the user interface control panel and hiding a portion of the user interface control panel, the displayed portion of the user interface control panel including the user interface control. | 09-17-2009 |
20090241047 | TEACHING BOX FOR USE IN ROBOT, CUSTOMIZATION METHOD, AND ROBOT SYSTEM USING THE SAME - The present invention provides a teaching box configured such that an operator can optionally change a coloration and a size of a text displayed on a display area. The teaching box includes a main menu area, a pulldown menu area, a status area, a general-purpose area, and a message area, for monitoring and controlling an operation of an industrial robot which is operated in a plurality of modes including a teaching mode and an operation setting mode. The main menu area includes a customization portion operable to change a size and a coloration of a text, and a display portion operable to display the text set by the customization portion. | 09-24-2009 |
20090249234 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY DISPLAYING SCORE INFORMATION RELATED TO ENTITIES - A system and method for graphically presenting profile data includes providing a plurality of fields on a display, each field representing a different trait. The fields are populated with a representative shape. Each shape represents a trait or sub trait where the shape represents a magnitude of the trait or sub trait. The traits and sub traits collectively provide an entity profile. Graphic modification to the representative shape permits a comparison with another entity profile with graphically depicted traits in accordance with the graphic modification. | 10-01-2009 |
20090249235 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SPLITTING AND DISPLAYING SCREEN OF TOUCH SCREEN - An apparatus and method for splitting and displaying a screen of a touch screen are provided. The method includes splitting a screen of the touch screen into at least two display areas in response to an input for splitting the screen, storing split information of the at least two display areas, displaying a plurality of keys on an input display area of the screen, generating and storing key display information in response to the input for splitting the screen, and displaying the plurality keys in a designated location based on the stored key display information. | 10-01-2009 |
20090249236 | CONTACT TRACKING AND IDENTIFICATION MODULE FOR TOUCH SENSING - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for simultaneously tracking multiple finger and palm contacts as hands approach, touch, and slide across a proximity-sensing, multi-touch surface. Identification and classification of intuitive hand configurations and motions enables unprecedented integration of typing, resting, pointing, scrolling, 3D manipulation, and handwriting into a versatile, ergonomic computer input device. | 10-01-2009 |
20090259957 | CONFIGURABLE ICONS FOR CONTENT PRESENTATION - Overlay applications for use in a media presentation system are described. An example method for use with broadcast media includes maintaining a collection of overlay applications to be displayed in connection with the broadcast media; enabling a user to select and configure one or more of the overlay applications for presentation on a media presentation system; executing one or more selected overlay applications to display periodically updated information associated with the overlay applications. | 10-15-2009 |
20090259958 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIDGET ARRANGEMENT ON STANDBY SCREEN - A mobile terminal and includes a standby screen for displaying widgets. Basic arrangement information of the widgets is set to arrange selected widgets on the standby screen. Then, the widgets selected for a standby screen are parsed, and the widgets are loaded to a standby screen of the touch-screen panel according to the basic arrangement information. If a touch input is made to the touch-screen panel in which the widgets are loaded, the arrangement of the widgets on the standby screen is changed in various ways, such as dragged, minimized, or restored to an initial arrangement according to the kind, location, and duration of the touch input. | 10-15-2009 |
20090271722 | METHOD OF PROVIDING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI), AND MULTIMEDIA APPARATUS TO APPLY THE SAME - A method of providing a graphical user interface (GUI) and a multimedia apparatus using the method. The method includes generating a first item, second item and line connecting the first item and the second item on a screen, and generating a third item according to user additional operations, to enable a user to manipulate items more conveniently and more intuitively. | 10-29-2009 |
20090276722 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DUAL MODE CONTENT SEARCHING, SELECTION, DELIVERY, AND PLAYOUT - The invention includes a method and apparatus for searching, selecting, delivering, and presenting content to a user. In one embodiment, a method receiving content selection criteria, determining a set of candidate content items by selecting ones of a plurality of available content items using the content selection criteria, and propagating ones of the candidate content items of the set of candidate content items for presentation to the user. The entry of the content selection criteria is adapted for being controlled from a rich user interface. The presentation of the propagated ones of the candidate content items is adapted for being controlled from a_simple user interface. The rich user interface and simple user interface may be part of one user device or separate user devices. The content selection criteria may include one or more rule sets, which may be defined and executed in many ways. | 11-05-2009 |
20090282352 | CONFIGURABLE ICON SIZING AND PLACEMENT FOR WIRELESS AND OTHER DEVICES - A method for displaying icons of a graphical user interface on a display screen of a device (e.g., a wireless or other device), comprising: receiving a signal indicating a selected number of the icons to be displayed; comparing the selected number to a current number of the icons to be displayed; changing a size of an underlay for at least one of the icons if the selected number is not equal to the current number; and, displaying icons corresponding to the selected number on the display screen. | 11-12-2009 |
20090307622 | BROWSING OR SEARCHING USER INTERFACES AND OTHER ASPECTS - User interfaces for browsing and/or searching are described. In at least certain embodiments, icon data from a plug-in includes badge data and an image (such as a thumbnail). The badge data includes additional information on the file, the creator application of the file, and/or a third party vendor of the creator application. For example, the badge data may include the version of the creator application. Using the badge data, a badge may be generated and displayed on the icon. Other embodiments are also described, and computer readable media and apparatuses are also described. | 12-10-2009 |
20090307623 | SYSTEM FOR ORGANIZING AND VISUALIZING DISPLAY OBJECTS - A method, system and computer program for organizing and visualizing display objects within a virtual environment is provided. In one aspect, attributes of display objects define the interaction between display objects according to pre-determined rules, including rules simulating real world mechanics, thereby enabling enriched user interaction. The present invention further provides for the use of piles as an organizational entity for desktop objects. The present invention further provides for fluid interaction techniques for committing actions on display objects in a virtual interface. A number of other interaction and visualization techniques are disclosed. | 12-10-2009 |
20090313565 | ICON UTILIZATION METHOD, ICON UTILIZATION APPARATUS, ICON UTILIZATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - An icon representing a target object is constituted by a pin main body, which comprises a head and a needle, and a shadow of the pin main body. The display and control of the target object are changed by changing display states of the pin main body and the shadow. For example, if a decision button is depressed and released with a cursor pointer placed on the head, the target object is displayed on the screen of a display. When the target object is displayed on the screen and is in an unexecuted state, the needle is displayed so that it has stuck halfway. When the target object is being executed, the needle is displayed so that it has stuck deeply. When the target object and the icon are in a movable state, the needle is displayed so that it is floating. When the target object is in an enlargeable or reducible state, the head is displayed so that it is rotating. | 12-17-2009 |
20090313566 | Virtual Environment Systems and Methods - Representing vehicles in a customizable virtual environment is disclosed. One embodiment includes a controlled environment including prototype vehicles and a virtual environment including virtual representations of the prototype vehicles. The virtual environment is a display that includes an environment scenario, a number of virtual objects, and the various represented vehicles. The represented vehicles are linked to the prototype vehicles by communicating kinematic data from the prototype vehicles to the virtual vehicles real-time. The positions of the represented vehicles are updated based on the communicated kinematic data such that the virtual environment is a realistic visualization of the prototype vehicles. In addition, the virtual environment is highly customizable. In an embodiment, customizing the virtual environment includes generating reference views for the represented vehicles, editing the environment scenario, editing the virtual objects, editing the represented vehicles, and generating a mission scenario of the reference views. | 12-17-2009 |
20090319928 | GENERATING PREVIEWS FOR THEMES THAT PERSONALIZE AN OPERATING ENVIRONMENT - A computer media and method for generating visual previews for themes of an operating environment are provided. The visual previews are generated by a theme engine that retrieves files associated with each theme. The theme engine sizes and positions visual and non-visual elements corresponding to each theme. In turn, a gallery of visual previews are displayed to a user via a graphical user interface. The graphical user interface includes theme customization controls that allow the user to create personalized themes for the operating environment. | 12-24-2009 |
20090319929 | INTERFACE FOR MULTIPLE USER SPACES - A display for multiple user spaces and corresponding activity levels is disclosed. For example, one embodiment comprises displaying a first user space including a first status representation in a user interface, displaying a second user space including a second status representation in the user interface, and changing the first status representation or the second status representation based on a change in status for the first user space or the second user space. | 12-24-2009 |
20090327939 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING ACCESS TO CONTENT INSTANCES USING GRAPHICAL OBJECT REPRESENTATION - An exemplary system includes a content access subsystem configured to maintain a plurality of content instances, provide a first set of one or more graphical objects to a display for presentation to a user, select one of the graphical objects in response to an input command, and provide a second set of one or more graphical objects to a display for presentation to the user, the second set of one or more graphical objects being filtered in accordance with the selection of the graphical object in the first content level. Each of the graphical objects within the first set of graphical objects is configured to represent an entry within a first content level corresponding to a first metadata value associated with the content instances. Each of the graphical objects within the second set of graphical objects is configured to represent an entry within a second content level corresponding to a second metadata value associated with the content instances. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327940 | NOTIFICATION AREA THAT PERSISTENTLY REARRANGES ELEMENTS - Embodiments described herein are directed to managing elements within a notification area of a graphical operating system. The elements may include any graphic, logo, or image associated with running software. A user indicates which elements can be displayed in the notification area, consequently creating a list of potentially displayable elements. For each listed element, an order of display, file location, and display status is designated. The user may freely change the order in which elements are displayed in the notification area by repositioning the displayed elements. Elements may be permanently removed from the notification area, resulting in their deletion from the list. Only elements entered into the order list, at the discretion of the user, are displayable within the notification area. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327941 | PROVIDING MULTIPLE DEGREES OF CONTEXT FOR CONTENT CONSUMED ON COMPUTERS AND MEDIA PLAYERS - Multiple degrees of context for media content that is consumable on computing platforms including PCs and personal media players is provided by logically organizing context objects into halos that surround each piece of consumable content. The context objects represent information and experiences that are contextually associated with media content to enable users to easily discover content and experiences that they will find interesting in a rich and personal manner. As a user navigates from a content item to a context object in the halo, the context object itself morphs into content that is then surrounded by a new halo of context objects to which the user may navigate. The organization of media content and information into halos enables an effective contextual paradigm that cuts across strict hierarchical structures to allow the user experience to be much more seamless and free-flowing. | 12-31-2009 |
20100005409 | METHODS FOR INTERACTING WITH AND MANIPULATING INFORMATION AND SYSTEMS THEREOF - A method, computer readable medium and system for providing an interactive desktop and/or browser-based information workspace (or “playground”) includes obtaining at a workspace management processing system a selection of one or more condensed information objects and one or more of application tools. A customized interactive workspace for non-video game based information in a video game display graphical user interface format is provided to the computing system from the workspace management processing system based on a default interactive workspace populated with the selected one or more condensed information objects and one or more application tools. The customized interactive workspace is configured to enable at least one of the one or more application tools to act upon, affect or interact with at least one of the one or more condensed information objects from within the customized interactive workspace and the customized interactive workspace. | 01-07-2010 |
20100005410 | MOBILE DEVICE APPLICATION FRAMEWORK - Methods and systems for enabling mobile devices to run a variety of content-carrying script programs using a standard script language, without the confines of operating within a network browser. A client layer has a Script-to-Document Object Model (DOM) engine that executes a content-carrying-script file, efficiently interprets the script and delivers interactive objects to a dynamic environment to provide end user services. The script-to-DOM engine can construct the DOM object on any device in a computationally efficient manner, while also updating objects on a dynamic basis. The constructed DOM object suitably matches the client device environment requirements and interacts with users without the need of complete refresh of the client layer, and generation/modification of the content structure becomes possible during buildup. | 01-07-2010 |
20100011308 | Text box numbering and linking visual aids - A graphical user interface is disclosed for tracking and managing the use of text boxes by providing visual aids that make it easy for a user to see which text boxes are linked to which, as well as the order of text boxes in a linked chain. The present system also makes it easy to track the creation and breaking of linked text box chains. | 01-14-2010 |
20100017731 | COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING DRIVER PROGRAM STORED - A computer-readable recording medium having a driver program stored may cause a computer to function as an icon display processor, an operation detector, a setting changing processor and/or an icon image switching processor. The operation detector may be configured to detect an operation performed on the icon displayed on the display device. The setting changing processor may be configured, when an operation has been detected by the operation detector, to change a setting value of a setting associated with the icon on which the operation has been performed to a different setting value. The icon display processor and/or icon image switching processor may be configured, according to the change in the setting value by the setting changing processor, to switch an icon image of the icon displayed on the display device from an icon image corresponding to a first setting value to a second setting value. | 01-21-2010 |
20100017732 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING OBJECT DISPLAY ORDER CHANGING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN AND APPARATUS - An icon line is displayed on a screen. A display order for the icon line can be changed by using switch input means enabling a direction input. When an input in a first direction is made, objects are scrolled so as to sequentially display each object at a specific position or the objects are scrolled across the specific position. When an input in the second direction is made, an object positioned at the specific position is saved at a saving position or an object positioned at the saving position is positioned at the specific position. Thus, a user is allowed to easily change the display order in which a plurality of objects are displayed on a screen. | 01-21-2010 |
20100037163 | FACILITATED SEARCH FOR ONLINE COLLABORATION PLATFORM - In an example embodiment, an online advertising management platform receives a login that identifies a user as a user allowed access to an account maintained by the platform. The platform displays a toolbar having a textbox that allows the user to search for data relating to all accounts to which the user has access. The platform displays a combo box after the user enters a fixed number of characters in the textbox. The combo box includes a list of descriptions of each data object that is accessible and that is relevant to the fixed number of characters. The platform locates the combo box contiguous to the toolbar over some but not all of the view displaying the data relating to the order. The platform displays a data object, rather than a page of search results, after the user clicks a description of a data object from the combo box. | 02-11-2010 |
20100037164 | RECYCLING OF VIEW COMPONENTS IN A USER INTERFACE - Architecture that facilitates the recycling of view components (e.g., item controls, visual containers, etc.) in a user interface rather than recreating the view components when needed again in response to a view change such as a scrolling operation or other user navigation operation such as a paging control. In the context of a datagrid, the datagrid can now be more performant when scrolling through a large number of rows. The architecture includes a recycling component that recycles the visual containers by collecting the visual containers when rows are scrolled off the view, and reusing the visual containers with different data when rows are scrolled back into the view. Thus, all the containers stay the same—new data is simply applied to the recycled container. | 02-11-2010 |
20100042943 | Method And Systems For Layered Presentation Of A Graphic Background And A Web Accessible Resource In A Browser Widget - Methods and systems are described for layered presentation of a graphic background and a web accessible resource in a browser widget. In one aspect, a graphic background is retrieved for layered presentation in a browser widget along with a browser resource. The graphic background is presented along with the browser resource in the browser widget in a background presentation layer. A web accessible resource is presented in a web resource widget in a browser widget presentation layer on top of the background presentation layer. The browser resource is presented along with the graphic background such that it is at least partially viewable. | 02-18-2010 |
20100050102 | SYMBOL DISPLAY METHOD AND SYMBOL DISPLAY DEVICE - A symbol display device that displays a symbol for data while disposing the symbol at a coordinate position indicated by the data concerned, includes a pre-movement image position obtaining unit that records into a recording unit a pre-movement coordinate position at which the symbol is disposed; an image moving unit that moves the symbol to a coordinate position indicated by an instruction upon reception of the instruction; a post-movement image position obtaining unit that records, into the recording unit, a post-movement coordinate position of the symbol moved by the image moving unit; and a connection line drawing unit that connects the post-movement coordinate position and a pre-movement coordinate position by a line, and changing the line thickness of the connecting line or the size of the symbol. | 02-25-2010 |
20100050103 | Method And System For Generating A Control System User Interface - A method for providing a user interface for an industrial control system includes a computer and a plurality of process graphics having software objects for controlling and/or monitoring real world objects controlled by the control system. A display of selected process graphics, a designated view arranged with a tab or other selection mechanisms, is automatically generated. The designated view is generated dependent on selecting one or more logical groupings to which control system software objects representing the real world objects belong. | 02-25-2010 |
20100070896 | Symbol Based Graphic Communication System - Methods, apparatuses, and systems for communicating in a symbol based graphic language are described. In one embodiment, a symbol communication system includes a symbol communication server, a user interface module and a symbol module. The symbol communication server is associated with a communication network and is configured to support the symbol communication language. The user interface module is supported by the symbol communication server. Also the user interface module can be utilized for initiating an action associated with one or more symbol parameters, where the one or more symbol parameters constitute at least a portion of the symbol communication language. The symbol module is associated with the symbol communication server and is configured to process information relating to the one or more symbol parameters according to the initiated action. | 03-18-2010 |
20100070897 | MODAL-LESS INTERFACE ENHANCEMENTS - A modal-less save interface enables a user to provide a filename under which to save a document at any time during operation of the application, without interrupting other user tasks of the application. The user inputs a filename and performs a save operation on a document without navigating menu items or launching a modal window. The modal-less save interface may be provided in a portion of the main application window. For example, the modal-less save interface may be presented in a toolbar, taskbar, status bar, window pane, or sidebar. An application may feature a modal-less access control interface. The modal-less access control interface may be provided in a portion of the main application window. The access control interface may comprise a control, such as link, button, checkbox, text box, or pull-down menu. Upon selection of the control, the application sets one or more access control levels for the current document. | 03-18-2010 |
20100077332 | TRANSIENT INDICATION OF RECENTLY-CHANGED OBJECT ELEMENTS - An addition of an object or a change to an object is detected within a document. At least one of a time date-stamp or an embellishment of the object is provided, indicative of a relative time at which the change was made to the object. When an embellishment is associated with the object, the object is displayed the object with the embellishment, where the embellishment provides a visual indication of both a location and a change status of the object that was recently changed within the document, relative to a remainder of the document. When a time date-stamp is associated with the object, the object is displayed along with the time date-stamp within the document to provide a visual indication of the time and date at which the change was made to the object relative to a remainder of information within the document. | 03-25-2010 |
20100083152 | WEAKLY-TYPED DATAFLOW INFRASTRUCTURE WITH STANDALONE, CONFIGURABLE CONNECTIONS - In one embodiment, an industrial automation device having a visual component is provided that includes a user viewable screen displaying a visual representation of a first object, wherein the first object comprises a plurality of properties, connections, and text associated with the object, second object, wherein the second object comprises a plurality of properties, connections, and text, and wherein the output from the first object is coupled to the second object via a connection, wherein the output of the first object is converted from a first type to a second type. A method is also provided that includes receiving a signal into a first object, outputting data from the first object, wherein the data has a first type, converting the data into a second type, and receiving the data into a second object. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083153 | Managing Multimodal Annotations Of An Image - Methods and computer readable mediums storing computer executable programs for managing multimodal annotations of an image are disclosed. A first communication channel is established between a first machine and a mobile device. A first hierarchical data structure generated by the mobile device is received at the first machine. The first hierarchical data structure includes an image annotated with at least one multimodal annotation. A representation of the first hierarchical data structure is rendered at the first machine. At least one multimodal annotation modification associated with the image is received at the first machine. The at least one multimodal annotation modification is incorporated into the first hierarchical data structure thereby generating a second hierarchical data structure. | 04-01-2010 |
20100088622 | Method of Relocating and Displaying Notification Icon on a Computer System and Related Device - A method of relocating a notification icon corresponding to a notification area displayed on a computer screen includes providing a display window displayed on the screen, hooking messages inputted to or outputted from the notification area, obtaining icon information and function information of the notification icon according to the hooked messages, hiding the notification icon, displaying the notification icon on the display window according to the icon information, and then providing functions of the notification icon according to the function information. | 04-08-2010 |
20100100835 | VISUALIZING GEOGRAPHIC-AREA CHANGE DETECTED FROM HIGH-RESOLUTION, REMOTELY SENSED IMAGERY - A method, system, and medium are provided for presenting aspects of change associated with a geographic area that has been captured by high-resolution, remotely sensed imagery. One embodiment of the method includes receiving a query directed at the geographic area that includes one or more inputs, the query seeking an identification of regions associated with the geographic area that are characterized by aspects of change based on the one or more inputs; applying the query to a dataset of geospatial information that stores imagery associated with the geographic area, wherein the dataset includes information that is sufficient to identify the regions, and wherein the imagery is derived from the high-resolution, remotely sensed imagery, which is characterized by having a resolution of three meters or less per pixel; receiving a first results set that includes a first plurality of keys and corresponding change scores, wherein, (1) each key is useable to identify a certain region, and (2) each change score indicates an amount of change in the certain region from a first state to a second state; and presenting at least a portion of the results set in a viewing application. | 04-22-2010 |
20100107099 | PROXIMITY INTERFACE APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - In certain exemplary embodiments, data representative of a proximity heuristic specifying a plurality of levels of an object detection zone associated with a display screen is maintained, an object is detected within the object detection zone, one of the levels is selected based on at least one attribute of the object, and an action associated with the selected level is performed. In certain examples, the action includes modifying a graphical user interface view displayed on the display screen. | 04-29-2010 |
20100107100 | Mobile Device Style Abstraction - Style abstraction techniques are described for use in customizing elements included in a user interface. In an implementation, a structural attribute is obtained that defines a structural component of an element that is to be included in a user interface. A style attribute is also obtained that is operable to define a visual aspect of the structural component. The user interface is generated by combining the style attribute and the structural attribute at run-time to form the element. The element, that includes the visual aspect applied to the structural component, is presented on a display device of a mobile device. | 04-29-2010 |
20100115440 | ROLLBACK IN A BROWSER - Methods, apparatus, computer program products and systems are provided for editing an image. One method includes editing, by a processor, an image including maintaining a list of transformations applied to the image including a last transformation; receiving a selection from a user to rollback a transformation, the selection not including the last transformation, where receiving a selection includes receiving a selection from the list of transformations that include plural selections that are not contiguous in an order in which the transformations were applied; generating, by the processor, a unique identifier associated with the edited image without the selection, the unique identifier including data identifying the image and all transformations to be applied to the image; and after receiving a request for an edited image, the request including the unique identifier, transmitting the edited image to a requesting device. | 05-06-2010 |
20100122191 | PROGRAMMABLE EFFECTS FOR A USER INTERFACE - A programmable effects system for graphical user interfaces is disclosed. One embodiment comprises receiving one or more effect elements to apply to an element in a graphical user interface for a device, ordering the effect elements in a pipeline of operations, and storing the pipeline of operations in an effect template. Then, after the graphics hardware capability for a device is determined, the effect template may be used to create a shader that includes supported effects to render an element in the graphical user interface. | 05-13-2010 |
20100122192 | DYNAMIC DATA OBJECT INSERTION - Disclosed is a method and system for inserting a new data object in a data visualization with one or more other data objects already present on a canvas. The insertion of the new data object involves receiving a position of a new data object for the canvas from a user, determining a position of a first one of the one or more data objects and a second one of the one or more data objects on the canvas, determining an overlap pixel count, if the new data object is overlapping with the position of the first one of the one or more data objects, determining an action type on the first one of the one or more data objects based on the overlap pixel count, generating a preview of the canvas with the new data object and inserting the new data object on the canvas based on user approval. | 05-13-2010 |
20100122193 | GENERATION OF ANIMATION USING ICONS IN TEXT - There is described a method for creating an animation, comprising: inserting at least one icon within a text related to the animation, the at least one icon being associated with an action to be performed by one of an entity and a part of an entity, at a point in time corresponding to a position of the at least one icon in the text, and a given feature of an appearance of the at least one icon being associated with one of the entity and the part of the entity; and executing the text and the at least one icon in order to generate the animation. | 05-13-2010 |
20100131876 | ABILITY TO CREATE A PREFERRED PROFILE FOR THE AGENT IN A CUSTOMER INTERACTION EXPERIENCE - A dynamic user interface for a method and system for creating, selecting, and adapting a virtual contact center within a virtual world. A user's interaction with the virtual world is evaluated and one or more environmental characteristics established based on the user's interaction with the virtual world. A virtual contact center having the one or more environmental characteristics is provided based on the user's interaction with the virtual world. The virtual contact center may include one or more environmental characteristics that are updateable in real-time to incorporate the user's preferences and selections within the virtual world. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131877 | BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM USER INTERFACE WITH DOCKING FEATURE - Building control systems that include a user interface that is configured to help manage relatively large amounts of building control data in an efficient and intuitive manner. In some cases, subsets of building control information can be associated with display elements such as windows or tabs, which can then be docked to provide a convenient way to selectively display only certain subsets of the building control information. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131878 | Widgetized Avatar And A Method And System Of Creating And Using Same - A computerized graphical representation system for representing a user of at least two social-interaction web environments is disclosed. The computerized graphical representation includes an avatar associated with a front of the card, an information profile associated with a back of the card and indicative of information related to the user represented by the avatar, and at least one building engine accessible via at least one networked connection. The building engine builds the avatar for the user, and at least one aspect of the build associates one or more portions of the avatar with entry of a related one or more portions of the information profile. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131879 | Graphical User Interface Program for Fort.15 File Creation - An initialized graphical user interface program can produce a plurality of parameter input fields in a graphical user interface. The plurality of parameter input fields can be logically grouped with similar parameter input fields in close approximation to each other in the graphical user interface. The graphical user interface program can then receive a plurality of parameter data from a user can input into the parameter input fields of the graphical user interface program. Based on the received user input parameter data, the graphical user interface program can deactivate one or more parameter input fields. The graphical user interface program can error-check the received input data and provide warnings for any incorrect data. Finally, the graphical user interface program can generate a fort.15 input file based on the parameter input data. | 05-27-2010 |
20100138762 | Methods and Apparatuses for Handling a Conflict in a CAD Drawing - Methods, apparatuses/systems, and software for identifying and resolving conflicts within a drawing by highlighting each conflict in a unique way and generating various reflections of conflicted graphic objects to test different conflict resolution proposals. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138763 | METHOD FOR OPERATING EXECUTION ICON OF MOBILE TERMINAL - Functional applications (e.g., widgets) in the form of an icon are implemented to be merged or demerged, and a method for displaying, operating, and managing the widgets in a mobile terminal is disclosed. The concept of UI-wise merging and demerging is applied to the simple widget functions to update the widget functions. Also, widgets can be effectively managed through various scenarios of widget operations. The mobile terminal including: an input unit configured to detect an external input; a display unit configured to display a plurality of widgets; and a controller configured to merge or demerge widgets or execute an integrated function based on merged widgets according to an external input. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138764 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FLEXIBLE CONFIGURATION OF A CONTROLLING DEVICE - A system and method whereby an user interface editing device is used to create a user interface for a controlling device, the created user interface including user interface elements that are associated with functional operations of a virtual equivalent of an appliance. After the created user interface is transferred to the controlling device, the virtual equivalent of an appliance is caused to be linked to an intended target appliance whereupon activation of those user interface elements of the graphical user interface that were associated with functional operations of the virtual equivalent of an appliance will cause the controlling device to transmit commands to control corresponding functional operations of the intended target appliance. | 06-03-2010 |
20100146422 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a displaying method thereof are provided. A storage unit stores installed items, a UI generator generates a UI including a first area to display the installed items and a second area to display installable items, a display unit displays the generated UI, and, if one of the items displayed on the second area is selected, a controller displays a process of moving the selected item moved to the first area. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146423 | METHOD OF OPERATING A DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING HOME AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT - Method of operating a device ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100162151 | TECHNIQUES FOR ORGANIZING INFORMATION ON A COMPUTING DEVICE USING MOVABLE OBJECTS - Techniques to organize information on a computing device using movable objects are described. A computer system may include a display operative to present a graphical user interface with a pointer to select one or more movable objects and position the movable objects at various target positions on the graphical user interface, an input device operative to receive selected movable objects and user movement to position the selected movable objects at a target position on the graphical user interface, and an object position component operative to anchor the selected movable objects at the target position using an anchor element to form a group of anchored objects, and arrange the group of anchored objects in a visual pattern relative to the anchor element. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-24-2010 |
20100175009 | Computerized Action Tool for Managing Print Parameters, Queuing Actions and Archiving Actions for a Document Output Management System - A method is disclosed comprising selecting an action tool from a set of action tools on a screen display of a computer, the action tool being associated with a set of actions including at least two of the following: (1) a printing action, (2) an e-mailing action, and (3) an archiving action, and applying the action tool to an object with a single user command using the computer, the action tool processing the object in accordance with the associated set of actions. A corresponding document output management system also is disclosed. | 07-08-2010 |
20100185964 | Content And/Or Service Presentation Device And Method And Information Storage Medium - To effectively arouse a user's interest in new content and service, or content and service not used on a daily basis. Images of a plurality of display elements associated with respective content sets and/or service ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100185965 | Artistic file manager - A file manager for a consumer electronic device enhances a user's experience in a computing environment by displaying a variety of content in a folder in a collage configuration. The content may be, for example, live applications and other files, and are collectively termed assets. The file manager also displays the content in a grid configuration for management purposes, and provides graphics tools to allow the user to artistically customize the display of the assets. | 07-22-2010 |
20100192079 | Display apparatus, displaying method, and program - There is provided is a display apparatus including: a displaying position setting unit that sets displaying positions of the contents data based on a display starting position, at which the displaying of the contents data is started; and a display controller that allows the contents data displayed on the display screen to be moved from the display starting position toward the displaying positions so as to be displayed based on the display starting position and the displaying positions set by the displaying position setting unit. | 07-29-2010 |
20100192080 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A USER CUSTOMIZABLE DEFAULT USER INTERFACE FOR A DOCUMENT PROCESSING DEVICE - The subject application is directed to a system and method for generating a user customizable default user interface for a document processing device. First, screen data representing each of a plurality of different user interfaces is stored. Each user interface includes visual representations of a unique subset of controls associated with operation of the associated document processing device. Identification data is then acquired from an associated user. A display is generated representing each of the different user interfaces. Selection data representing a selected user interface as a default user interface is then received. Data associating the default user interface with the identification data is stored. Thereafter, a display is generated of the default user interface upon login of the associated user on the document processing device. | 07-29-2010 |
20100199199 | Manipulation of Window Controls in a Popup Window - Systems and methods are provided that manipulating popup window controls. A popup window includes a presentation applet running in the popup window that collects data regarding the presentation. In order to save data collected by the applet before the popup window is closed, a control container embedded in the popup window disables the close window button of the popup window. The control container also maximizes the popup window to full screen for a more functional user interface. | 08-05-2010 |
20100199200 | Virtual Marketplace Accessible To Widgetized Avatars - A system for performing online commerce within a virtual marketplace is disclosed. The system includes computer programming resident on at least one networked server, wherein the computer programming provides an online marketplace having at least one virtual storefront. A user access to the online marketplace includes a user-directed, computer programmable avatar, and further includes a computing device communicatively connected to the at least one networked server. An operator of the at least one virtual storefront provides an auction transaction for at least one item with the user directed avatar. | 08-05-2010 |
20100211898 | Apparatus, Method and Computer Program - A method including displaying a widget having an area; receiving contemporaneous update information indicative that a contact has uploaded data; and automatically displaying an item, associated with the contact, in the area of the displayed widget using the received contemporaneous update information. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211899 | Virtual Marketplace Accessible To Widgetized Avatars - A system for creating and providing clothing and accessories for avatars, including within a virtual marketplace is disclosed. The system includes computer programming resident on at least one networked server, wherein the computer programming provides a creation tool and an online marketplace having at least one virtual storefront. A user access to the online marketplace includes a user-directed, computer programmable avatar, and further includes a computing device communicatively connected to the at least one networked server. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211900 | Virtual Marketplace Accessible To Widgetized Avatars - A system for creating and providing clothing and accessories for avatars, including within a virtual marketplace is disclosed. The system includes computer programming resident on at least one networked server, wherein the computer programming provides a creation tool and an online marketplace having at least one virtual storefront. A user access to the online marketplace includes a user-directed, computer programmable avatar, and further includes a computing device communicatively connected to the at least one networked server. | 08-19-2010 |
20100218128 | Offer And Incentive Widget-Based System - In an aspect there is provided a method. The method may include generating, at a processor, a campaign including an offer and a referral, the offer and the referral included in a widget; and providing, at the processor, the widget including the offer and the referral to one or more media types including a social network. The method may also include creating campaigns through rules based interaction of target end-users, real time analytics (which may include the identification of influencers), and dynamic updates of in-flight campaigns. Related systems, methods, and articles of manufacture are also described. | 08-26-2010 |
20100223567 | DO-IT-YOURSELF BADGE AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME - A system for generating customized badges. The system includes a computer, a printer coupled to the computer, a display coupled to the computer, and a computer readable medium. The computer readable medium includes instructions for opening a badge profile, providing a data entry screen based on the profile, receiving data in the data entry screen, and printing customized badges on the printer based on the received data. The badge profile defines a size, type, and location of data to be printed on the customized badges. | 09-02-2010 |
20100223568 | IMAGE COLLAGE BUILDER - A computer-implemented method includes providing a collage layout comprising one or more image receiving areas on a user interface, moving an image symbol representing a digital image into a first image receiving area in the collage layout; and storing a data structure comprising digital data associated with the digital image and digital data defining the one or more image receiving areas in the collage layout. | 09-02-2010 |
20100235770 | Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display - In some embodiments, a device displays content on a touch screen display and detects input by finger gestures. In response to the finger gestures, the device selects content, visually distinguishes the selected content, and/or updates the selected content based on detected input. In some embodiments, the device displays a command display area that includes one or more command icons; detects activation of a command icon in the command display area; and, in response to detecting activation of the command icon in the command display area, performs a corresponding action with respect to the selected content. Exemplary actions include cutting, copying, and pasting content. | 09-16-2010 |
20100241978 | DYNAMIC GENERATION OF USER INTERFACES AND AUTOMATED MAPPING OF INPUT DATA FOR SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE-BASED SYSTEM MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS - A method and system for dynamically generating a semantically correct user interface (UI) panel for a service request and automatically mapping input data for service-oriented architecture-based system management applications. A document is received that includes semantic annotations specifying semantics of elements of a service request input message. During runtime, a UI panel is generated based on the semantics and by interpreting metadata generated by interpreting hints included in the document Further, the semantic annotations may include a mapping definition of information technology (IT) resource selections. Based on the mapping definition, the IT resource selections are extracted from a registry and automatically mapped to a UI input element in a UI panel. In response to selecting an IT resource from the UI panel, properties of the selected IT resource are automatically mapped to an element of the service request input message according to the semantic annotations. | 09-23-2010 |
20100241979 | INTERFACE ELEMENT FOR A COMPUTER INTERFACE - The present invention provides method of manipulating a displayed object capable of interacting with an interface element of a computing interface. The computing interface has a display module for displaying the displayed object in a display area, and which causes the displayed object to interact with the interface element and manipulating the displayed object according to the nature of the input received. The manipulation includes varying the size of the displayed object when the received input results in movement of the displayed object, into, out-of, or through a region of the display area designated as belonging to the interface element. | 09-23-2010 |
20100251150 | SYSTEM FOR DEFINING A USER INTERFACE OF A REMOTE DISPLAY DEVICE - An approach for defining user interface components within a building control or automation system. The user interface definition may be rendered on a remote display device. The rendering may be accomplished through a making of a set of object types which represent the components of the user interface. The approach or mechanism should have no dependency on either the hardware/software platform of the building control or automation system or the hardware/software platform of the remote display device. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251151 | DISPLAYING STACKED BAR CHARTS IN A LIMITED DISPLAY AREA - A system and a method are disclosed for visually displaying data points using stacked bar charts on a display screen with limited display area. A magnification region allows presentation of detailed information for a stacked bar compared to other stacked bars displayed. A stacked bar within a magnification region can be further magnified to display additional information for individual bars within the stacked bar. An individual bar is expanded to a height suitable for displaying information associated with the bar. The stacked bar chart can be moved relative to the magnification region thereby changing the stacked bar displayed within the magnification region. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251152 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and as associated method are provided. The method may include displaying one or more menu items on a first touch unit including a touchscreen and recognizing a rotary touch & drag input at a second touch unit as a particular command based on whether one of the one or more menu items has been touched. Accordingly, even if a minimum number of menu icons for executing diverse functions are displayed on a touchscreen, a prescribed one of the diverse functions may be easily selected and executed. | 09-30-2010 |
20100275141 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPRESENTATION OF AVATARS VIA PERSONAL AND GROUP PERCEPTION, AND CONDITIONAL MANIFESTATION OF ATTRIBUTES - An avatar having one or more features is defined, wherein the one or more features correspond to one or more attributes of a user. One or more user inputs associated with the one or more attributes of the user are received. The one or more features of the avatar are modified based, at least in part, upon the one or more user inputs associated with the one or more attributes of the user. The avatar is displayed, wherein the displayed avatar reflects the modifications to the one or more modified features of the avatar. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275142 | APPLICATION OPERATION CONTROL APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an application operation control apparatus includes a manager, a creator, and a controller. The manager is configured to manage an application configured in XML and script. The creator is configured to create a dummy application with reference to the manager, the dummy application corresponding to a first application being temporarily inaccessible and being stored in an external storage medium. The controller is configured to control an operation based on the dummy application and a second accessible application managed by the manager. | 10-28-2010 |
20100281408 | System And Method For Providing User Access - The present invention provides a system and method for providing a display, a graphical user interface rendered on the display having associated with it a plurality of objects representative of one or more computing functions, and a processor for varying the position of at least one of the plurality of objects, wherein the processor provides for the continuous repositioning of at least one of the plurality of objects. | 11-04-2010 |
20100306684 | GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF OUT-OF-BOUND IMAGE SELECTION - This is directed to differentiating between portions of a selection area that are within the boundary of displayed information and portions of the selection area that are beyond the boundary of the displayed information. In some embodiments, the graphical representation of the selection area can change based on the position of the selection area relative to the boundary of the displayed information. In particular, the representation of portions or regions of the selection area that are within the boundary of the displayed information can be different than the representation of the portions or regions of the selection area that extend beyond the boundary of the displayed information. For example, the electronic device can provide different fills in each of the regions, or different line patterns around the peripheries of each of the selection area regions. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306685 | USER MOVEMENT FEEDBACK VIA ON-SCREEN AVATARS - The following discloses using avatars to provide feedback to users of a gesture-based computing environment about one or more features of the gesture-based computing environment. Gesture-based computing environments may not, in some circumstances, use a physical controller that associates a player with the computing environment. Accordingly, a player may not be provided with a player number. Thus rights and features typically associated with a particular controller may not be available to a user of a gesture-based system. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306686 | METHOD FOR REPRESENTING A USER, AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE PRODUCT - The invention relates to a method of representing a user. According to the invention, the method includes a step of configuring at least one means for representing said user taking account of at least one representation parameter derived from at least one geographical location information item obtained from a terminal in the possession of said user. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306687 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AVATAR MANAGEMENT - The present invention provides a system for avatar management, including at least one client and a server, the client is adapted to assemble an avatar according to operation of a user, generate avatar information corresponding to the avatar, transmit the avatar information to the server via a network requesting the server to update the avatar of the user; the server is adapted to parse the avatar information to obtain the corresponding avatar, generate a snapshot based on the avatar, store and manage the avatar information and corresponding snapshot; the server further informs at least one client to update the avatar of the user; and the at least one client updates the avatar of the user according to the snapshot. The present invention also provides a method for avatar management. The present invention can save bandwidth of the server, speed snapshot generation, improve security and accuracy of snapshot generation, and increase system efficiency. | 12-02-2010 |
20100325568 | USER INTERFACE VISUALIZATIONS - Aspects of the invention pertain to user interface visualizations, enabling efficient display of content on a display device. At least some content is presented having diagonal views to emphasize certain portions of the content while deemphasizing other portions of the content. | 12-23-2010 |
20100333003 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATED COLOR SCHEME TRANSFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a system, computer-readable medium and a method for transforming a color scheme. A processor is configured to retrieve from storage data including content elements defining a user interface screen in response to a user selection of a source color and a replacement color. For each content element of the user interface screen, a color of the content element is compared the source color. Based on the comparison, if the color of the content element falls within a predetermined threshold distance of the source color along a color palette, the color of the content element can be converting to the replacement color. After the processing of the content elements, the user interface is displayed on a display device, including the converted color element(s). | 12-30-2010 |
20100333004 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MODIFYING A COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL - A method for modifying a composite video signal generated by a video composing server, the composite video signal including a plurality of spatially mixed video conference streams. The method includes displaying, on a touch screen, a graphical representation of the composite video signal, and modifying the graphical representation based on an input received at the touch screen. In turn, the composite video signal is modified to conform with the modified graphical representation. | 12-30-2010 |
20110004837 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REORDERING A USER INTERFACE - Disclosed herein are systems, computer-implemented methods, and tangible computer-readable storage media for customizing a user interface. The method displays an interface to a user. In the interface, a slice has interface elements, a stack has a group of slices, a window has a group of stacks, and each interface element is associated with a segment of a highly structured document. The interface includes a panel having one or more containers, each container representing one stack, and one or more tokens, each token representing one slice. The method relocates at least one token to a different location in the container based on user input, displays in the panel a preview based on the relocated token, generates a user interface workflow based on the one or more containers and the relocated token, and displays the generated user interface workflow. | 01-06-2011 |
20110004838 | INTERFACE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ELEMENTS HAVING ELASTICITY - An interface apparatus and method of an element having a changeable length are provided. The interface apparatus includes a display unit to display an element having an elasticity which is adjustable, and a reference axis for arranging the element. The interface apparatus includes an interface unit to sense a manipulation with respect to the element, and a control unit to change a display state of the element based on the sensed manipulation. The control unit inserts, removes, divides, combines, and/or groups elements based on the manipulation with respect to the element, and adjusts the element using an adjustment tab. | 01-06-2011 |
20110004839 | USER-CUSTOMIZED COMPUTER DISPLAY METHOD - A user-customized computer display method allows a user to interactively populate a template to produce a layout that may later be used as a desktop for display on a computer system. The user is able to select a template from a series of templates that may be represented as thumbnail images, and populate the template with content items, such as programs, documents, and/or urls, thereby producing a layout. A template design tool may be used to produce custom template configurations. The user may select a layout from the same thumbnail screen that allows selection of templates for population or re-population. The method may also allow association of layouts with monitor configuration, and simple and intuitive configuration of multi-monitor systems. | 01-06-2011 |
20110010650 | Systems and methods for decluttering electronic map displays - Systems and methods are provided for decluttering an electronic map display. According to one implementation, a computer-implemented method is provided for decluttering an electronic map display. The method includes receiving information about points-of-interest (POIs) to be represented on the electronic map display, and determining whether icons representative of the POIs would overlap if displayed concurrently. The method further includes grouping the icons that would overlap into at least one overlapping icon group, and displaying on the electronic map a group icon representative of the overlapping icon group. | 01-13-2011 |
20110022975 | Automatically Arranging Objects in a Selected Portion of a Graphical Program Block Diagram - Various embodiments of a system and method for automatically arranging or positioning objects included in a selected portion of a graphical program are described. A user may select a first portion of the graphical program. The graphical programming development environment may automatically re-arrange the selected first portion of the graphical program without re-arranging the rest of the graphical program. For example, nodes in the first portion of the graphical program may be automatically re-positioned so as to better organize the first portion of the graphical program. | 01-27-2011 |
20110029904 | Behavior and Appearance of Touch-Optimized User Interface Elements for Controlling Computer Function - An approach is provided that renders graphical user interface (GUI) elements, such as tiles or icons, on display screen. Some of the tiles correspond to software functions. User configurable rendering properties are retrieved that correspond to one of the GUI elements. The configurable rendering properties include a shape property or size property. The selected tile is then rendered on the display screen using the rendering properties. A gesture, directed toward the rendered GUI element, is received at the touch-enabled display screen. If the GUI element corresponds to a software function, the software function is launched in response to one or more of the gestures, such as a “tap” gesture. | 02-03-2011 |
20110029905 | Re-Arranging a Graphical Program while Keeping Contents of a Structure Object Fixed - Various embodiments of a system and method for automatically arranging or positioning objects in a block diagram of a graphical program are described. The graphical program may include a first plurality of interconnected nodes that visually indicate functionality of the graphical program, where the first plurality of interconnected nodes includes a structure object having a border visually defining a sub-diagram that includes a second plurality of interconnected nodes that visually indicate functionality of the structure object. The method may operate to automatically re-arrange the graphical program. Re-arranging the graphical program may include shifting the structure object and the second plurality of interconnected nodes included in the sub-diagram of the structure object to new locations without re-arranging the second plurality of interconnected nodes with respect to each other. | 02-03-2011 |
20110029906 | REPORT FORMAT SETTING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND DEFECT REVIEW SYSTEM - Generated is a template edition screen on which to display components of a report as modules by OSD by use of icons. One of the icons is selected by use of a pointing device including a mouse. By a drag-and-drop operation, the icon is placed at a desired position in an output format setup area formed in the same screen. The icon is set in a desired size by another drag-and-drop operation. Details of a module shown by the icon thus placed can be set up in a detail setup area in the same screen. Information on a format thus set up is retained as a template through a retention function, and accordingly can be used easily by simply calling the information. Moreover, the retained template can be edited as well. This makes it possible not only to create a new template, but also to modify an existing template. | 02-03-2011 |
20110035691 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND ICON COLLISION CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal may include a display to display at least one icon, a memory to store information related to icons, and a controller to perform, when a first icon collides with a second icon, a control operation associated with the collided icons according to a type and/or an attribute of the first and second icons. | 02-10-2011 |
20110041087 | CONTEXT-AWARE CHARTING - Methods, program products, and systems for displaying context-aware charts are described. In context-aware charts, content of a chart can reflect a context of the chart. A charting object can be defined using a data series. The system can dynamically determine what subset of a data source should be used for the data series, depending on where the chart object is placed in a layout, form or other display area. Therefore, a single chart definition can be used to display various charts based on the context of the chart. When a chart object is moved from one data area to a new data area, the system can change the source of the data series such that the data series of the chart corresponds to a different subset of the data source. | 02-17-2011 |
20110047491 | USER INTERFACINIG METHOD USING TOUCH SCREEN IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention relates to technology that allows a user to interface more conveniently when executing a web browser in a mobile communication terminal mounted with a touch screen, using polygonal static icons and dynamic icons. A zoom icon, an other page view icon, a move icon, a favorite icon, and an others icon are displayed as basic menu icons on a side of a touch screen, and sub menus of the menu icon selected from the basic menu icons are displayed on the touch screen in a specified pattern so as to allow a user to easily execute a web browser. Also, polygonal context menus are displayed around a point touched by a user on a touch screen, and operation of deploying corresponding sub menus in several directions in response to a touch to a certain menu by a user is implemented. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047492 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING FAVORITE CONTACTS - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus, comprising a processor configured to determine whether one or more contacts are identified as a favorite contact. Further, the apparatus comprises a user interface configured to display the identified favorite contacts in one or more contact widgets based at least in part on the determination. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047493 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTROL WIDGET AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method for providing a control widget and a device using the same are provided. According to the method, a control widget, used for inputting a control command with respect to a portable device, is received and executed, so that the inputted user command is transferred to the controlled device using the executed control widget. As a result, a control widget to control the portable device at a remote distance is conveniently received and installed on the device. | 02-24-2011 |
20110055740 | DEFINING AND SHARING DISPLAY SPACE TEMPLATES - A computer-implemented method of customizing a user interface comprises receiving, by the computer, a user selection of a portion of content displayed by a user interface, and limiting, by the computer, future loading or updating of elements corresponding to the selected portion. Limiting future loading or updating of elements corresponding to the selected portion may comprise preventing future loading or updating of elements corresponding to the selected portion. Alternatively, limiting future loading or updating of elements corresponding to the selected portion may comprise reducing a frequency of future updating of elements corresponding to the selected portion. | 03-03-2011 |
20110055741 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING WIDGETS IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and system for managing widgets in a portable terminal is disclosed. If a request is made to register a widget in the widget tray having already the preset number of widgets, the lowest priority widget is removed from the widget tray. Information regarding the removed widget is stored in the reserved stack. If at least one widget is removed from the widget tray, the widget stored in the reserved stack is automatically registered in the widget tray. Accordingly, the widget tray can maintain the preset number of widgets in the widget tray. | 03-03-2011 |
20110072374 | ZERO FIXED PLACEMENT ADS - Techniques for zero fixed placement (ZFP) ads are described. ZFP ads may be triggered independently of a fixed placement for the ad in a user interface. In an implementation, data describing a user interface includes a trigger associated with a ZFP ad. The ZFP ad may be configured to set various modifiable attributes of the user interface. Setting the modifiable attributes of the page enables a ZFP to modify both the appearance and layout of elements and modules included in the user interface. A client may load the data having the trigger and render the user interface without presenting the associated ZFP ad or including a placeholder for the ZFP ad. When the trigger is detected, the client executes the associated ZFP ad, modifies attributes of the user interface in accordance with the ZFP ad, and outputs the modified user interface to present the ZFP ad. | 03-24-2011 |
20110072375 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects - A computing device with a touch screen display simultaneously displays on the touch screen display a plurality of user interface objects and at least one destination object. The computing device detects a first input by a user on a destination object displayed on the touch screen display. While continuing to detect the first input by the user on the destination object, the computing device detects a second input by the user on a first user interface object displayed on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the second input by the user on the first user interface object, the computing device performs an action on the first user interface object. The action is associated with the destination object. | 03-24-2011 |
20110072376 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY PLACING GRAPHIC ELEMENTS INTO LAYOUTS - Techniques are described for dynamically placing graphical elements into theme layouts on a graphical user interface. A rendering engine reads a set of theme metadata and graphics metadata. The theme metadata defines a layout of the page and the regions into which the graphic elements will be placed. The theme metadata can further include tags to define categories or conceptual purposes for the regions and design changes that can be applied to graphics in that region. The graphics metadata defines a list of graphic files to be included in the layout, tags to define a category or conceptual purpose for each element and optional tags to override the design changes that are indicated in the theme metadata. The rendering engine combines and matches the theme metadata to the graphics metadata and places the graphic elements into the theme layout according to the matching. | 03-24-2011 |
20110078597 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulation of User Interface Objects with Activation Regions - A computing device with a display simultaneously displays a plurality of user interface objects, a currently selected user interface object, and a plurality of resizing handles for the currently selected user interface object. Each respective resizing handle has a corresponding handle activation region with a default position relative to the respective resizing handle, a default size, and a default shape. The device detects a first input on a first handle activation region for a first resizing handle in the plurality of resizing handles. In response to detecting the first input, the device: resizes the currently selected user interface object, and for at least one resizing handle in the plurality of resizing handles, modifies a corresponding handle activation region by changing the position of the handle activation region relative to the resizing handle from the default position to a modified position. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078598 | DYNAMIC CONTENT LAYOUT FOR A USER INTERFACE DISPLAY - According to some embodiments, an ordered set of display elements may be determined for a user interface display, each display element being associated with a display value. A dynamic display table may be created for the display page, with each cell in the dynamic display table representing a sub-set of the display elements and containing a total of the display values of the display elements in that sub-set. An overall display value may be determined for the user interface page, and a plurality of cells in the dynamic display table may be evaluated to select an appropriate sub-set of display elements based on the overall display value. It may then be arranged for the selected sub-set of display elements to be presented on the user interface display. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078599 | Modification Free UI Injection into Business Application - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer implemented methods for modification free UI injection of a mashup component into a business application. One process includes operations for receiving a selection of a portion of a user interface to be used for injection of a mashup component. A user interface container is generated at the selected portion, and the selected portion and parameters associated with the mashup component are stored in the personalization settings of the application. The process includes executing the mashup component within the user interface container. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078600 | Modification Free Tagging of Business Application User Interfaces - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer implemented methods for modification free tagging of business application user interfaces. One process includes operations for receiving a selection of a particular user interface element for tagging. If at least one bound data object is associated with the selected user interface element, tagging data for the bound data object is received. The tagging data is stored in the personalization settings of the application, and a listener function associated with the bound data object is defined. | 03-31-2011 |
20110083089 | MONITORING POINTER TRAJECTORY AND MODIFYING DISPLAY INTERFACE - Apparatus and methods for improving touch-screen interface usability and accuracy by determining the trajectory of a pointer as it approaches the touch-screen and modifying the touch-screen display accordingly. The system may predict an object on the display the user is likely to select next. The system may designate this object as a Designated Target Object, or DTO. The system may modify the appearance of the DTO by, for example, changing the size of the DTO, or by changing its shape, style, coloring, perspective, positioning, etc. | 04-07-2011 |
20110087981 | METHOD FOR REMOVING ICON IN MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - A method for removing an icon in a mobile terminal is presented. The method includes, displaying an icon display area and a menu area on a display screen of the mobile terminal, wherein the icon is displayed in the icon display area and a predetermined executing icon menu is displayed in the menu area, selecting the icon, modifying the menu displayed in the menu area to a removing menu when a preliminary removing signal is input on the selected icon, and removing the selected icon in response to the movement of the selected icon to a predetermined area of the removing area | 04-14-2011 |
20110099494 | DYNAMIC GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE LAYOUT - A system and method for laying out graphical user interface elements at a client device. A client device receives a set of containers, each container including program instructions and specifications. The program instructions of each container are executed to determine a size and position of each graphical user interface element. Each type of container has corresponding logic upon which sizing and positioning of graphical user interface elements is based. The client device may receive data metadata descriptive of the graphical user interface elements and application specifications. Sizing and positioning of the graphical user interface elements may be based on the data metadata and application specifications. A layout process may recursively descend a structure of containers to determine sizes and positions of each GUI element. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099495 | METHOD FOR ENABLING INTERNET ACCESS ON A MULTIFUNCTION REPROGRAPHIC MACHINE - A system and method are described that enable a multifunction reprographic machine with limited display means to perform retrieval of documents or web pages by allowing a user to enter the address of a web page. The retrieved web page is examined for any links embedded in the retrieved web page and these embedded links are reformatted for the limited display and user interface and re-displayed to allow the user to further search for a desired document. When the desired document is retrieved, the user can submit the document to the multifunction reprographic machine for processing. | 04-28-2011 |
20110113358 | ADAPTABLE USER INTERFACE FOR BUSINESS SOFTWARE - An adaptable user interface is formed based on a role assumed by a user and the identification of tasks in a process that need to be performed. For each role assumed by the user, a set of tasks assigned to the role is identified. Each task is evaluated to determine if it is an active task that needs to be performed in one or more processes. For each active task, an element is added to the user interface. | 05-12-2011 |
20110119609 | Docking User Interface Elements - Methods, systems, and apparatus for managing elements in a user interface for a software application executing on a computer system include displaying a user interface having separate elements including at least an image browser element for viewing preview thumbnails of available images, an image viewer element for accessing a selected image and a Heads-Up Display (HUD) element that displays metadata for the selected image; receiving user input requesting that the HUD element be moved from a current location in the user interface to a destination location in the user interface; and modifying the displayed user interface by moving the HUD element to the destination location and selectively altering a size or location or both of one or both of the image browser element and the image viewer element to accommodate display of the HUD element at the destination location in the user interface. | 05-19-2011 |
20110126138 | Aiding Device in Creation of Content Involving Image Display According to Scenario and Aiding Method Therein - A request acknowledging unit in a scenario creation unit of a content creation aiding device acknowledges a user request related to scenario configuration. A displayed image processing unit displays an image on a display device to assist the user to set up a key frame. A key frame interpolation unit inserts a key frame that triggers switching of the display to a link destination image when the display area reaches an area in which a link is set up. A coordinate converting unit represents the key frame using frame parameters in a coordinate system of a post-switching image. A correction unit corrects the key frame by applying, to the key frame set up, correction that is opposite to the correction applied to a frame when the frame is displayed. A scenario file output unit creates an ultimate scenario file and stores the file in a storage device. | 05-26-2011 |
20110131517 | EVALUATING ADVERTISING EFFECTIVENESS IN A VIRTUAL UNIVERSE - Aspects of this invention are directed toward determining the effectiveness of advertising in a virtual universe. Specifically, under the present invention, a visit by an avatar to a region of the VU that includes targeted advertising content is registered. Then, the following avatar attributes are determined: a proximity to the target advertising content by the avatar; an avatar directionality of the avatar with respect to the target advertising content; a camera directionality of a camera object associated with the avatar; and a time with respect to which the avatar may be exposed to the target advertising content in the region. Thereafter, at least one score is assigned to the visit, the proximity, the directionality, and the time. An effectiveness score is then calculated based on the at least one score. The overall effectiveness of the target advertising content is then calculated based on the at least one score. | 06-02-2011 |
20110145742 | COLOR LABELING IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method for providing visual cues to a user of a graphical user interface (GUI) for a computer system is disclosed. The visual cues indicate a relationship with an icon having text and/or image elements. In some embodiments, the method receives a color for labeling an icon that has a text-element and an image-element. The method applies the color to a background-region of the text-element of the icon without applying the color to the image-element. In some embodiments, the method does not affect the font of the text. In some embodiments, the method receives a selection of an icon. The icon has a background-region that has a first color. The method changes the first color of the background-region to a second color but retains the first color in a section of the background-region. In some of these embodiments, the method outlines the section of the background-region with a third color. | 06-16-2011 |
20110145743 | LOCKING RELATIONSHIPS AMONG PARAMETERS IN COMPUTER PROGRAMS - Some embodiments provide a method for locking in a mathematical relationship between a set of at least two parameters in a computer program. The method selects a first parameter. The method defines a mathematical relationship that ties the value of the first parameter to the value of a second parameter. In some embodiments, the mathematical relationship can be a mathematical function, a Boolean function, or a lookup table. The relationship could be directly entered by the user, or the computer program itself could derive it from the user's actions. In some embodiments, the first parameter can be locked to the mathematical relationship. The lock prevents the value of that parameter from being changed, except by changing the value of the second parameter. Some embodiments implement this method by using a GUI with an intuitive set of controls. | 06-16-2011 |
20110154234 | LAYOUT PROJECTION USING NON-LINEAR CONSTRAINTS - In an embodiment, a computer system instantiates an interactive layout system that is configured to display a layout with various diagram portions, where each diagram portion includes layout parts and corresponding constraints identifying how the layout parts of the diagram portion are to be displayed. The computer system receives input from a user indicating that at least one of the diagram portions is to be moved. The computer system determines the manner in which each diagram portion is to be moved based on the received user input. The moving includes rotating and/or scaling the diagram portions of the layout according to the received user input, such that the layout parts remain fixed in position relative to one another, but are scaled and/or rotated to fit the surrounding layout according to the corresponding constraints. The computer system dynamically moves the layout parts of the diagram portions according to the determination. | 06-23-2011 |
20110167365 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATED INTERFACE CONFIGURATION BASED ON HABITS OF USER IN A VEHICLE - An adaptive interface system and a method of configuring a user interface are disclosed. The interface system includes a user interface having a display and a processor for receiving a data relating to a pre-determined trigger event, analyzing the data based upon an instruction set to determine a preference of a user, and reconfiguring the display based upon the preference of the user. | 07-07-2011 |
20110167366 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Modifying a Multi-Column Application - A method includes: displaying simultaneously a plurality of columns in a multi-column application that comprises: a first column that includes user-modifiable content items; and a second column that includes user-selectable items; detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to enter an edit mode for the first column; in response to detecting the first input: entering the edit mode for the first column; and deactivating the user-selectable items in the second column; while in the edit mode for the first column: detecting one or more edit inputs; and in response to detecting the edit inputs, editing one or more of the user-modifiable content items in the first column; detecting a second input that corresponds to a request to exit the edit mode for the first column; and in response to detecting the second input: exiting the edit mode, and reactivating the user-selectable items in the second column. | 07-07-2011 |
20110167367 | Accentuated Graphical User Interface - A graphical user interface in which entities of the interface are manipulated using manipulation operations. The graphical user interface comprises a selectable interface entity upon which manipulation operations are commence-able, a first interface entity distinct from the selectable interface entity, and a second interface entity distinct from the first interface entity and the selectable interface entity. Upon commencement of a manipulation operation on the selectable interface entity, at least one of the first interface entity and the second interface entity is visually accentuated. | 07-07-2011 |
20110173552 | GUI EVALUATION SYSTEM, GUI EVALUATION METHOD, AND GUI EVALUATION PROGRAM - A GUI evaluation system includes: a screen information recording section for storing, as screen information, information on text and input/output components as elements on the evaluation target screen; an input/output component group specifying section for specifying a group of elements; and an input/output component layout determining section for evaluating the layout of elements based on the relationship between elements in a group specified by the input/output component group specifying section and the relationship between groups. The input/output component group specifying section specifies, as a small group, a set containing an input component and an element close to the input component as members, and as a medium group, a set containing a small group and another small group or text close to the small group or the other small group and text as members. | 07-14-2011 |
20110185297 | IMAGE MASK INTERFACE - Systems and methods are disclosed for an image editing process on an electronic device that uses an image mask to edit an image object. The image editing process may include an image mask overlying the image object and having a frame and an aperture. The image editing process may crop the image object based on the portions of the image object overlaid by the mask frame and the mask aperture. The image object and the image mask may be separately selected and manipulated by selecting different regions of the image object or the image mask. Additionally, a user may resize the image object by moving a slider, such as by touching and moving a slider knob along an axis. | 07-28-2011 |
20110185298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A DISTRIBUTABLE GLOBE GRAPHICAL OBJECT - A method and system for providing enhanced intelligent agents that are moveable by a user from a browser application to a desktop. In specific embodiments, agents provide advanced interactive graphics and communications back to a server. | 07-28-2011 |
20110191706 | AUTOMATICALLY CREATING AND MODIFYING FURNITURE LAYOUTS IN DESIGN SOFTWARE - A software application can capture product parameters and attributes in order to allow a non-expert user to create an accurate and complete furniture system layout in a design space. To enable accurate layouts, the software application can automatically apply all applicable components, connectors, rules, attributes, codes, and behaviors to each component/design element in the design space. The intelligent, object-oriented software can automatically recognize required changes effected by a user-driven change, and automatically resolve the layout design by constraining vertical placement of components or automatically generating interconnections between components. | 08-04-2011 |
20110191707 | USER INTERFACE USING HOLOGRAM AND METHOD THEREOF - A user interface using a hologram includes a memory unit to store information on a shape, a function, a position, and a movement pattern for a virtual object; a hologram output unit to project a hologram display area and to display the virtual object in the projected hologram display area; a real object sensing unit to sense a real object in the hologram display area and to generate information on a position and a movement pattern of the real object; a contact recognizing unit to determine the positions and the movement patterns of the respective virtual object and the real object to recognize a contact between the virtual object and the real object; and a control unit to determine whether the recognized contact between the virtual object and the real object corresponds to an input for selecting the virtual object. | 08-04-2011 |
20110191708 | SELECTION INTERFACE STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Enhanced user selection interface structures comprise one or more buttons that are linked to selectable characteristics, and a display linked to the buttons, for display of an item that corresponds to the selected characteristics. The interface is typically linked to a database comprising stored images and other information that corresponds to the selectable characteristics, wherein an image that corresponds to an item that meets a selected characteristic is retrieved and displayed. Corresponding information other than the image may also be retrieved and displayed. In some embodiments, the stored images comprise a single image that matches all the selected characteristics. In alternate embodiments, the displayed image comprises a composite image that corresponds to different selected characteristics. In some embodiments, the user selection interface comprises any of a graphic user interface or a mechanical interface. Some preferred interface embodiments provide links for merchandising functions, such as for ordering, purchasing, inventories, and/or shipping. | 08-04-2011 |
20110202857 | CUSTOMISATION OF THE APPEARANCE OF A USER INTERFACE - A user interface in a computer apparatus may be customized by connection of a removable storage medium device to a storage medium interface of the computer apparatus. It is detected whether, in the storage medium thereof, there is stored customisation data that identifies a change to the appearance of the user interface, for example in the colours, textures, container-shape or font. If so, user interface data in the computer apparatus is changed to include the icon data and target data in respect of the additional icons. | 08-18-2011 |
20110202858 | CUSTOMISATION OF ACTIONS SELECTABLE BY A USER INTERFACE - A user interface in a computer apparatus may be customized by connection of a removable storage medium device to a storage medium interface of the computer apparatus. It is detected whether, in the storage medium thereof, there is stored customisation data that includes icon data and target data in respect of additional icons for the user interface. If so, user interface data in the computer apparatus is changed to include the icon data and target data in respect of the additional icons. | 08-18-2011 |
20110209077 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF DISPLAYING OPERATION MODE KEYS FOR IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus comprises: a display that displays a first screen including one or more than one first key for setting a mode to execute a function of the apparatus, and then, if one of the first keys is pressed, displays a second screen including one or more than one second key, which is a lower-class screen under the pressed first key; and a customizing portion that hides at least one of the first and the second keys on the first screen, according to a user operation, and wherein if a user changes to non-display, the setting of at least one of the first keys on the first screen, while there exists a second key preliminarily prohibited from being hidden, on the second screen that is a lower-class screen under the first key to be hidden according to the changed setting, the customizing portion doesn't hide the first key. | 08-25-2011 |
20110214079 | SMOOTH LAYOUT ANIMATION OF VISUALS - A declarative animation system allows a designer to declaratively specify transitory behavior of a user interface or other visual display by recognizing changes in an underlying data model that spans visual elements. A visual display is typically comprised of one or more visual elements, as well as an underlying data model. Although animating within a particular visual element is typically straightforward, moving items across visual elements typically involves sophisticated programming logic. However, using the declarative animation system, visual elements can be associated with an underlying data model in a manner that allows the visual display layer to recognize and respond to changes in the underlying data model. This association can also be leveraged to allow automatically generated animation between visual elements without the addition of custom programmatic code. Thus, the declarative animation system allows designers to specify intuitive, graphically sophisticated interfaces without programming knowledge. | 09-01-2011 |
20110239144 | CUSTOM USER INTERFACE PRESENTATION - The present disclosure relates to the generation of distinctive presentations of an interface for different devices. In this manner, the interface is presented differently on different devices. In one embodiment, the interface is customized based upon a unique sequence or identifier associated with each electronic device such that the interface is distinctive on each respective device. | 09-29-2011 |
20110239145 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND ICON CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A mobile terminal and an icon control method for the same are provided. The icon control method includes detecting a selection event in relation to displayed icons, determining, when the selection event is detected, a number of icons mapped to a zone in which the selection event is detected, and changing, when the number of icons mapped to the zone is greater than one, an order of the multiple icons mapped to the zone for successive icon display according to a time during which contact is maintained after the selection event. When multiple displayed icons overlap each other on a display screen, a user can easily select a desired one of the overlapping icons without having to move any of the icons. | 09-29-2011 |
20110246916 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PROVIDING AN ENHANCED USER INTERFACE - Methods and apparatuses are provided for providing an enhanced user interface. A method may include causing display of a semi-transparent user interface layer concurrent with a second user interface layer. At least a portion of the semi-transparent user interface layer and at least a portion of the second user interface layer may overlap. The method may further include detecting a physical stimulus. The method may additionally include determining an effect of the physical stimulus on display of content in the semi-transparent user interface layer. The method may also include applying the determined effect by modifying display of content in the semi-transparent user interface layer in response to detection of the physical stimulus. Corresponding apparatuses are also provided. | 10-06-2011 |
20110246917 | INFORMATION-PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROGRAM - The window display application controls a display position of a window (an image). The Java Runtime Environment controls processing associated with the window (e.g., displaying of the window). Operation information on an operation of a display position of a window is supplied to the window display application. Operation information on an operation of processing details of an application corresponding to a window (a widget) is supplied to the Java Runtime Environment. | 10-06-2011 |
20110252346 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders - A multifunction device displays a plurality of selectable user interface objects on the display. In response to detecting the first input, the device moves a first object in the plurality of selectable user interface objects across the display to a location on the display that is proximate to a second object in the plurality of selectable user interface objects. In response to detecting that the first input meets predefined folder-creation criteria while the first object is proximate to the second object, the device creates a folder that contains the first object and the second object. | 10-13-2011 |
20110252347 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - This invention provides an information processing apparatus capable of, on an operation screen that can be customized in accordance with user's need, customizing the operation buttons of an application provided by an external apparatus, and a method of controlling the same. To accomplish this, the information processing apparatus displays a registration button to add, to a custom menu, custom buttons to be executed based on the current setting information of the currently running application during display of the operation screen of a Web application. When the registration button is pressed, the information processing apparatus manages button data and action data in association with each other as the information of custom buttons to be added to the custom menu. When the user instructs to display the custom menu, the information processing apparatus generates the custom menu including the custom buttons using the button data, and displays it. | 10-13-2011 |
20110271216 | Computer With Graphical User Interface For Interaction - Different techniques of processing user interactions with a computing system are described. In one implementation, an interactive display is configured to depict a graphical user interface which includes a plurality of different types of user interface elements (e.g., button-type element, scroll bar-type element). A user may use one or more user input object (e.g., finger, hand, stylus) to simultaneously interact with the interactive display. A plurality of different user input processing methods are used to process user inputs received by the graphical user interface differently and in accordance with the types of the user interface elements which are displayed. The processing of the user inputs is implemented to determine whether the user inputs control the respective user interface elements. The processing may determine whether the user inputs activate and/or manipulate the displayed user interface elements in but one example. | 11-03-2011 |
20110271217 | CONFIGURABLE PRESETS FOR TAB GROUPS - A multi-document application that includes a multi-document interface that includes a view area that displays one document at a time and includes a tab group element that displays tabs, each tab having a control that permits a corresponding document to be visualized in the view area. When a new document is opened in the multi-document application, the multi-document interface adds a new tab to the tab group element to represent the newly opened document. The multi-document application has a configuration interface that allows a user to designate customization settings for the multi-document interface. The configuration interface also provides a configuration preset interface that allows a user to select a preset option that automatically sets customization settings offered by the configuration interface rather than require the user set each customization setting individually. | 11-03-2011 |
20110283209 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SHARING INFORMATION BETWEEN WIDGETS OPERATING ON THE SAME USER EQUIPMENT - Information corresponding to a user may be received from a first widget operating on the user equipment. The received information may be made accessible to a second widget operating on that user equipment. The received information may then be used to customize a manner in which the second widget provides content to the user. | 11-17-2011 |
20110283210 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE AND METHOD FOR CREATING AND MANAGING PHOTO STORIES - A graphical user interface and method are described for designing and managing photo stories. For example, a graphical user interface (“GUI”) for creating photo stories according to one embodiment of the invention comprises: a photo story creation region associated with a particular photo story and having a plurality of photos assigned thereto, the photos being responsively grouped into a the photo story based on an analysis of the photos and the metadata associated with the photos; a photo story design template displaying a preview image of a photo story design using the photos within the photo story creation region; wherein the photos within the photo story design template are arranged based on the order in which they are displayed within the photo story creation region and wherein the photos within the photo story design are rearranged in response to user modification of the photos within the photo story creation region. | 11-17-2011 |
20110307815 | User Interface and Method for Collecting Preference Data Graphically - The present invention enables a user to intuitively collect and share information on his personal preferences and priorities through the relational placement of graphical objects in a graphical user interface. This information can then, with the express permission of the end user, be used by Internet services to deliver highly personalized services. Additionally, the present invention allows a computer system to measure user preferences and perceptions and to use that information for Internet services to deliver highly customized versions of their service. | 12-15-2011 |
20110320969 | APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING AN INTERACTIVE THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECT - Provided is a three-dimensional (3D) object processing apparatus. The apparatus is capable of interacting with a user and utilizes a stereoscopic effect of a 3D user interface (UI) as information. The apparatus includes a combination of various units, including but not limited to, a display panel, a sensing unit and control unit to effectuate interaction between a user and a 3D object sourced from the apparatus. | 12-29-2011 |
20110320970 | Method And System For Controlling A User Interface Of A Software Application - A method and system for controlling a user interface of a software application which is executed in a runtime environment are disclosed which are easy to implement and manage, yet at the same are also flexible. It is provided according to at least one embodiment of the invention to store in relation to at least one element of the user interface within the scope of the application or a configuration file assigned thereto a specification defining the type and attributes of the at least one element. After the start of the application, the at least one element is then created in accordance with the associated specification by an element control module that is separate from the application. | 12-29-2011 |
20120005604 | Intelligent Multi-Functional Macros Language for Analytical Measurements - A novel software application method, as integrated with various scientific instruments, is introduced herein that allows new capabilities to be added to the language at runtime without, if desired, having to re-compile the application. As part of the software capabilities, the macro programming language presented herein enables automated connection between inputs and outputs of action statements within a script with visual feedback for configuration verification. As another aspect, the macro programming language of the present invention provides for automation of different spectroscopic applications, which if desired, also allows for the automatic generation of a configurable user interface connected to the intent of the macro. | 01-05-2012 |
20120005605 | SYSTEM FOR MANAGING MEDIA CONTENT - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a device having a controller to create metadata corresponding to an identity of an entity, incorporate in a media file the metadata that identifies the entity with metadata that describes media content in the media file, and present a graphical user interface depicting a media file directory structure generated according to the metadata that identifies the entity and the metadata that describes media content in the media file. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 01-05-2012 |
20120017162 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data processing apparatus executes one or more computer program applications. The data programming, apparatus is operable to display at least one resizable graphical element from a plurality of resizable graphical elements on a display and resize the at least one displayed graphical element in response to a resize control input from a user control. The data processing device is operable to switch between which of the plurality of graphical elements is displayed if the displayed graphical element is resized to be greater in size or to be less in size than one of a plurality of predetermined threshold sizes. Each of the plurality of graphical elements includes at least one graphical object or interface control different from the other graphical elements of the plurality of graphical elements and a greater a size of one of the plurality of predetermined threshold sizes, a greater a number of controls and/or graphical objects included in the graphical element that is displayed when the displayed graphical element is resized to exceed that predetermined threshold size. | 01-19-2012 |
20120017163 | DISPLAYING ICON LAYOUTS IN DIFFERENT RESOLUTIONS - A method for displaying icons layouts in different resolutions where data representing a layout is preserved for a particular resolution and is later used to display another layout at the same resolution. The data indicates positions of icons in the layout, contains identifiers that identify particular icons, and contains coordinate positions of icons in the layout and may be preserved in various formats or preserved in various data structures. The data structure may comprise a bitmap and icon list. In some embodiments, a layout at a current resolution is produced using a previous layout at a previous resolution and at least two different mapping functions. Icons from the previous layout are mapped to the current layout where icons in an overlapping area between the current layout and the previous layout are mapped with a first mapping function and outside icons are mapped with a second mapping function. | 01-19-2012 |
20120023424 | Apparatuses and Methods for Generating Full Screen Effect by Widgets - An electronic interaction apparatus with a touch screen coupled thereto is provided. In the electronic interaction apparatus, a processing unit executes a widget, and the widget generates a widget image and at least one display object. Also, the widget displays the widget image in a frame on the touch screen, and displays the display object outside of the frame. | 01-26-2012 |
20120030594 | INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM, TERMINAL DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND IMAGE GENERATING METHOD - A terminal device includes: an image generating unit generates a configuration change image used for changing a configuration of an entire image displayed by a display device which includes an individual image on the basis of image information supplied from one or more terminal devices; and an input unit to which operation information representing an operation relating to a change in the configuration is input. The configuration change image represents an arrangement of the individual image in the entire image and includes an individual-image arranging area divided into a plurality of display target areas and an icon arranging area including the icon of each of the terminal devices. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030595 | INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND IMAGE GENERATION METHOD - In an information storage medium in which a program readable by a computer is stored, the program allows the computer to execute generating a configuration change image containing an individual image based on image information from one or more terminal apparatuses and containing an individual image arrangement area showing arrangement of the individual image in an overall image displayed by a display apparatus and an icon arrangement area containing an icon with respect to each terminal apparatus for changing a configuration of the overall image, changing a display condition of the individual image arrangement area based on operation information representing operation relating to a configuration change of the overall image, and changing an icon background image on a background of the icon or a form of the icon in response to the display condition. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030596 | USER INTERFACE - A method for rendering a user interface including selecting a user profile to be loaded as the user interface in response to a user accessing a digital display device, identifying and loading one or more content associated with the user profile, and rendering the user interface to include the content associated with the selected user profile for display on the digital display device. | 02-02-2012 |
20120036459 | Apparatuses and Methods for Arranging and Manipulating Menu Items - An electronic interaction apparatus is provided with a processing unit. The processing unit configures a touch screen to display a first set of the menu items in a first row on the touch screen, and to display a second set of the menu items in a second row on the touch screen. Particularly, the first row is lower than the second row, and the menu items in the second set are smaller than the menu items in the first set. | 02-09-2012 |
20120047452 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus configured to display a user interface on a display unit according to screen information acquired from an outside device changes the screen information according to a display attribute set by a user, and if setting of a display attribute of an object included in the screen information is unchangeable, color conversion processing of a specified object included in the screen information is performed and the screen information obtained by executing conversion processing according to the display attribute set by the user with respect to the screen information including the object which has undergone the color conversion processing is displayed. | 02-23-2012 |
20120066624 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING MOVEMENT OF GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE OBJECTS - A method and apparatus provides for controlling movement of one or more graphical user interface (GUI) objects such as a cursor and/or a window. In one example, the method and apparatus applies a warp operation to the GUI object that uses display content information to determine where to move the cursor and/or window. The destination position of the GUI object is determined based on content identification information associated with display content such as name, serial number or label that identifies the display content. The display content may be any visible object to be displayed on the display screen, including but is not limited to, windows, taskbars, sidebars, docks, program launchers, icons, controls, and background (wallpaper). The warp operation may be an immediate relocation of the GUI object to the destination position without any user intervention during the relocation. | 03-15-2012 |
20120066625 | SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH AND COLLABORATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Disclosed is a scientific collaboration apparatus that in one general aspect includes a user-configurable workspace and a communication interface operative to communicate with a computer network. The invention also features a scientific information processing tool library that includes a selection interface responsive to a user selection of ones of a plurality of scientific information processing tools that include: one or more scientific data management tools, which are operative to manage scientific data annotated with research identifying meta-data, and one or more scientific data communication tools, which are operative to communicate the research identifying meta-data with communication tools in other user-configurable workspaces via the communication interface. A workspace design interface is provided as well, and it is responsive to user input to assemble a series of the scientific information processing tools from the scientific information processing tool library in the user-configurable workspace. It is operative to organize user interface elements associated with the tools in the user-configurable workspace, and organize data interfaces between selected ones of the tools. | 03-15-2012 |
20120066626 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ARRANGING MEDIA ITEMS IN A PHYSICAL SPACE BASED ON PERSONAL PROFILES - Apparatus and methods for arranging a set of media items based on user profiles are disclosed. The apparatus includes a processor in communication with user identification ports and a plurality of surfaces for displaying media items. The processor in accordance with the invention receives a user identifier from one of the user identification ports, retrieves a user profile associated with the user identifier, calculates a preference vector for the media items within the set based on the user profile, and directs the plurality of surfaces to change an arrangement of the display of the set of media items from a first configuration to a second configuration based on the preference vector. The processor thereby changes which of the first set of media items is displayed on at least one of the plurality of surfaces. | 03-15-2012 |
20120072860 | TECHNIQUES TO PROVIDE PIVOT-BASED SEARCH FOR BUSINESS DATA - Techniques to provide a visual pivot-based search of business data may comprise displaying an entity of the business data as an interactive element. A searcher may select an entity as a pivot of a search, via the visual interactive interface. The visual interactive interface may then retrieve a first set of data associated with the pivot from the structured data, and display the first set of data as interactive elements. The display may be customized according to the searcher's role, defined preferences, and other settings. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-22-2012 |
20120079404 | METHOD FOR CREATING AND SEARCHING A FOLDER IN A COMPUTER SYSTEM - In a computer system, a folder is created so as to include at least one non-textual image description, such as image or audio, a textual description, or any combination thereof. A target folder may also be searched according to at least one non-textual image feature, such as image or audio, a textual feature, or any combination thereof. | 03-29-2012 |
20120089933 | CONTENT CONFIGURATION FOR DEVICE PLATFORMS - The present technology includes a digital content authoring tool for authoring digital content without the need to understand or access computer code. The present technology further includes creating digital content that can be modified with animation of assets. Each animation can be controlled by an action, and the actions can be tied to a time axis for execution. By relating actions to a time axis, animations based on the actions can be more easily viewed and reviewed. In some embodiments, the system can clear a page of all but a selected asset so that it may be more easily worked with. | 04-12-2012 |
20120096375 | SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING SEARCH LEVEL DETAIL - A method, data processing system, and computer program product for managing search results. The data processing system displays search results in a graphical user interface. The data processing system displays, concurrent with the display of the search results, a moveable graphical control in the graphical user interface. The data processing system changes a level of detail for the search results in response to a user moving the moveable graphical control. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096376 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The display control apparatus specifies a position on the display screen that is specified by the user according to an instruction from the user, and displays information on the display screen that is set by the specified first position and second position, and that indicates data to be displayed from among a plurality of items of data on the display screen. When the user further specifies a third position, the display control apparatus determines whether an instruction from the user for specifying the third position is a specified instruction that differs from an instruction for specifying the second position. When it is determined that the instruction is the specified instruction, the display control apparatus displays data, from among the plurality of items of data, that corresponds to the information displayed on the display screen. | 04-19-2012 |
20120102419 | REPRESENTING DATA THROUGH A GRAPHICAL OBJECT - Aspects discussed relate to creating a presentation of data through an arbitrary graphical object that has the capacity to visually represent data. Based on parameters of the visual characteristics and/or the data set, dimensions of data may be bound to appropriate visual characteristics of the graphical object to render a data visual of the dimensions of data through the graphical object. Visual characteristics and/or dimensions of data may additionally be subject to applied filters and/or constraints. When filters and/or constraints are applied resulting in any modification of the graphical object and/or dimensions of data, a subsequent data visual may be rendered. For some cases, a user interface may enable renderings of data visuals to occur dynamically upon modification of visual characteristics and/or dimensions of data. | 04-26-2012 |
20120117499 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DISPLAY MOBILE DEVICE CONTEXTS - Example methods and apparatus to display mobile device contexts are disclosed. An example method includes displaying a first context in a user interface of a mobile device based on first device platform information, the first context including a first arrangement of information, graphics, and application icons that are associated with the first device platform information, determining that second device platform information received after the first device platform information corresponds to a second context, the second context being different from the first context and including a second arrangement of information, graphics, and applications that are associated with the second device platform information, and displaying the second context in the user interface replacing the first context without prompting a user of the mobile device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120124498 | System and Method for Simultaneous Display of Multiple Information Sources - A computerized method of presenting information from a variety of sources on a display device. Specifically the present invention describes a graphical user interface for organizing the simultaneous display of information from a multitude of information sources. In particular, the present invention comprises a graphical user interface which organizes content from a variety of information sources into a grid of tiles, each of which can refresh its content independently of the others. The grid functionality manages the refresh rates of the multiple information sources. The present invention is intended to operate in a platform independent manner. | 05-17-2012 |
20120124499 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH WIDGETS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING WIDGETS - An electronic device which includes a widget management module, a processor, a source acquiring module, and a display. The widget management module adds a new window and new viewable symbols or representations (views) inside the new window. The processor counts a number of existing windows and a number of existing views in each of the existing windows, calculates a new window identification code for the new window according to the number of existing window and the number of existing views in each of the existing windows, and calculates a new view identification code for each of the new views according to the new window identification code. The source acquiring module acquires sources and data from the sources based on each of the new view identification code and associates the source information with new view corresponding to the new view identification code, leading to the display of the new views. | 05-17-2012 |
20120131482 | OPTIMIZING A USER INTERFACE FOR A COMPUTING DEVICE - In general, embodiments of the invention provide an approach to organize a user interface, such as a computer desktop, based on the role or activity of the current user. Specifically, a display area configuration of a user device is defined by selecting resources from a plurality of available resources to include in a display area configuration, building a profile from the selected resources to preserve the display area configuration, and saving the profile. The display area is then built on a user device when the profile is selected from the user device. | 05-24-2012 |
20120144330 | MORPHING A USER-INTERFACE CONTROL OBJECT - Systems and techniques are disclosed for morphing a first control object in a user-interface into a second control object. According to some implementations, the first control object is provided for display on a graphical user interface presented on a display of a device. The first control object can be configured to control a parameter of a presentation of media content in response to a first input. An interaction input is received indicating a user interaction with the first control object. In response to the interaction input, the first control object can be morphed into a second control object, replacing the first control object. A second input can be received, the second input indicating an intention of the user to change a value of the second control object. And, the value of the second control object can be adjusted according to the second input. | 06-07-2012 |
20120151393 | MANIPULATION OF ELEMENTS AND THEIR ATTRIBUTES IN GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES - Various embodiments of systems and methods for manipulation of elements and their attributes in graphical user interfaces are described herein. A graphical layout comprising nodes and connections as a representation of data in a data source is displayed on a user interface. One or more nodes of the graphical layout are rendered to graphically represent manipulation operations performed by a user on one or more nodes of the graphical layout to create a new data source. The manipulation operations comprise at least one of selection of one or more nodes, changing an attribute, and changing connections between the nodes. | 06-14-2012 |
20120151394 | USER INTERFACE - A control unit, comprises a display and a user input device, wherein the control unit is adapted to present on the display an icon representing a state of a controlled device, and to receive via the user input device inputs defining at least two of the position, size and orientation of the icon. The state of the controlled device is then controlled based on the user inputs. The control unit can form part of the controlled device, or the control unit and the controlled device can be in a single device. Alternatively, the control unit may have an interface for a wired or wireless connection to the controlled device. The controlled device can for example be an audio device such as a portable music player, a portable computing device, a communications device such as a mobile phone or a walkie talkie, a portable imaging device, a games console, or a home automation device. | 06-14-2012 |
20120151395 | CONFIGURATION OF CUSTOM CONTROLS IN DATA-DRIVEN ENVIRONMENTS - The subject disclosure relates to systems and methods for providing custom controls configuration. In one embodiment, a system comprises a custom controls component configured to receive view information associated with a default view of controls, and receive customized configuration information indicative of a customization of at least one aspect of the controls. The default view of controls is based on data and default configuration information, and the data and the default configuration information are represented via a data-driven programming language. The custom control component is also configured to generate a customized view of the controls based, at least, on the default view of the controls and the customized configuration information. The configuration information comprises metadata, and the customized view of the controls includes a modified view, help text, or a description of a field associated with the controls. | 06-14-2012 |
20120159361 | DATA SYNCHRONZATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIDGET AND CORRESPONDING APPLICATION - A synchronization system for a widget and a corresponding application includes a display and a processor. The processor includes a background management module, an application window module, a widget, and a widget management module. The application layer is adapted to store application data, and tell the background management module to download updated data corresponding to the application via a network, after determining a storage time of the application data is greater than a reference time. The application window module is adapted to obtain the application data or the updated data from the application layer and display the application data or the updated data. The widget is displayed. The widget management module is adapted to obtain the widget data of the application data or the updated data from the application layer and send the widget data to the widget. | 06-21-2012 |
20120159362 | User Interface Construction - A system and method for constructing a graphical user interface for an application being accessed by a user are provided. The method includes measuring the user's current work rate, deriving a threshold from the user's current work rate, determining the user's current activity within the application, assigning a value to the user's current activity, accessing a model for the application, the model defining links between activities within the application, assigning values to activities linked within the accessed model to the user's current activity, and displaying a control element in a graphical user interface for each activity with a value above the derived threshold. | 06-21-2012 |
20120166984 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODIFYING USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - The present disclosure involves systems, products, and methods for modifying elements within a user interface (UI). One method includes operations for identifying an instance of a UI text element for modification within a UI associated with a software application, wherein the UI is displayed to at least one user; retrieving a set of metadata associated with the identified instance of the UI text element, where each instance of the UI text element is associated with the retrieved set of metadata; receiving at least one modification to the retrieved set of metadata associated with the identified instance of the UI text element; and persisting the modified set of metadata associated with the UI text element. | 06-28-2012 |
20120166985 | TECHNIQUES TO CUSTOMIZE A USER INTERFACE FOR DIFFERENT DISPLAYS - Techniques to customize a user interface for different displays are described. An apparatus such as an electronic device with a processing system may implement a custom user interface system that when executed by a processor is operative to adapt a user interface view of an application for presentation by one or more displays. The custom user interface system may comprise, among other elements, a user interface adaptation component operative to receive as input a user interface view of the application for presentation on a first display and an adaptation parameter, and modify the user interface view for presentation on a second display based on the adaptation parameter. A presentation component is operative to present the customized user interface view on the second display. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-28-2012 |
20120166986 | USER INTERFACE FOR EXPLORING MEDIA CONTENT - Methods and apparatus are provided for user interface operation. In one embodiment, a method includes displaying a user interface including one or more graphical elements, wherein display of the user interface is associated with a display configuration, and detecting a user command associated with navigating to one or more previously displayed user interface display configurations. The method may further include storing a user interface configuration for the display configuration, and adjusting display of the user interface based on the user command. | 06-28-2012 |
20120166987 | METHOD FOR MOVING OBJECT BETWEEN PAGES AND INTERFACE APPARATUS - A method and apparatus for moving an object between pages is provided. The method includes displaying a first page including an object; generating a first signal in response to the object on the first page being moved to a predetermined area of the first page; displaying a plurality of pages, including the first page, in response to the first signal; generating a second signal in response to the object being moved to overlap with a second page; and moving the object to the second page in response to the second signal | 06-28-2012 |
20120174007 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF GROUPING APPLICATIONS THEREOF - The present disclosure relates to a mobile terminal capable of determining a category of an application based on a context type related to the application executable in the mobile terminal and an operation control method thereof, thereby allowing a user to intuitively and conveniently manage applications executable in the mobile terminal. To this end, a mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a storage unit configured to store an application and an object set to execute the application; a display unit configured to display the object on a screen; and a controller configured to acquire a context type of the application when the object displayed on the screen is selected, and determine a category of the application based on the acquired context type. | 07-05-2012 |
20120185788 | USER INTERFACE WITH VERTICAL TEXT ELEMENTS FOR AN EAST-ASIAN DEFINED LAYOUT - A method and system are disclosed for displaying a user interface text element in an East-Asian mode so that system-based text can be displayed vertically on a user interface. In one embodiment, a device can dynamically switch between a Latin-based layout (horizontally displayed text elements) and an East-Asian based layout (vertically displayed text elements) based on global device settings, such as a language setting or a locale setting. Such settings can be dynamically modified by the user to change the display modes. | 07-19-2012 |
20120192091 | Automatically Reconfiguring an Input Interface - A method for providing an automatically reconfigurable input interface includes analyzing input received through an input interface of the computing device, determining a context based on the input; and reconfiguring the input interface to comprise a key based on a domain associated with the context. A computing system for providing automatic reconfiguration of an input interface includes a processor and a memory communicatively coupled to the processor. The processor is configured to analyze input received through an input interface of a computing device, determine a context based on the input, and reconfigure the input interface to comprise a key based on a domain associated with the context. | 07-26-2012 |
20120210259 | Techniques to Modify Content and View Content on Mobile Devices - A computer-based method for rendering modified graphical content is disclosed. The graphical content includes a plurality of cells. The method includes receiving the graphical content with metadata modifying the graphical content, rendering the graphical content upon a screen according to the metadata, and receiving user input. The method also includes in response to the user input, progressing through at least a subset of the cells, wherein the progressing includes moving a camera view from cell to cell in the at least a subset, each of the cells in the at least a subset being displayed as a focus point with surrounding area being adjusted in opacity according to the metadata. | 08-16-2012 |
20120210260 | Techniques Providing Spatial Consistency of Graphical Elements - A computer-implemented method is described. The method is performed upon a multi-orientation display device and includes displaying a plurality of graphical elements within a User Interface (UI) upon the display device, where the plurality of graphical elements have a respective first aspect ratio, reorienting the UI with respect to the display device, and adjusting the plurality of graphical elements to have a respective second aspect ratio in response to the reorienting. | 08-16-2012 |
20120210261 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA FOR CHANGING GRAPHICAL OBJECT INPUT TOOLS - Systems, methods, and computer-readable media for changing graphical object input tools are provided. For example, input tool content may be defined with multiple input tool properties, and then an input tool indicative of at least a first of the input tool properties may be rendered on a display. The first input tool property may be changed based on an input gesture, and the input tool may be re-rendered on the display after the change. The input gesture may be a multi-touch input gesture, the input gesture may be independent of any menu provided on the display, or the input gesture may be indicative of at least one position on the display where the input tool is initially rendered. A graphical object, such as a drawing stroke or a text string, may be rendered on the display using the input tool. | 08-16-2012 |
20120210262 | RIGGING PARAMETERS TO CREATE EFFECTS AND ANIMATION - A media editing application is provided that enables an author-user to create a rig graphically. A rig includes a group of snapshots of one or more parameters at different instances of time. A rig is created by selecting one or more objects and creating snapshots of one or more parameters of the selected objects to create an effect. In some embodiments animation is added to some of the snapshots. Some embodiments provide an edit mode where all parameters that are changed during the edit mode are automatically added to the current snapshot at the end of editing mode. | 08-16-2012 |
20120216136 | APPLICATION-INDEPENDENT GRAPHIC MANIPULATION - Embodiments include a method comprising displaying, on a computer display, a window having a user interface for an application. The window has a number of elements. The elements comprising at least one of text, a graphical icon, and input control. The window is configurable to receive user input for processing by the application. The method includes receiving, independent of the application, an input for graphic manipulation of the computer display of at least some of the number of elements in the window. The method includes updating, independent of the application, at least some of the number of elements, based on the graphic manipulation. The method also includes displaying, on the computer display, an updated window having the number of elements updated based on the graphic manipulation, wherein the updated window is configurable to receive user input for processing by the application. | 08-23-2012 |
20120216137 | PAGE DESIGNER WITH CUSTOMIZATION CONSTRAINTS - A page design system addresses the need to impart flexibility into the design and customization of graphical user interfaces for applications. The graphical user interface includes pages and display groups within each page, and the page design system permits each individual page to be modified to suit the needs of a particular customer. So that the pages do not depart from their fundamental purpose to too great of an extent, the page design system guides and constrains the modifications to each page. In particular, the page design system constrains customization of each display group according to established definitions of admissible graphical user interface elements that are appropriate for each page, and each display group of elements within the page. | 08-23-2012 |
20120227002 | Methods and Systems for Managing an e-Reader Interface - Exemplary methods and systems for managing an e-reader interface are disclosed herein. An exemplary method includes an e-reader interface management system directing an e-reader device to display a plurality of graphical objects representative of a plurality of segments of an e-publication, detecting a user interaction with a graphical object within the plurality of graphical objects and representative of a segment within the plurality of segments, and directing the e-reader device to remove at least one other graphical object within the graphical objects from the display of the graphical objects, wherein the at least one other graphical object is representative of at least one other segment within the plurality of segments that is unrelated to the segment. Corresponding methods and systems are also disclosed. | 09-06-2012 |
20120227003 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH FUNCTION OF DISTINGUISHING WORKING STATE OF OPTION MENUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device with a function of distinguishing working state of option menus includes an input unit, a display unit, and a processing unit. The processing unit includes a display control module. The display control module displays a function setting interface. The function setting interface includes a first display area for displaying the option menus whose functions are activated and a second display area for displaying the option menus whose functions are not activated. A method with a function of distinguishing working state of option menus is also provided. | 09-06-2012 |
20120233560 | METHOD FOR MANAGING WIDGETS IN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE TO IMPROVE THE USER EXPERIENCE OF THE DEVICE - A method for managing widgets in an electronic processing device. The widgets are organized in widget packages or suites, where one of the widget in each suite is identified as the suite main widget, where each widget can be launched through different entry points and where each widget has a configuration document with the configuration information of each widget. The invention allows the definition of the full user experience of a device based in simple technologies, being extremely easy to change the device user experience with a minimum effort. | 09-13-2012 |
20120240068 | ASSIGNING LABELS TO DESKTOP ITEMS - A method and system for assigning labels to desktop items is described. | 09-20-2012 |
20120246586 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND OBJECT CHANGE SUPPORT METHOD FOR THE SAME - A mobile terminal and a method of supporting an object change for the same are provided. The mobile terminal includes a display unit for outputting at least one object, and a control unit for controlling at least one of directly displaying, in response to a signal for changing the output object into a second object having a similar function but being of a different type than the output object, the second object on the display unit without a screen transition, and for outputting, in response to a signal for changing the output object into a second object having a similar function but being of a different type than the output object, a guide frame on the display unit so as to facilitate change of the output object without a screen transition. | 09-27-2012 |
20120246587 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A display control apparatus according to the present invention sequentially displays each of a predetermined number of display-target images out of a plurality of image candidates to be displayed on a display screen so that the display-target images are arranged in the display screen in order of arrangement according to a predetermined order of the plurality of images. The display control apparatus determines, when the predetermined number of images are set as new display-target images according to the predetermined order, the order of displaying the predetermined number of images so that each of the predetermined number of images is arranged in order of arrangement according to the predetermined order to sequentially display the images according to a display order different from the predetermined order. This enables a user to quickly determine whether a desired image is included in the images displayed on the display screen. | 09-27-2012 |
20120254780 | PREDICTIVE TILING - This document describes techniques and apparatuses for predictive tiling. These techniques predict tiles of content to pre-render so that an application will be ready to render content quickly in response to a user manipulation. By so doing, these techniques enable fast manipulation of content without unduly impacting drawing resources. | 10-04-2012 |
20120254781 | IMMERSIVE INTERACTION MODEL INTERPRETATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure include one or more of a method, computing device, computer-readable medium, and system for providing an immersive GUI. According to an embodiment, this may include providing a view of G&G data within at least a substantial portion of the GUI, a first GUI element, wherein transparency of the first GUI element varies depending on a location of an input device with respect to the first GUI element, and a second GUI element, wherein the second GUI element is customized based on a context. | 10-04-2012 |
20120254782 | METHOD FOR MANIPULATING A GRAPHICAL OBJECT AND AN INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME - A method comprises receiving an input event generated when at least one contact is made on an interactive surface at a location corresponding to a graphical object; determining the number of contacts associated with the input event; tracking movement of the at least one contact on the interactive surface; identifying a graphical object manipulation based on the number of contacts, the movement of the at least one contact, and the graphical object type; and performing the graphical object manipulation. | 10-04-2012 |
20120260202 | CUSTOMIZED LAUNCHING OF APPLICATIONS - The present application allows third party applications to have customizable entry pages. In one embodiment, an Application Programming Interface (API) is used by a locally executed application to store an application entry page and/or parameters in an application database to make the entry page of the application customized to the user. In another embodiment, an icon is automatically generated in response to the API storing the customizable entry page. In yet another embodiment, multiple icons can be used for multiple customizable entry pages of a single application. | 10-11-2012 |
20120272169 | Computer-implemented method and system for interacting with a user - A computer-implemented method is disclosed for interacting with a user. The method includes receiving information from a user via a configuration tool, the information being related to a request made by the user to implement a user interface for a bilateral special service request (SSR); and using the received information, in conjunction with a passenger name record service framework (PSF), implementing a user-specific user interface to permit one or more passenger name record elements associated with an instance of the requested bilateral SSR to be included as an element of an instance of a passenger name record (PNR). Also disclosed is a system that is configured to perform the steps of the method with the use of at least one data processor. | 10-25-2012 |
20120284656 | COLOR LABELING IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method for providing visual cues to a user of a graphical user interface (GUI) for a computer system is disclosed. The visual cues indicate a relationship with an icon having text and/or image elements. In some embodiments, the method receives a color for labeling an icon that has a text-element and an image-element. The method applies the color to a background-region of the text-element of the icon without applying the color to the image-element. In some embodiments, the method does not affect the font of the text. In some embodiments, the method receives a selection of an icon. The icon has a background-region that has a first color. The method changes the first color of the background-region to a second color but retains the first color in a section of the background-region. In some of these embodiments, the method outlines the section of the background-region with a third color. | 11-08-2012 |
20120284657 | USER INTERFACE FOR PROVIDING CLINICAL APPLICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED DATA SETS BASED ON IMAGE DATA - A user interface for selecting clinical applications in a medical imaging system is provided on a display and is responsive to user inputs in the medical imaging system. A request to view a study that includes a plurality of images is received. The study to be viewed is then acquired from a medical imaging system database. The acquired study is analyzed with a rule engine that executes rules on image data from the acquired study. The rule engine identifies one or more clinical applications that are appropriate for the study and identifies at least one data set from the plurality of images suited for each of the identified one or more clinical applications. One or more icons each associated with one of the identified one or more clinical applications are displayed. The one or more icons are each selectable on the user interface to initialize the associated clinical application. | 11-08-2012 |
20120290959 | Layout Management in a Rapid Application Development Tool - The present application discloses systems, computer-readable media, and methods for aligning widgets and groups of widgets, and defining relationships between the widgets and groups of widgets. In a first case, a most significant sub-component border determination may be made for each widget. Then, a grouping relationship determined between each of a plurality of the widgets. Finally, for each widget in each determined group, the widgets may be aligned based on the determined most significant sub-component border of each widget in the group. In a second case, connections between widgets, groups of widgets, and/or edges of a page are determined, and an algorithm applied to infer whether a relationship exists, and if it does, to determine whether the relationship is one of a fixed-distance relationship and a proportional-distance relationship. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290960 | Method for Providing User Interface for Categorizing Icons and Electronic Device Using the Same - A method for providing a user interface for categorizing icons is disclosed. The method applies to an electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a touch screen, the touch screen providing a display screen. The method includes the steps of: providing a plurality of categorization tags, wherein the categorization tags each take on a specific color and include a categorization page, wherein the categorization page displays at least one icon representing a file or a program, the at least one icon including a frame, and a color of the frame is the same as the specific color of the categorization tag; and displaying the plurality of categorization tags and one of the categorization pages thereof on the display screen. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290961 | STICKY FUNCTIONALITY - Manipulation of elements in a graphical user interface is aided by allowing the graphical user interface to treat certain mouse button actuation and releases as holding the mouse button in an actuated state. When predetermined conditions are satisfied, the graphical user interface will treat a mouse button actuation and release as if the mouse button were held in an actuated state. A user can then manipulate elements in the graphical user interface as if the user held the mouse button in an actuated state. The types of manipulation can include the moving of a window, the resizing of a window, moving an icon, and the scrolling through the visible portion of a window. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290962 | Aggregation of Computing Device Settings - Aggregation of computing device settings is disclosed. In embodiments, at least one tile is generated for display. The tile represents a system setting and a status of the system setting. The tile also includes one or more user-selectable elements that are selectable to adjust an aspect of the system setting. In addition, the tile is displayed and is presentable in different user interfaces with one or more aspects of the tile differing between two or more of the different user interfaces. | 11-15-2012 |
20120297326 | SCALABLE GESTURE-BASED DEVICE CONTROL - A method for providing control signals may include, but is not limited to: detecting a first user input associated with at least one graphical user interface element; transmitting one or more control signals associated with the at least one graphical user interface element in response to the first user input; detecting a second user input associated with a grouping of two or more graphical user interface elements; and transmitting one or more control signals associated with the grouping of two or more graphical user interface elements in response to the second user input. | 11-22-2012 |
20120297327 | INTERACTIVE CUSTOM REGIONS - One embodiment is directed to a computer program, embodied on a computer readable medium. The computer program is configured to control a processor to execute instructions. The instructions include receiving a selection of built-in interactive regions provided by a visualization component, aggregating the selected set of regions, and creating one or more custom regions from the aggregation of the selected set of regions. | 11-22-2012 |
20120304092 | MULTI-APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT - This document describes techniques and apparatuses enabling a multi-application environment. In some embodiments, these techniques and apparatuses enable multi-application environments having combinations of immersive interfaces, windows-based interfaces, and a desktop treated as an immersive interface. | 11-29-2012 |
20120311471 | AUTOMATIC GENERATION OF USER INTERFACES - Embodiments of the invention relate automatically generating and positioning user interface elements. In one embodiment, user interface elements are automatically generated and positioned on a user interface. At least one test script associated with a user interface is received as an input. The test script includes a set of test instructions. Each test instruction in the set of test instructions is parsed. A set of user interface elements referenced by each test instruction is identified in response to the parsing. A determination is made as to whether the user interface includes the set of user interface elements. At least one user interface element in the set of user interface elements is generated in response to the user interface failing to include the at least one user interface element. | 12-06-2012 |
20120311472 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - An apparatus and method for providing a graphical user interface (GUI) provide a GUI based on a shelf region that allows one or more graphical objects to be selected or executed on the same display level as one or more graphical objects that are displayed on a background screen. The apparatus includes a first region configured to display one or more graphical objects; a second region configured to be generated by a user setting as an M×N region; and a control unit configured to add one or more of the graphical objects to the second region and to, in response to the number of graphical objects added to the second region being N or greater, display the added graphical objects so that the added graphical objects can be selected, executed, or navigated by a flick or touch gesture that is made in the second region. | 12-06-2012 |
20120324380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A SPATIAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AT LEAST TWO GROUPS OF CONTENT DURING MOVEMENT OF THE CONTENT - A method is provided for causing a display of content with the content that is displayed being divided into at least two groups having a predefined spatial relationship therebetween. The method also enabling movement of the content and causes the spatial relationship of the at least two groups of content to change from the predefined spatial relationship while the content is moved. The method also causes the at least two groups of content to return to the predefined spatial relationship following the movement of the content. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324381 | GRAPHICAL ICON PRESENTATION - Aspects of this disclosure may be directed to one or more techniques for a mobile device to present a graphical user-interface with different graphical user-interface layouts. The mobile device may present the different graphical user-interface layouts based on whether the mobile device is resting or not resting against a surface. For example, the mobile device may present a graphical user-interface layout that is more conducive for user interface when the mobile device is not held against a surface. The mobile device may present another graphical user-interface layout that is more conducive for user interaction when the mobile device is held against a surface. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324382 | User Interface Adjusting Method and Electronic Device Using the Same - A user interface adjusting method for an electronic device is disclosed. The electronic device is capable of displaying a user interface including a plurality of selecting objects. The user interface adjusting method includes calculating amounts of the plurality of selecting objects being selected, and adjusting locations of the plurality of selecting objects within the user interface according to the amounts of the plurality of selecting objects being selected. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324383 | MULTI-PAGE SORTING FOR MENU ITEMS ON A HANDHELD - For a user interface, sorts are performed not just on the items currently visible, but across multiple pages or parts of pages some of which may not be currently visible. In one exemplary illustrative non-limiting implementation, all pages are virtually joined in the same data storage “bucket.” Sorts performed by the computer may thus be applied across multiple pages some of which are currently visible and some of which may not be. By sorting displayed information, the sort criteria can be applied across and maintained across multiple other pages. In this way, the user sees expected functionality on the page she is currently viewing, and the computer works behind the scenes to consistently sort other items currently hidden from view so that when the user selects those pages they will already have been similarly sorted in a coherent manner. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324384 | GRAPHICAL ICON PRESENTATION - Aspects of this disclosure may be directed to one or more techniques for a mobile device to present a graphical user-interface with different graphical user-interface layouts. The mobile device may present the different graphical user-interface layouts based on whether the mobile device is resting or not resting against a surface. For example, the mobile device may present a graphical user-interface layout that is more conducive for user interface when the mobile device is not held against a surface. The mobile device may present another graphical user-interface layout that is more conducive for user interaction when the mobile device is held against a surface. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324385 | METHODS AND/OR SYSTEMS FOR DESIGNING VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENTS - In an editor a plurality of valid start points are determined. Based on the plurality of start points a user may select one of the points. When a user selects one of the points, the editor determines at least one valid end point. The user may then draw a line between the selected point and a valid end point. As a result of the connection between the two points a new environment is created in the editor. | 12-20-2012 |
20130014039 | INTEGRATED GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A system described herein includes a receiver component that receives a first graphical user interface of a first computer-executable application and a second graphical user interface of a second computer-executable application. The system also includes an integration component that automatically causes a portion of the first graphical user interface and a portion of the second graphical user interface to be simultaneously displayed on a display screen in an integrated graphical user interface that appears to an end user as being a single application. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014040 | APPLICATION RELEVANCE DETERMINATION BASED ON SOCIAL CONTEXT - Systems, methods, devices, and computer program products are described for using context-aware recommendation techniques to facilitate content discovery on a mobile device platform. In particular, the context-aware recommendation techniques evaluate both a current device context and a social context to generate application relevance scores for each of a number of applications downloaded to a mobile device. Application representations on a graphical user interface (GUI) of the mobile device are rearranged, resized, and/or otherwise affected according to their respective application relevance scores. In certain configurations, one or more applications are pinned, thereby altering (e.g., reducing or eliminating) how changes in their respective application relevance scores affect display of their respective application representations on the GUI of the mobile device. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014041 | USING GESTURE OBJECTS TO REPLACE MENUS FOR COMPUTER CONTROL - The present invention generally comprises a computer control environment that builds on the Blackspace™ software system to provide further functionality and flexibility in directing a computer. It employs graphic inputs drawn by a user and known as gestures to replace and supplant the pop-up and pull-down menus known in the prior art. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SIZE OF A LIST ITEM - The present invention provides method and apparatus for adjusting size of a list item displayed on a touchscreen. The method may include obtaining, by a client application, a multi-touch event, adjusting the size of a head portrait control and the size of a contact panel control in the list item according to at least one event parameter in the multi-touch event. The apparatus for adjusting the size of the list item may include: an obtaining module for obtaining a multi-touch event; and an adjusting module for adjusting the size of a head portrait control and the size of a contact panel control in the list item according to at least one event parameter in the multi-touch event obtained by the obtaining module. | 01-10-2013 |
20130019191 | DYNAMICALLY CUSTOMIZABLE TOUCH SCREEN KEYBOARD FOR ADAPTING TO USER PHYSIOLOGYAANM Arnold; Ryan S.AACI St. PaulAAST MNAACO USAAGP Arnold; Ryan S. St. Paul MN US - A touch screen keyboard is dynamically customizable to modify the active regions of one or more keys in the keyboard to adapt the keyboard to a user's unique physiology. The active regions may be modified in response to monitoring user input directed to the keys in the keyboard so that the keyboard automatically adapts to the user's physiology. In addition, while the locations and/or sizes of the active regions may be modified to adapt to a user's physiology, in some instances the shapes of the active regions may also be distorted such that the resulting active regions are irregular in nature. | 01-17-2013 |
20130019192 | PICKUP HAND DETECTION AND ITS APPLICATION FOR MOBILE DEVICESAANM Itoh; HiroshiAACI Sagamihara-shiAACO JPAAGP Itoh; Hiroshi Sagamihara-shi JPAANM Shimotono; SusumuAACI Hadano-shiAACO JPAAGP Shimotono; Susumu Hadano-shi JP - A method and apparatus is provided for switching from a first screen display to a second screen display for a user to input data. An apparatus may comprise a first screen display for facilitating a thumb of a user to input on a touch screen of the apparatus, a second screen display for facilitating the other thumb of the user to input on the touch screen of the apparatus, and a switching system. The switching system may be configured to switch a screen item position between the first screen display and the second screen display. The switching system may receive orientation information of the apparatus from an orientation sensor, determine which hand of the user holds the apparatus, and may switch operation of the apparatus between the first screen display to the second screen display. | 01-17-2013 |
20130024794 | MOBILE DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In a mobile terminal capable of executing applications and a control method thereof, the control method includes generating a folder including at least one application, setting a representative image of the folder and displaying the folder on a display unit using the set representative image, and outputting an icon of the application included in the folder, in response to selection of the representative image. | 01-24-2013 |
20130031499 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FILTERING COMMON FIELDS ACROSS MULTIPLE DATA SETS - A system and method for display of graphical components on a user interface. Multiple components may be displayed on a graphical user interface an active dashboard. Each component is a graphical representation of a report generated from plurality of data fields stored in objects on a database. At least some of the reports are generated from different data models. The displayed components are filtered on the basis of at least one data field that is a common field among the different data models. | 01-31-2013 |
20130042191 | METHOD, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE FOR CONTROLLING ICON APPEARANCE - A method, display system, computer software product for controlling an icon appearance are disclosed. A display controller of the display system displays an icon control window on a display screen of the display system for changing an icon appearance of the display system conveniently. The control window includes at least one sample icon for a user's preview, and the sample icon's appearance is automatically updated upon receiving inputs for a new icon appearance from a user. When the user is satisfied with the updated sample icon's appearance and enters an execution command, the display controller finally changes the icon appearance of the display system by changing corresponding display properties according to the user inputs. | 02-14-2013 |
20130047104 | System and Method for Providing Information Associated with a Messaging Contact - An unobtrusive tab is provided in a user interface (UI) used in communicating with a contact, for providing a notification of new information, and to enable access to the information or a representation of the information. The items provided in the information pane may also be selectable to enable further information to be displayed, e.g. an application related to or containing the selected item. Various data items can also be associated with items in the information pane in order to enable further content and information to be launched through selection of an item in the information pane. The information pane can be used as an alternative communication channel and portal for sending and receiving data items such as links, pictures, or other attachments to enable sharing between contacts without disrupting or cluttering a conversational exchange or consuming resources in a particular communication medium. | 02-21-2013 |
20130047105 | MULTI-APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT - This document describes techniques and apparatuses enabling a multi-application environment. In some embodiments, these techniques and apparatuses enable multi-application environments having combinations of immersive interfaces, windows-based interfaces, and a desktop treated as an immersive interface. | 02-21-2013 |
20130055123 | Animation for Expanding/Collapsing Content and for Sorting Content in an Electronic Document - Animation for the expansion and collapse of content in a user interface may be provided. The user interface may be displayed by a computer and may contain a content surface for editing content. The content may include a top data row and data items in rows below the top data row on the content surface. The computer may then receive an input to expand/collapse the data items into the top data row. The computer may then animate a display of the data items expanding/collapsing into the top data row. Animation for the sorting of content in a user interface may also be provided. The user interface may be displayed by a computer and may contain a content surface for editing a plurality of rows containing content. The computer may then receive a request to sort the content. The computer may then animate a sort of the content. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING ICON TO INTERFACE OF ANDROID SYSTEM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for adding an icon to an interface of an Android system, where the Android system has N interfaces, includes: a. obtaining add command information; b. obtaining, according to the add command information, space information of an icon to be added; c. obtaining remaining space information of an M | 02-28-2013 |
20130067370 | SMART DISPLAY - A smart display allows a user to build custom layouts of user interface blocks on the smart display independent of the software on the computer creating the user interface. A customization mechanism in the smart display allows a user to select portions of a user interface and move them to different positions on the display. The customization mechanism creates custom layout metadata that defines a screen offset for portions of a user interface moved by the user. The smart display monitors the incoming display data and re-assigns pixel rendering data to the new location in the moved user interface blocks as the data coming from the computer application changes. | 03-14-2013 |
20130067371 | Method and device for processing widget system appearance - A method and a device for processing the widget system appearance is disclosed, the method can acquire current desktop attribute information of an operating system when a widget engine is started or a set time is up; and look up a pre-configured matching relationship table, acquire a parameter of the widget system appearance corresponding to the desktop attribute information, and set the widget system appearance based on the parameter. The device includes: a desktop attribute information acquiring unit and an appearance setting unit. The method and device can greatly improve user experience by adaptively adjusting the widget system appearance according to desktop attribute information set by a user. | 03-14-2013 |
20130080950 | INCREMENTALLY SELF-ORGANIZING WORKSPACE - A user interface organizing system and method are provided. The system includes an analyzer configured to evaluate object properties of each of a plurality of graphical elements displayed on a display device, compare the object properties of each of the plurality of graphical elements with every other graphical element, generate a degree of similarity for every possible pairing of graphical elements. The system also includes an aggregator configured to incrementally move each of the plurality of graphical elements towards at least one other graphical element based upon the degree of similarity. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080951 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MOVING ICONS ACROSS DIFFERENT DESKTOP SCREENS AND RELATED COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIA COMPRISING COMPUTER EXECUTABLE INSTRUCTIONS - An electronic device with a touch screen device configured to display succeeding or preceding desktop screens. Each desktop screen includes opposite boundaries and displays icons. A touched and dragged icon may be added to any desired desktop screen. A method of moving icons and one or more computer readable storage media comprising computer executable instructions are also disclosed. | 03-28-2013 |
20130086498 | System And Method For Providing A User Interface For Media Navigation By Attribute Compass - There is provided a system and method for providing a user interface for media navigation by attribute compass. The system comprises a processor configured to show, on a display, a grid view of a plurality of media items. The processor is further configured to present, on the display, a plurality of attribute compasses associated with the media item selected from the plurality of media items, designate the selected media item as a pivot item upon receiving a selection of an attribute compass from the plurality of attribute compasses, the attribute compass comprising a positive correlation between a direction and an attribute, and arrange the grid view according to the positive correlation of the attribute compass. By presenting the user with a grid view and a plurality of attribute compasses, the user may intuitively and continuously navigate towards the direction containing media items with relevant attributes. | 04-04-2013 |
20130091448 | TRANSFORMATIVE USER INTERFACES - Various embodiments herein include systems, methods, and software that provide transformative user interfaces. Some embodiments include a container renderable within a user interface of a computing application. In some such embodiments, code of the container may be executable to receive an object to present within the container. Further, and based on a context of the container, such embodiments may present a view of the object within the container based on rendering information retrieved by the container via a rendering service of the object defining how the object is to be presented within the particular context of the container amongst a plurality of possible contexts within which the object can be rendered. In some embodiments, a container may further override and modify object behaviors when depending upon at least the particular container or context the context thereof. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091449 | TOUCH PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM USING A GUI IMAGE - A touch processing method and system using a GUI image, the method including the steps of: reading a sensed data array from a touch panel; performing a conversion procedure on a GUI to generate a GUI image; and performing a touch processing procedure according to the sensed data array and the GUI image. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091450 | USER PREFERENCE ANALYSIS METHOD AND DEVICE - A user preference analysis method and device are provided for providing a user with customized content through preference analysis based on the user's content consumption activity. The user preference analysis method includes displaying content data on a screen of the device in response to a user input; recording content information about the content data displayed on the screen; analyzing a user preference based on the recorded content information; and storing a user preference analysis result for the content data. | 04-11-2013 |
20130097536 | CUSTOMIZING USER INTERFACES - A user interface including one or more references to content is customized. Several user profiles are provided from which a user may be associated. Each user profile includes user profile information. The user profile associated with a user to whom a user interface will be provided is accessed. A user interface is configured for the user, based at least in part upon the user profile accessed as being associated with the user. Access to content is enabled based on user manipulation of the configured user interface. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097537 | CUSTOMIZED USER INTERFACE FOR SUBORDINATE USERS - A user interface including one or more references to content is customized. Several user profiles are provided from which a user may be associated. Each user profile includes user profile information. The user profile associated with a user to whom a user interface will be provided is accessed. A user interface is configured for the user, based at least in part upon the user profile accessed as being associated with the user. Access to content is enabled based on user manipulation of the configured user interface. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097538 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING ICONS ON MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for displaying icons on a mobile terminal by displaying icons, receiving an edit command for editing an arranged state of the icons, checking an arrangement rule corresponding to the edit command, and arranging and displaying the icons according to the arrangement rule. Because the arranged state of icons is edited and restored with a simple operation, intuitive use is improved. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097539 | METHOD OF MODIFYING RENDERED ATTRIBUTES OF LIST ELEMENTS IN A USER INTERFACE - A method of modifying attributes of list elements in a layout space of the list as the list scrolls in a user interface is disclosed herein. The method comprises determining a series of location values of each list element for a duration of a scroll event. Additionally, for each list element, at each determined location value of that list element, the attributes of that list element are determined by evaluating a set of spline curves associated with that list element based on that location value. The list elements are re-rendered in accordance with the determined attributes for the duration of the scroll event. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097540 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CUSTOMIZING A USER INTERFACE TO AN ON-DEMAND DATABASE SERVICE - In embodiments, methods and systems for customizing a user interface to an on-demand database service. These mechanisms and methods for customizing a user interface to an on-demand database service can enable embodiments to provide a user interface designed by a tenant of the on-demand database service. The customization can include including third party content into the customized user interface, overriding a standard object, and providing content inline at a specified location. | 04-18-2013 |
20130104063 | USER INTERFACE FOR PRODUCT COMPARISON - A novel search interface embedded in the specification sheet of a product. By manipulating the specification sheet of the product the user may filter and refine the search results without having to type search queries and without having to return to the main search result page. The user may select one (or more) of the product characteristics listed in the specification sheet to activate as a search criterion. For example, if the user is viewing monitors and activates the LED backlight product characteristic as a search criterion, the search interface would perform a search to filter out plasma monitors, LCD monitors etc. The user may manipulate other data in the specification sheet including the priority of the activated product characteristics, the order in which the product characteristics are displayed in the specification sheet. The user may also set search filters for the parameters of the product characteristics. | 04-25-2013 |
20130104064 | CUSTOMIZABLE VEHICLE FLEET REPORTING SYSTEM - Customization features for providing users with the ability to customize various aspects of a vehicle management system are described. These customization features can include functionality for generating custom reports based on vehicle parameters, including diagnostic codes. The customization features can also include features for customizing alerts based on vehicle parameters and features for customizing nomenclature in the vehicle management system. | 04-25-2013 |
20130111380 | DIGITAL WHITEBOARD IMPLEMENTATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130111381 | Modeling Properties of Data and Events as Transformations of Document Data and System Values | 05-02-2013 |
20130111382 | DATA COLLECTION INTERACTION USING CUSTOMIZED LAYOUTS | 05-02-2013 |
20130111383 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MEASURED ELEMENTS OF OBJECT | 05-02-2013 |
20130111384 | METHOD ARRANGING USER INTERFACE OBJECTS IN TOUCH SCREEN PORTABLE TERMINAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF | 05-02-2013 |
20130111385 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADDING SCHEDULE | 05-02-2013 |
20130117697 | Method for Displaying Background Wallpaper and One or More User Interface Elements on Display Unit of Electrical Apparatus at the Same Time, Computer Program Product for the Method and Electrical Apparatus Implementing the Method - A method for displaying background wallpaper and one or more user interface elements on a display unit of an electrical apparatus at the same time is disclosed. In the method, a Region of Interest (ROI) on the background wallpaper is designated by analyzing the background wallpaper. The background wallpaper is displayed. The one or more user interface elements on an area of the displayed background wallpaper without covering the ROI are displayed. An electrical apparatus implementing the method and a computer program product for the method are also disclosed. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117698 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A display method of a display apparatus is provided. The display method includes displaying an interaction image including one or more objects therein, detecting a touch input with respect to the interaction image, and if detecting the touch input, changing a display status of the interaction image to express physical interaction of the one or more objects in response to the touch input. | 05-09-2013 |
20130125033 | User interface to define and/or communicate space between objects - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, an object may be utilized to define, communicate, and/or control a spatial relationship between at least two other objects. Such an object may be somewhat analogous to a spring in that a minimum margin between the two other objects may be defined to allow the two other objects to approach one another until the minimum margin is reached, and a flexible margin may allow movement of the two other objects within the flexible margin relative to each other, optionally up to a maximum distance of separation. | 05-16-2013 |
20130132874 | AUTOMATICALLY ARRANGING OF ICONS ON A USER INTERFACE - Automatically arranging icons on a user interface is provided. A plurality of icons associated with items are received and displayed on the user interface. An importance score for each icon of the plurality of icons and a similarity score between two or more of the plurality of icons are determined. Further, a user interface coordinate is assigned to at least a portion of the plurality of icons based on the importance and similarity scores. The user interface is then displayed with the at least a portion of the plurality of icons according to the user interface coordinate. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132875 | DEVICE HAVING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES AND METHOD FOR DEVELOPING MULTIMEDIA COMPUTER APPLICATIONS - Systems and techniques are provided for generating and implementing graphical user interfaces (GUIs) for wiring and binding various objects including graphical and logical objects. In the GUIs provided, visual wirings are used to represent binding connections that lock different properties of the objects so that those properties share the same value or values. The binding connections allow a user to affect property change(s) in any one of the linked objects during authoring and/or at runtime by controlling property change(s) at one or more of the rest of the linked objects. | 05-23-2013 |
20130139081 | VIEWING PREVIOUS CONTEXTUAL WORKSPACES - In some implementations, a method performed with a computing system includes generating a virtual workspace viewable by a user on a graphical user interface. The virtual workspace comprises a first plurality of workspace modules. A request to present a previous version of the virtual workspace from a previous time period is received. In response to at least the request, the virtual workspace is updated to the previous version. The previous version includes a second plurality of workplace modules different from the first plurality of workspace modules. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139082 | Graphical Interface Having Adjustable Borders - Methods and systems involving navigation of a graphical interface are disclosed herein. An example system may be configured to: (a) cause a head-mounted display (HMD) to provide a graphical interface, the graphical interface comprising (i) a view port having a view-port orientation and (ii) at least one navigable area having at least one border, the at least one border having a first border orientation; (b) receive input data that indicates movement of the view port towards the at least one border; (c) determine that the view-port orientation is within a predetermined threshold distance from the first border orientation; and (d) based on at least the determination that the view-port orientation is within a predetermined threshold distance from the first border orientation, adjust the first border orientation from the first border orientation to a second border orientation. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139083 | Method of modifying a toolbar - The present invention comprises a method of and apparatus for simplifying the process of access to a network for a roaming computer user, divides the responsibility of servicing a given user wanting to access the network between multiple parties and minimizes the possibility of improper dissemination of email header data as well as improper use of network resources (including server systems) by non-clients. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139084 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING UI CONTROL ELEMENTS IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method is provided that processes User Interface (UI) control elements in a mobile device with a touch screen. The method includes: displaying a checkbox; displaying a line according to a user's drawing gesture on the check box; enabling the checkbox if the length of the line is equal to or greater than a preset value; disabling, if the check box has previously been enabled, the checkbox by a user's touch gesture. | 05-30-2013 |
20130145296 | DYNAMIC ICON ORDERING IN A USER INTERFACE - An icon ordering unit determines an icon order of a set of icons in a graphical user interface. The icon ordering unit identifies a set of icons from a plurality of icons that satisfy a filtering rule and further determines icon ordering parameters that satisfy a parameter icon ordering rule. The icon ordering unit determines a conversion value from a value of each of the icon ordering parameters according to a set of one or more conversion rules. The icon ordering unit normalizes each of the conversion values to generate normalized values of the icon ordering parameters. For each of the set of icons, the icon ordering unit aggregates the normalized values of the icon ordering parameters for the icon to generate an aggregate normalized value. The icon ordering unit determines an order for displaying the set of icons based, at least in part, on the aggregate normalized values. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145297 | CONFIGURABLE HEADS-UP DASH DISPLAY - Methods and systems for a heads-up configurable vehicle dash display are provided. Specifically, a configurable dash may comprise one or more displays that are capable of receiving input from a user. At least one of these displays may be configured to present a plurality of custom applications that, when manipulated by at least one user, are adapted to control and/or monitor functions associated with a vehicle and/or associated peripheral devices. It is anticipated that the function and appearance of the plurality of custom applications may be altered via user and/or processor input. | 06-06-2013 |
20130152000 | SENTIMENT AWARE USER INTERFACE CUSTOMIZATION - The customization of an application user interface with a skin package based on context data that includes the emotional states of a user may strengthen the emotional attachment for the application by the user. The customization includes determining an emotional state of a user that is inputting content into an application. A skin package for the user interface of the application is selected based on the emotional state of the user. The selected skin package is further applied to the user interface of the application. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152001 | ADJUSTING USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for adjusting user interface elements. Embodiments of the invention can adjust the size, shape, and position of user interface elements and whitespace based on historical usage data. Adjustments can reduce the cognitive load associated with selecting some user interface elements. In dangerous environments, such as, for example, a moving vehicle, reducing the cognitive load allows a user to pay attention to other matters, such as, for example, safely operating the moving vehicle. Historical usage data can originate from one or more users and one or devices. Adjustment limits can be used to insure user interfaces remain appropriately usable. User interface element adjustments can be used to optimize a user interface and/or influence user interactions with a user interface. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152002 | DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS FOR ADAPTIVE USER INTERFACES - The present invention provides systems and methods for utilizing sensors of human physical features, ambient conditions, and interfacial behavior for adaptive and friendlier user interfaces for computer applications and communication environments. A user's physical characteristics, for example, age, gender, ergonometric structure and user's interfacial behavior, for example, typing speed, typing error rate and distance from the screen are used to adapt to the user needs and provide more appropriate and fitting interface. In addition, ambient conditions may be considered within the adaptation process. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152003 | CONFIGURABLE DASH DISPLAY - Methods and systems for a configurable vehicle dash display are provided. Specifically, a configurable dash may comprise one or more displays that are capable of receiving input from a user. At least one of these displays may be configured to present a plurality of custom applications that, when manipulated by at least one user, are adapted to control and/or monitor functions associated with a vehicle and/or associated peripheral devices. It is anticipated that the function and appearance of the plurality of custom applications may be altered via user and/or processor input. | 06-13-2013 |
20130152004 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MOVEMENT OF IMAGE OBJECT - Provided is a method for the movement of an image object. In the method: A. determining the direction of movement of an image object to be moved, and a module X corresponding to same; B. moving the module X along the direction of movement by one unit; determining whether or not an overlap exists between the module X and another module; if no overlap exists, making the post-movement state as a movement result, and terminating the process; if an overlap exists, restoring the module X to the original position; determining a minimum mirror area comprising the module X; flipping the minimum mirror area; C. determining whether or not the module X can continue to move along the direction of movement; if not, then the movement has failed, terminating the process; if yes, then moving the module X upwards by one unit from the direction of movement; determining whether or not an overlap exists between module X and another module; if no overlap exists, making the post-movement state as the movement result, and terminating the process; if an overlap exists, repeating step C. Also provided is a device for the movement of the image object. The user experience is enhanced by using the method and the device. | 06-13-2013 |
20130159896 | VISUALIZING BUSINESS PROCESSES OR SCENARIOS IN A BUSINESS SOFTWARE MODEL USING TRANSIT MAPS - A business scenario landscape map can show a scenario-centric view of a business scenario landscape that includes business scenarios accessible to members of an organization and supported by a business software architecture. In the scenario-centric view, first user interface elements can be arranged to show a linear representation of business process features of a selected business scenario and a visual depiction of relationships between the selected business scenario and other business scenarios. Upon receiving selection of a first user interface element(s) related to another business scenario, at least some of the first user interface elements can be rearranged to show a new scenario-centric view of the business scenario landscape in which business process features of the newly selected business scenario are arranged in a new linear representation including a visual depiction of relationships between the newly selected business scenario, the originally selected business scenario, and/or relationships with other additional scenarios. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159897 | INTEGRATED PRODUCTIVITY SERVICES - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer implemented methods for providing integrated productivity services. One process includes operations for determining a context associated with a user of an application, identifying a user productivity feature for integration with an existing feature of the application based on the context, and augmenting a user interface of the application with a graphical object representing the user productivity feature. In some instances, the context can include an integration context defining a particular release version associated with the application. The context can also or alternatively include a role context defining a particular role of the user of the application within an organization, wherein the particular role is associated with a set of permissions or common tasks performed by the particular role. Still further, the context can include a user context defining a personal preference or habit of the user. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159898 | LAUNCH OF TARGET USER INTERFACE FEATURES BASED ON SPECIFIC BUSINESS PROCESS INSTANCES - A current use context can be extracted based on concrete data related to a currently displayed user interface feature in a business software architecture user interface environment. Relevant related business objects and transactional data for concrete instances of a process or scenario relevant to the current use context can be identified and a specific business object instance can be determined from a plurality of business object instances related to a specific current instance of the process or scenario relevant to the current use context. At least one target user interface feature associated with the process or scenario can be pre-populated with at least one parameter specific to a current data entry state of the specific current instance of the process or scenario and displayed via a user interface. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159899 | DISPLAY OF GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are herein provided for improved display of graphical representations during reordering. A method may include receiving user input directed at a first graphical representation on a display. The method may further include causing, by a processor, enlargement in size of the first graphical representation on the display in response to receiving the user input. The method may further include causing reduction in size of at least a second graphical representation on the display in response to receiving the user input, wherein at least one of the at least one second graphical representation is displayed adjacent to the first graphical representation. Corresponding apparatuses and computer program products are also provided. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159900 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR GRAPHICALLY ENHANCING THE USER INTERFACE OF A DEVICE - Provided herein is a method, apparatus and computer program product for of presenting a partial view of a representation of a full version of a program. In particular, the method may include providing for display of a plurality of tiles representing a plurality of programs, where a first tile of the plurality of tiles representing a first program includes a first partial view of a representation of a full version of the first program. The method may also include providing for display of an enlarged version of the first tile in response to a first input, where the enlarged version includes a second partial view of the representation of the full version of the first program which is larger than the first partial view. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159901 | ALTERNATE STATES IN ASSOCIATIVE INFORMATION MINING AND ANALYSIS - Provided are methods, systems, and computer readable media for user interaction with database methods and systems. In an aspect, a user interface can be generated to permit dynamic display generation to view data. The system can comprise a visualization component to dynamically generate one or more visual representations of the data to present in the state space. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159902 | USER TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING BACKGROUND SCREEN THEREOF - A user terminal device and a method are provided. The user terminal includes a display unit for displaying a plurality of UI lines, each including displayed objects of different categories, and a background image corresponding to one of the objects displayed on the plurality of UI lines; and a control unit for controlling the display unit to change the objects displayed on the plurality of UI lines in accordance with an update state of the objects, reconfigure the changed objects, and display the reconfigured objects; wherein a length of each of the plurality of UI lines is changeable individually. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159903 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE USING TIME DIFFERENCE AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for displaying a graphic user interface is provided. The method involves receiving an input command, such as a selection of an item on a screen, and in response, items currently arranged or to be arranged within one screen are classified into a specific item and one or more other items. The specific item is then displayed in a temporally different manner than the one or more other items. | 06-20-2013 |
20130167055 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING A USER INTERFACE OBJECT - A method of selecting at least one user interface (UI) object from a plurality of UI objects, is disclosed. Each UI object represents an image and is associated with metadata values. A set of the UI objects is displayed on the display screen ( | 06-27-2013 |
20130167056 | SPACE AND TIME COGNITIVE MOBILITY SYSTEM WITH DISTRIBUTED AND COOPERATIVE INTELLIGENCE CAPABILITIES - A system enables the user to customize the temporal and/or spatial behaviour aspects of desired things with respect to one or more target platforms. The desired things include objects, actions, and media files and can be associated with a time (T-thing), a location (L-thing), a time and location (LT-thing), a platform (P-thing), and combinations thereof. The user can pick and assemble multiple things into meta-things and create meta things of various types. The target platforms include any devices or systems that can be programmed to perform behaviors. The user programs a set of rules, which are then used to specify the behavioral aspects exercised by the system on the target platforms. The user interacts with the system through a portal and/or a mobile application. The portal is an intuitive GUI that enables the user to program the system in a simple pick-drag-and-drop fashion. | 06-27-2013 |
20130174068 | PREFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR APPLICATION CONTROLS - A preference management system, including: a graphical user interface (GUI) displayed on a display device; a GUI control corresponding to an application within the GUI, wherein the GUI control includes a preference that defines an aspect of the application; and a graphical affordance for the preference, wherein the graphical affordance is configured to execute an operation to set a default value of the corresponding preference to a current value of the preference in response to a user input, wherein the graphical affordance is configured to set the default value for the corresponding preference independently from other preferences in the GUI control, wherein the default value is stored in a memory device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130179811 | PROJECTION DYNAMIC ICON KNOBS - An interface system includes a control, a projector, and a controller. The control has a substantially transparent main body. The projector is configured to project a plurality of control markings on the transparent main body. The controller is in communication with the projector. The controller is configured to cause the projector to project one of the plurality of control markings onto the main body, dependent upon a selection of a subsystem to be managed by the interface system. | 07-11-2013 |
20130185663 | PREDICTIVE USER INTERFACE METHOD AND APPARATUS - A result is generated, using a data processing or computational system, in response to a user-provided or user-indicated input expression. The result is displayed, or caused to be displayed, on a display device. The result is analyzed, and, based on the analysis of the result, one or more further data processing or computational actions that the user will perform on the result are predicted. A user interface mechanism is generated to facilitate performing the predicted one or more further data processing or computational actions or to facilitate viewing one or more further results generated in response to one or more of the predicted further data processing or computational actions. The user interface mechanism is displayed or caused to be displayed on the display device. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185664 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER CUSTOMIZED SHADING OF A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - To allow users to compensate for different and dynamically changing lighting conditions, the present invention introduces a graphical user interface shading system. The graphical user interface shading system provides a very simple intuitive interface to the user. In one embodiment, the user is presented with an adjustable user interface widget such as a slider that allows the user to select any shading setting along a shading continuum. The graphical user interface shading system reacts to the users control by adjusting a number of different graphical user interface elements in response to the new shading setting. In one embodiment, the graphical user interface shading system adjusts singled colored areas with a linear interpolation, text with a font color selection, icons with an icon bitmap selection, textured areas with a texture blend, and decals with a decal blend. | 07-18-2013 |
20130185665 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus comprises: a display which allows users to connect a first icon to a second icon on a first screen and is capable of displaying the first screen with a still image of the first icon in motion and a second screen matching an event; a completion detector which detects completion of the connecting operation; a processor which performs an operation predetermined for the first and second icon when the connecting operation is completed; an event detector which detects occurrence of an event during the connecting operation; and a controller which performs, if an event occurs before completion of the connecting operation, a control operation consisting of: storing composition information of the first screen with a still image of the first icon in motion; interrupting the first screen; and reproducing the first screen after disappearance of the second screen on the basis of the composition information. | 07-18-2013 |
20130191767 | Semantic Zooming of Data Object Representations in a User Interface - Example systems and methods of semantic zooming of data object representations in a user interface are presented. In one implementation, a first graphical representation is presented for display. The first graphical representation represents a data object and presents first information associated with the data object. A user input indicating a zoom-in operation is received. In response to the user input, the first graphical representation is replaced with a second graphical representation representing the first data object is presented for display. The second graphical representation presents second information that includes more information than the first information. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191768 | METHOD FOR MANIPULATING A GRAPHICAL OBJECT AND AN INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME - A method comprises generating at least two input events in response to at least two contacts made by pointers on an interactive surface at a location corresponding to at least one graphical object; determining a pointer contact type associated with the at least two input events; determining the number of graphical objects selected; identifying a gesture based on the movement of the pointers; identifying a manipulation based on pointer contact type, number of graphical objects selected, movement of the pointers, and graphical object type; and performing the manipulation on the at least one graphical object. | 07-25-2013 |
20130198662 | AUTOMATIC GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE CREATION - Techniques for automated graphical user interface (GUI) creation and/or rendering are provided. Establishments are defined via items for sale and rules defining workflow processing for purchasing the items. Each establishment representing a sub hierarchy. A GUI is rendered to represent a custom hierarchy of the sub hierarchies and presented to a user. The user interacts with the GUI to select a specific establishment and perform a specific transaction with that establishment in accordance with that establishment's items for sale and rules. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198663 | Hierarchical User Interface - In one embodiment, one or more components of a user interface are arranged in a hierarchy of layers. The user interface is presented according to the structure of the hierarchy, with one or more first components from a first layer floating on top of a second component from a second layer beneath the first layer. The first components are children of the second components. A user may interact with components uniformly, meaning that each specific user interaction applied to each component results in similar response from each component. | 08-01-2013 |
20130198664 | Transitions Among Hierarchical User-Interface Layers - In one embodiment, one or more components of a user interface are arranged in a hierarchy of layers and displayed to a user. The user interface is presented according to the structure of the hierarchy. In response to a first user interaction with a component that has a parent, the display transitions from a first layer at which the component is presented to a second layer at which the parent of the component is presented, with the second layer being beneath the first layer. In response to a second user interaction with a component that has a child, the display transitions from the first layer at which the component is presented to a third layer at which the child of the component is presented, with the third layer being above the first layer | 08-01-2013 |
20130198665 | Preview of Objects Arranged in a Series - Particular embodiments display a first object in a series of objects in its entirety on a screen of an electronic device; and in response to a user interacting with the first object by moving the first object towards a first side of the screen for a distance less than a predetermined threshold distance, gradually move the first object towards the first side of the screen until a portion of the first object is displayed within a first portion of the screen on the first side of the screen; gradually move a second object onto the screen towards the first side of the screen until a portion of a second object is displayed within a second portion of the screen on a second side of the screen for the user to preview the second object; and display shading around the portion of the second object. | 08-01-2013 |
20130205237 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A CIRCULAR COMPUTER DESKTOP ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods for providing a circular computer desktop. In accordance with an embodiment, one or more computer monitors are used with a closed-path configuration, in which there are no, e.g., natural left and right desktop boundaries. When an object is moved or resized such that a portion or all of the object moves outside an expected boundary of the desktop, then that portion of the object is rendered and made visible at the opposite side of the desktop. The effect is one of a continuous or circular desktop. In accordance with an embodiment, the system can determine the position of objects within the desktop, taking into account the width of monitor bezels. In accordance with various embodiments, the system can be used with a single, e.g., flat or circular monitor, or with a plurality of monitors, and can accommodate left-right and/or up-down circular desktop behavior. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205238 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATED COLOR SCHEME TRANSFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a system, computer-readable medium and a method for transforming a color scheme. A processor is configured to retrieve from storage data including content elements defining a user interface screen in response to a user selection of a source color and a replacement color. For each content element of the user interface screen, a color of the content element is compared the source color. Based on the comparison, if the color of the content element falls within a predetermined threshold distance of the source color along a color palette, the color of the content element can be converting to the replacement color. After the processing of the content elements, the user interface is displayed on a display device, including the converted color element(s). | 08-08-2013 |
20130212503 | CUSTOMIZATION OF GUI LAYOUT BASED ON HISTORY OF USE - A hand-held electronic device, method of operation and computer readable medium are disclosed. The device may include a case having one or more major surfaces. A visual display and a touch interface are disposed on at least one of the major surfaces. A processor is operably coupled to the visual display and touch screen. Instructions executable by the processor may be configured to a) present an image on the visual display containing one or more active elements; b) correlate one or more active portions of the touch interface to one or more corresponding active elements in the image on the visual display; and c) adjust a layout of content shown on the display according to a probability of one or more actions that may be taken with the one or more active elements. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212504 | CUSTOMIZATION OF GUI LAYOUT BASED ON HISTORY OF USE - A hand-held electronic device, method of operation and computer readable medium are disclosed. The device may include a processor is operably coupled to a visual display and touch screen. Instructions executable by the processor may be configured to a) present an image on the visual display containing one or more active elements; b) correlate one or more active portions of the touch interface to one or more corresponding active elements in the image on the visual display; and c) adjust a layout of content shown on the display according to a probability of one or more actions that may be taken with the one or more active elements. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212505 | Method and Apparatus for Performing a Geometric Transformation on Objects in an Object-Oriented Environment using a Multiple-Transaction Technique - A large number of objects, such as objects representing beams and columns in an object-oriented enterprise engineering system, may be geometrically transformed in a model database by dividing the objects according to criteria into a number of ordered partitions and transforming the objects in each partition as an atomic operation. Objects that are to be transformed are organized into the ordered partitions, and the partitions are transformed in sequential order, such that all predecessors of a given object are transformed before, or in the same operation as, the given object. If a large transformation operation abnormally terminates before all the small transformation operations have been completed, the model database is, nevertheless, left in a consistent state. The transformation operation may be resumed from the point of interruption. Furthermore, the number of objects that may be transformed is not constrained by the amount of memory available in the system. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EDITING LAYOUT OF OBJECTS - When an image is touched on a touch screen, the image is displayed as if a touched side of the image is pressed down and an opposite side of the touched side is lifted up. Priority levels of peripheral portions of the image are set in accordance with up and down of the image. Rendering priority between images to be overlapped is determined in accordance with a dominant-subordinate relationship between the priority levels of the peripheral portions of the respective images to be in contact. One of the images is displayed in an overlapped portion of the images based on the rendering priority. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212507 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALIGNING ITEMS OF EVIDENCE TO AN EVALUATION FRAMEWORK - Several embodiments provide systems and methods for by a user in performing an evidence-based evaluation. In some embodiments, a method comprises causing the display of one or more items of evidence to a user, wherein the one or more items of evidence are associated with a performance of a task; causing the display of one or more evidence tagging selectors, each of the one or more evidence tagging selectors being associated with one of the one or more items of evidence; causing, in response to a user selecting a given evidence tagging selector associated with a given item of evidence, the display of an evidence tagging interface comprising a list of components associated with an evaluation framework; and receiving, through the evidence tagging interface, a user selection of one or more selected components; and storing an association of the one or more selected components and the given item of evidence. | 08-15-2013 |
20130219311 | DISPLAYING ASSOCIATION INFORMATION OF MULTIPLE GRAPHIC OBJECTS IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A first graphic object and a second graphic object are displayed within a graphic user interface (GUI). There may be at least one association that governs both the first graphic object and the second graphic object. For instance, a particular association may indicate that the second graphic object may only be manipulated by the user if the first graphic object has previously been manipulated by the user. A third graphic object may be displayed within the GUI. The third graphic object may be a notification graphic object and may also be displayed. The user may manipulate the third graphic object causing information related to the association be displayed within the GUI. The user's experience may be enhanced because greater information is made available to the user. For example, information may be displayed instructing the user to make corrective actions. | 08-22-2013 |
20130219312 | USER-CONFIGURABLE CALCULATOR - The invention relates generally to a user-configurable calculator. Embodiments of the invention provide, among other things, a flexible graphical user interface (GUI) that allows a user to configure a virtual keypad area and/or a display area. Accordingly, a user can select calculator's keys (and corresponding functions) and/or a display type that is best suited for the problem he or she wishes to solve. A user may also create a new function and associate the new function with a virtual key. Embodiments of the invention also permit a user to define and manage multiple calculation sessions. In one embodiment, data can be shared between sessions. | 08-22-2013 |
20130219313 | System and Method of Inter-Widget Communication - A method and apparatus enabling inter-widget communication and control uses a central server to receive selected widgets and settings associated with at least one widget, wherein the received settings are used to at least partly determine the settings of the other selected widgets according to a pre-defined relationship between or among the widgets. | 08-22-2013 |
20130227452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SIZE OF DISPLAYED OBJECTS - A method and apparatus for adjusting sizes of objects displayed on a screen are provided. The a method includes recognizing one or more objects appearing on the screen, displaying guides indicating regions of the recognized objects on the screen, receiving a selection command for one of the recognized objects, and adjusting, upon reception of a size adjustment command, a size of the region of the selected object with respect to a first axis of the guide associated with the selected object or a second axis thereof perpendicular to the first axis, and displaying the size-adjusted region. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227453 | VISUALIZED INFORMATION CONVEYING SYSTEM - A handheld communication device having a logic to transfer information from a first application to a second application by using a user interface which displays a screen shot of the information gathered at the first application, and the interface also displays a list of icons indicative of other applications that is capable of receiving such information and using such information. The logic is configured to transfer the information to the second application by a drag-and-drop motion on the interface page. | 08-29-2013 |
20130232430 | INTERACTIVE USER INTERFACE - A method for providing content to a user at an interactive device with a display is described. The method includes providing a presentation layer for the content, wherein the presentation layer is operable to embed interactive elements that appear on the display, receiving, at the interactive device, data, displaying the content, wherein the content is based at least in part on said the and providing the user with the ability to complete a financial transaction associated with the interactive elements. | 09-05-2013 |
20130239031 | APPLICATION FOR VIEWING IMAGES - Some embodiments provide an image-viewing application. The image-viewing application includes a first GUI for right-handed users and a second GUI for left-handed users. The first GUI includes an image-selection window on the left side of the GUI, a first set of GUI items in a first particular order from left to right and a second set of GUI items in a second particular order from left to right. the second GUI includes the image-selection window on the right side of the GUI, the first set of GUI items in the first particular order from right to left and the second set of GUI items in the second particular order from left to right. In some embodiments, the right-handed GUI displays a particular tool in a first orientation, while the left-handed GUI displays the particular tool in a second orientation. | 09-12-2013 |
20130239032 | MOTION BASED SCREEN CONTROL METHOD IN A MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR THE SAME - A motion based screen control method which can easily enlarge or reduce an image of a mobile terminal is provided. The method includes determining whether to enlarge or reduce an image within an image viewer screen by detecting a double tap touch input from a user when an image viewer function is performed; and controlling to gradually enlarge or reduce the image according to a degree of a motion of the mobile terminal or a direction of the motion while a touch input is maintained. Thus, the user may control the screen to enlarge or reduce the image to a desired size while the user holds the mobile terminal in one hand. | 09-12-2013 |
20130239033 | LIFESTYLE COLLECTING APPARATUS, USER INTERFACE DEVICE, AND LIFESTYLE COLLECTING METHOD - Provided is a lifestyle collecting apparatus that collects information for determining a lifestyle of a user, and includes: an object information detecting unit configured to detect object information representing an object around the user; a relevance degree calculating unit configured to calculate a relevance degree of the user to the object, using the object information; an appearance information extracting unit configured to extract appearance information from the object information, and add the relevance degree to the extracted appearance information, the appearance information representing an appearance of the object; and a lifestyle database which stores the appearance information to which the relevance degree has been added, as the information for determining the lifestyle of the user. | 09-12-2013 |
20130239034 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD AND PROGRAM - One aspect of the present invention relates to a display apparatus communicatively connected to a distribution apparatus, comprising: an information storage unit configured to store one or more information contents of external information distributed from the distribution apparatus and/or internal information of the display apparatus, an icon associated with each of the information contents and a placement area for placing the icon; a template storage unit configured to store one or more templates having one or more placement areas for placing icons; a display icon determination unit configured to determine which of the information contents and the icons from the information storage unit are to be displayed and select from the template storage unit a template where the determined information contents and icons are displayable; and an image generation and display unit configured to generate and display an image to be displayed by embedding the determined icon in a placement area of the selected template corresponding to a placement area associated with the determined icon. | 09-12-2013 |
20130246949 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - In a display control device, a display setting unit creates, according to an operation input to an operation unit, a plurality of display settings according respectively to a plurality of moving states and stores the same in a setting information storage unit, a moving state determination unit determines a moving state based on a measurement value measured by a sensor, and a display control unit changes a screen display on a display according to the moving state by displaying a screen on the display according to any one display setting corresponding to the determination result of the moving state determination unit, among a plurality of display settings stored in the setting information storage unit. | 09-19-2013 |
20130246950 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING OVERLAYS ACCORDING TO TRENDING INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for providing a trending tool for presenting trending information measured or collected with regard to a content page within the context of a display of the content page. In some cases, a trending tool may be used to present trending information based on analytics data for a given selectable item of the content page, such as a clickable link or image, where the trending information may be displayed proximate to the given selectable item within the user interface. The trending information may be determined from the analytics data over a given period or periods of time. Further, the visual presentation of the trending information within, for example, an overlay may be modified based on the trending information, or based on other selected elements of the analytics data or based on other calculations of the analytics data. | 09-19-2013 |
20130246951 | FILTERING OBJECTS IN A MULTI-TENANT ENVIRONMENT - Various techniques and procedures related to filtering objects in a virtual application within a multi-tenant system are provided. One approach involves providing a first graphical user interface element enabling indication of a first filtering criterion and a second graphical user interface element enabling indication of a second filtering criterion within the virtual application being accessed over a network from a client device. After indication of the first filtering criterion and the second filtering criterion, a filtered set of objects is identified based on the first filtering criterion and the second filtering criterion. At least a portion of the filtered set of objects may then be presented within the virtual application on a client device. | 09-19-2013 |
20130246952 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL GUI OBJECT STORES IN AUTOMATION TEST TOOLS - A method for storing graphical user interface (GUI) object properties includes: storing GUI object properties for each GUI object for a starting version of an application in an object map; associating the stored GUI object properties for each GUI object with a starting version identifier; determining that at least one of the GUI objects is changed; in response to determining that the at least one GUI object is changed, storing modifications of the GUI object properties for the at least one GUI object in the object map; and associating the modifications of the GUI object properties for the at least one GUI object with a new version identifier of the application. Over time, the object map contains multiple variants of the GUI objects. An automation test tool may use this object map to intelligently select appropriate GUI object version for recognition at script run time. | 09-19-2013 |
20130246953 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CUSTOMIZING A USER INTERFACE TO AN ON-DEMAND DATABASE SERVICE - In embodiments, methods and systems for customizing a user interface to an on-demand database service. These mechanisms and methods for customizing a user interface to an on-demand database service can enable embodiments to provide a user interface designed by a tenant of the on-demand database service. The customization can include including third party content into the customized user interface, overriding a standard object, and providing content inline at a specified location. | 09-19-2013 |
20130254689 | Wayfinding System and Method - A method and system of providing information is provided. The system for providing information includes a display screen with a user interface, an input device operatively connected to the display screen, a processor, and a memory containing processor-executable instructions that cause the system to receive an input from the input device. A relative position on the display screen is determined to display user content based on the position of received input and the user content is displayed at the determined relative position. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254690 | INTERNET INTERFACE & INTEGRATION LANGUAGE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for generating, on a user terminal, a user interface having at least two interface items, where the system is configured to store at least two sets of data each corresponding to the interface items. A first set of data includes data for generating and controlling the performance of an operation associated with a first of interface items, and a second said set of data includes data for generating and controlling the performance of an operation associated with a second of the interface items. When a user interacts with the first interface item, the system is configured to perform the action associated with the first interface item, independent of the second interface item and without performing any other action corresponding to the user interface. | 09-26-2013 |
20130263030 | DYNAMIC STACKING AND EXPANSION OF VISUAL ITEMS - Aspects of the present invention are directed to the stacking of visual items, and their subsequent expansion, or unstacking Upon selection of a stack, that stack expands into the individual visual items making up that stack. Further aspects of the present invention are directed to expanding a stack in different ways depending upon the circumstances. Further aspects of the present invention are directed to providing a hot area associated with, and potentially disposed around, a stack. Selection by the user of the hot area results in selection of the associated stack. The stack may itself be considered a single item that is itself selectable. After the stack is expanded, then the individual visual items making up the original stack are each individually selectable. However, when stacked, the individual items may not be selectable except as a complete stack. | 10-03-2013 |
20130263031 | DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE FOR PREVIEWING LIVE CONTENT - A dynamic user interface for previewing live content includes multiple tiles. User interface layouts can be displayed that each have multiple tiles displaying multiple pieces of content, where the multiple pieces of content includes different types of content and each of the multiple tiles display a piece of the content. A command input can be received to change a current user interface layout, and a transition is initiated to display a next user interface layout that includes one or more of the multiple tiles displaying the multiple pieces of content or different multiple pieces of the content. | 10-03-2013 |
20130263032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLUID GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method including causing, at least in part, display of selectable objects on a graphical user interface, where each of the selectable objects corresponds to data or an application accessible via the graphical user interface. The method further includes detecting a touch gesture on the graphical user interface and causing, at least in part, display of the selectable objects in motion travelling across the graphical user interface responsive to the detected touch gesture, where the selectable objects are displayed based on a category of the selectable object or context dependent data. The method further includes allowing user selection and manipulation of the selectable objects displayed on the graphical user interface. | 10-03-2013 |
20130275897 | VARIABLE PATH MANAGEMENT OF USER CONTACTS - Systems, methods, and computer-readable mediums for managing contacts on a telecommunications device are provided. In one embodiment, a software application executed by a processor of a telecommunications device identifies a first subset of contacts selected at least in part by a user of the telecommunications device and a second subset of contacts. Each of the first and second subsets includes a portion of the user's contacts accessible by the telecommunications device. The software application causes display of a graphical identifier associated with each contact of the first subset of contacts in a first arrangement on a display of the telecommunications device about a first axis positioned external to the display. The software application further causes display of a graphical identifier associated with each contact of the second subset of contacts in a second arrangement on a display of the telecommunications device about a second axis positioned external to the display. | 10-17-2013 |
20130275898 | DISPLAY INPUT DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING TOUCH PANEL - A display input device includes a display portion, a touch panel portion, and a determination portion. The display portion displays a screen and an image, and displays a plurality of objects as images whose display positions are movable. The touch panel portion is provided for the display portion, and accepts a user's input, and detects a plurality of positions being touched. The determination portion determines whether two points being touched are in the vertical direction or the horizontal direction. The touch panel portion accepts an input of selecting, as selected objects, some or all of the objects displayed on the display portion. When the touch panel portion has detected that two-point touching has been performed thereon in the state where the objects are selected, the display portion aligns the display positions of the selected objects, based on the direction of the touched two points and movement of the touched points. | 10-17-2013 |
20130275899 | Application Gateway for Providing Different User Interfaces for Limited Distraction and Non-Limited Distraction Contexts - An electronic device receives a first input that corresponds to a request to open a respective application, and in response to receiving the first input, in accordance with a determination that the device is being operated in a limited-distraction context, provides a limited-distraction user interface that includes providing for display fewer selectable user interface objects than are displayed in a non-limited user interface for the respective application, and in accordance with a determination that the device is not being operated in a limited-distraction context, provides a non-limited user interface for the respective application. | 10-17-2013 |
20130290883 | IN PLACE CREATION OF OBJECTS - A system and method to receive, via a graphical user interface layout, a request to create a data element; and present within the graphical user interface layout, in response to receiving the request, an expanded user interface element including user interface input fields to specify at least one attribute of the data element. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290884 | COMPUTER-READABLE NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREIN INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING CONTROL METHOD - In an example information processing apparatus including a screen on which one or more objects are displayed and a pointing device for designating a given position on the screen, at least one object is designated by the pointing device. Further, an input state regarding the designation of the at least one object is detected, and the number of the at least one selected object is changed in accordance with the input state. Then, a predetermined process is performed on the at least one selected object. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290885 | Display and Input Device, and Image Forming Apparatus - A display and input device of the present disclosure includes a display unit which displays plural objects in array with a predetermined spatial interval, and a touch panel which identifies plural positions touched by a user. The display unit enlarges an interval between two objects longer than the predetermined spatial interval upon an interval enlargement operation to touch two positions which include a position in a display area of at least one of the two objects and then enlarge an interval between the two positions. Under a status that the interval between the two objects is enlarged, the touch panel unit receives a destination confirmation operation to touch a destination position of an object to be moved in order to set the touched destination position to a destination of the object to be moved. | 10-31-2013 |
20130298053 | SCOREBOARD MODELING - Various embodiments illustrated and described herein include at least one of systems, methods, and software to generate one or both of scoreboard illustrations and functional and renderable scoreboard animation via scoreboard modeling. The various embodiments illustrated and described herein may operate on single, stand-alone computing devices, as network or “cloud”-based solutions accessible via a network such as the Internet, or a mixture of both. | 11-07-2013 |
20130298054 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME, AND PROGRAM - A portable electronic device capable of more easily selecting a desired text input application, a method of controlling the same, and a program are provided. In a state in which characters or an image is displayed on a display of a portable telephone, an instruction is given such that either the image or at least one of the characters (for example, the characters “a”, “i”, “u”, and “e” on a region is selected and then the character or the image is moved to an end region (for example, the right side of an end region. Consequently, the portable telephone starts a text input application storing the character associated with the end region (for example, a notepad application) and the selected character or image is input. | 11-07-2013 |
20130298055 | METHOD FOR OPERATING USER INTERFACE AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR STORING PROGRAM APPLYING THE SAME - A method for operating a user interface and a recording medium for storing a program applying the same are provided. The method includes following steps. First, a touch generated by touching a touch display using an input tool is detected. Then, whether or not the touch is generated on a specific area of the touch display is determined. Next, whether the position of the touch is changed is determined if the touch is generated on the specific area. The user interface is activated or switched if the position of the touch is changed. Accordingly, a more convenient and intuitive method for operating the user interface is provided and the convenience in using the electronic device is increased. | 11-07-2013 |
20130298056 | PAINTING USER CONTROLS - The described implementations relate to dynamically painting user-controls. One method dynamically determines a highlight color of a user-control under a cursor on a graphical user-interface. The method also paints at least a portion of the user-control with the highlight color. | 11-07-2013 |
20130305173 | RULES LIBRARY FOR SALES PLAYBOOKS - Rules created in a computerized sales playbook system are stored in a rules library. Rules can be shared among playbooks, stages, plays, content and other playbook elements. Any playbook element can be associated with one or more rules. Such rules include one or more conditions that trigger the rule. If the conditions are met, then a playbook element is enabled for use by the user. Rules can be selected from the rules library as the playbook is being created. For example, when adding a play or a content item to a play, a user is prompted to add a rule to be associated with the playbook element. If the user adds a rule, an interface is presented allowing the user to select an existing rule from the rules library or create a new rule. If a new rule is created, it is added to the rules library. | 11-14-2013 |
20130305174 | INPUT ERROR REMEDIATION - Technologies are generally described for an input error remediation scheme for an electronic device with a touch screen display. In some examples, a method performed under control of an electronic device with a touch screen display may include displaying a first page on the touch screen display, detecting a first input from a user of the electronic device, detecting a second input from the user; determining whether the first input is inadvertent based at least in part on the second input, and displaying a second page on the touch screen display, if the first input is determined to be inadvertent. | 11-14-2013 |
20130305175 | Displaying Graphical Representations of Contacts - Techniques for displaying graphical representations of contacts are described. In accordance with one or more embodiments, a group of graphical representations of contacts is displayed at a first size in a display region. In response to a selection of a subgroup of the graphical representations, the subgroup of graphical representations is automatically resized to fit in the display region at a second size. | 11-14-2013 |
20130305176 | UI CREATION SUPPORT SYSTEM, UI CREATION SUPPORT METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM - In order to adjust an amount of information to be simultaneously displayed on a display with identity of information to be displayed on a user interface (UI) screen guaranteed and to design a UI screen suitable for an assumed user, a UI creation support system ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130305177 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING APPLICATION OBJECT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention provides a method for processing application object and an electronic device. The method for processing application object includes: obtaining a return instruction instructing to display an index interface on a display screen of an electronic device; obtaining a first determination result to determine whether a first application object exists, the first application object being currently in an opened state and associated with the index interface; and displaying the index to interface and a first indicator on the display screen when the first determination result indicates that the first application object exists, so as to prompt a user via the first indicator to perform a first predetermined operation in accordance with the first indicator so as to display the first application object on the display screen. With the embodiments of the present invention, the user can quickly find his/her target application object, such that the user's operation efficiency can be improved. | 11-14-2013 |
20130311918 | MANAGEMENT OF MENU CUSTOMIZATION ACROSS MULTIPLE DEVICES - Customizing menus for a consumer electronics device, including: preparing menu definitions for the menus to be customized on the consumer electronics device; generating menu configuration information using the prepared menu definitions; transmitting the generated menu configuration information to the consumer electronics device; and managing the menus on a plurality of consumer electronics devices customized with the menu configuration information. Keywords include customization of menus and consumer electronics device. | 11-21-2013 |
20130311919 | METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR VALIDATION OF A USER COMMAND FOR CONTROLLING AN APPLICATION - An electronic device includes a display screen; and a graphical user interface displayed on the screen and including: a graphical object automatically movable, in accordance with a predefined movement, along at least part of the screen, wherein the automatic movement of the graphical object is triggered in response to a user input; the predefined movement being such that the graphical object is translated in a first direction from a first region of the screen to a second region of the screen. Movement from the first region to the second region indicates a user command being validated. The device further includes a sensor configured to detect the movement of the graphical object from the first region to the second region; and an application processor configured to execute the user command in response to detection of the movement of the graphical object from the first region to the second region. | 11-21-2013 |
20130311920 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile terminal capable of performing a touch input and a control method therefor are provided. A mobile terminal includes a display unit, a sensing unit and a controller. The display unit outputs an objective related to an application. The sensing unit senses a touch input to the objective. The controller executes the application related to the objective, in response to that a first touch input to the objective is sensed, and executes an edition mode for changing the size of the objective displayed on the display unit, in response to that a second touch input different from the first touch input to the objective is sensed. | 11-21-2013 |
20130318456 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SKINNING THEMES - A mobile communication device and non-transitory computer readable memory is provided. A processor executes instructions to provide a parser for parsing at least one skinning theme document into a template describing rendering characteristics of a graphical interface, the skinning theme document identifying at least one data element. The instructions also provide an interaction interface for receiving from data from at least one application associated with one or more of the at least one data element. A renderer is provided for rendering the received data on a display in accordance with the template as the graphical interface wherein the graphical interface presents one or more data elements of the at least one application that is rendered. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318457 | ARRANGEMENT, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING A COMPUTER APPARATUS BASED ON EYE-TRACKING - A computer apparatus is associated with a graphical display presenting at least one GUI-component adapted to be manipulated based on user-generated commands. An event engine is adapted to receive an eye-tracking data signal that describes a user's point of regard on the display. Based on the signal, the event engine produces a set of non-cursor controlling event output signals, which influence the at least one GUI-component. Each non-cursor controlling event output signal describes a particular aspect of the user's ocular activity in respect of the display. Initially, the event engine receives a control signal request from each of the at least one GUI-component. The control signal request defines a sub-set of the set of non-cursor controlling event output signals which is required by the particular GUI-component. The event engine delivers non-cursor controlling event output signals to the at least one GUI-component in accordance with each respective control signal request. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318458 | Modifying Chrome Based on Ambient Conditions - In accordance with some embodiments, the depiction of chrome in user interfaces may be modified based on ambient conditions. There are a number of ambient conditions that can be used as a trigger to modify the chrome. For example, the current direction from which light hits the computer may be used to change the chrome shadow depictions on user selectable image elements, such as button icons. | 11-28-2013 |
20130326380 | Triage Tool for Problem Reporting in Maps - A graphical user interface (GUI) of a triage tool for triaging reported problems is described. The GUI includes a first set of UI items for viewing reported problems of maps. The GUI includes a second set of UI items for viewing map data related to the reported problems. The GUI includes a third set of UI items for sending triaged problems to a set of sources of the map data. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326381 | DIGITAL ART PROGRAM INTERACTION AND MECHANISMS - The subject disclosure is directed towards a digital art program, including user interfaces for user interaction with the digital art program. Described are interactive elements, tools, effects, features, commands and so forth for operating and experiencing the digital art program. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326382 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, STORING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY METHOD - An example system includes: a first memory in which a plurality of first objects each corresponding to a content included in a plurality of contents is stored; a second memory in which a plurality of second objects each corresponding to a user is stored; an association unit that associates a content with a second object; a first display controller that displays one or more first objects each corresponding to a content selected from the plurality of contents; and a second display controller that displays a second object adjacent to a first object corresponding to a content associated with the second object. | 12-05-2013 |
20130332869 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE LAYOUT - Exemplary methods, apparatuses, and systems receive user input to move, resize, or add a first user interface object to a first location in a user interface window. The user interface window includes a second user interface object in a second location. In response to the user input, constraints are generated based upon the first location and the second location. The constraints define a size or a position of the first user interface object relative to the second user interface object. The first user interface object is displayed within the user interface according to the determined constraints. | 12-12-2013 |
20130339886 | TOOLS FOR DYNAMIC DATABASE DRIVEN CATALOG BUILDING - To provide the efficient and effective presentation of product information, a system and method are utilized which are database driven and highly automated. Utilizing a appropriate coding in the database itself, product categories and subcategories are identified which can be thus utilized in the presentation and product information to potential customers. Further, the coding within the database include necessary indicators to produce menus and submenus without the need for separate links or URLs when generating in a database format. Further, utilities are provided to easily hand and manage images corresponding to the listed products themselves. This image management is efficiently carried out depending upon the necessary image size and use. Lastly, due to the database structures and related coding, content groups and modified product content information is easily generated as necessary. | 12-19-2013 |
20130346892 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE ELEMENT EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION USING A ROTATING GESTURE - A computing device outputs a graphical user interface (GUI) for display at a display device. The GUI includes a first version of the element. The computing device receives an indication of a user input. In response to determining that the user input corresponds to a gesture that includes a rotating movement of an input point relative to a fixed region, the computing device outputs, for display at the display device, a second version of the element in place of the first version of the element. The second version of the element is larger than the first version of the element. | 12-26-2013 |
20130346893 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR EDITING DOCUMENT USING THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for editing documents using an electronic device detects a selection operation on a touch panel of the electronic device to obtain a selected object of a document. An editing operation marked on the selected object is obtained. An action is executed corresponding to the editing operation, to manipulate the selected object. | 12-26-2013 |
20130346894 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR ADJUSTING SIZE OF SCREEN OBJECT - A method, an apparatus and a computer-readable medium for adjusting size of screen object adapted to a mobile device having a touch screen are provided. In the method, a display direction is randomly selected for each of at least one screen object to display each screen object on the touch screen, where each screen object has at least one object size capable of being adjusted. Then, the touch screen is used to detect a first touch and a second touch performed on one of the at least one screen object. The object size of the screen object being touched is adjusted according to the display direction thereof and a relative moving direction of the first touch and the second touch. | 12-26-2013 |
20130346895 | DYNAMICALLY MODIFYING A TOOLBAR - The present invention comprises a method of and apparatus for simplifying the process of access to a network for a roaming computer user, divides the responsibility of servicing a given user wanting to access the network between multiple parties and minimizes the possibility of improper dissemination of email header data as well as improper use of network resources (including server systems) by non-clients. | 12-26-2013 |
20140006985 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF | 01-02-2014 |
20140006986 | Responsive graphical user interface | 01-02-2014 |
20140006987 | Computer Device, Control Method, and Storage Medium | 01-02-2014 |
20140006988 | CONTENT DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTENT DISPLAY METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM | 01-02-2014 |
20140013254 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REARRANGING ICONS DISPLAYED IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - An electronic device capable of rearranging icons on a graphic user interface is described. The electronic device provides a method that allows icons that are displayed on one of a plurality of pages to be moved from one page to any other page. The icons can be dragged to a page indicator associated with the page it is to be moved to. | 01-09-2014 |
20140013255 | OBJECT DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND OBJECT DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An apparatus includes a moving unit configured to move an object group including a plurality of objects within a predetermined area of a display apparatus, and a control unit configured to display in the predetermined area, the objects included in the object group, wherein the control unit changes a shape of the object group so that the objects displayed outside the predetermined area can be displayed within the predetermined area, in a case where one or more objects displayed within the predetermined area are placed outside the predetermined area when the moving unit moves the object group. | 01-09-2014 |
20140013256 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC MODIFICATION OF DESKTOP LAYOUT AND COMPUTER STORAGE MEDIUM THEREOF - The present disclosure relates to a method and system dynamic modification of desktop layout and a computer storage medium thereof. The method includes: obtaining desktop elements; placing the desktop elements on the desktop area; receiving requests for modifying the desktop elements; and modifying the desktop elements according to the requests for modification. The method and system for dynamic modification of desktop layout and computer storage medium thereof could modify desktop elements according to requests for modifying desktop elements; the desktop elements could be elastically modified to meet different demands. | 01-09-2014 |
20140019894 | AUGMENTING USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - Example embodiments disclosed herein relate to augmenting user interface elements of a large interactive display. A user interface element displayed on a region of interest of the large interactive display is determined. A location of the user interface element is augmented based on timing information. | 01-16-2014 |
20140019895 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device according to the present invention includes a display module, a touch panel, and a control module that controls display of the display module in accordance with an operation of the touch panel. When a predetermined operation is performed to the touch panel, the control module transfers, on a display screen of the display module, an image to cause the electronic device to execute a predetermined function. When the image is transferred on the display screen, if an identical image to the image is included in the display screen, the control module performs processing of informing to that effect. The display module can display a screen for selection to select an operation screen in which the image is to be set from a plurality of operation screens, and the screen for selection includes a plurality of thumbnails corresponding to the plurality of operation screens, respectively. | 01-16-2014 |
20140019896 | USER INTERFACE FOR DISPLAYING SELECTABLE SOFTWARE FUNCTIONALITY CONTROLS THAT ARE RELEVANT TO A SELECTED OBJECT - An improved user interface is provided for displaying selectable software functionality controls that are relevant to a selected object and that remain visibly available for use while the selected object is being edited. Upon selection of a particular object for editing, functionality available for editing the object is presented in a ribbon-shaped user interface above the software application workspace to allow the user ready and efficient access to functionality needed for editing the selected object. The display of relevant functionality controls is persisted until the user dismisses the display, selects another top-level functionality control or selects another object for editing. | 01-16-2014 |
20140026086 | Methods and Systems for Cross-Platform Computing Applications Featuring Adaptable User Interfaces - Methods, systems, and computer-program products are disclosed. A cross-platform application can access a platform identifier indicating a characteristic of a computing system in response to beginning execution of the application. User interfaces can be provided interface based at least in part on the platform identifier and an interaction model, with the interaction model used to define the layout and content of the interface. The model can be separate from the program component that provides the user interface, and so the application can customize at least some aspects of its output for different platforms based on the platform identifier. Embodiments also include the use of screen-based application navigation. | 01-23-2014 |
20140026087 | LOCALIZED EXPLODED VIEW - A method for providing an Integrated Development Environment comprises receiving input from a user identifying an area containing an edge shared by two or more objects, wherein said shared edge includes two or more individual edges corresponding to said objects, and visibly separating said two or more individual edges in a localized exploded view responsive to said receiving. | 01-23-2014 |
20140026088 | Data Interface Integrating Temporal and Geographic Information - A user interface (e.g. to a mobile device) integrates temporal and geographic information in an intimate and flexible manner. A view engine presents views of geographic information (such as points of origin, destinations, preferred/alternative routes) closely linked with associated time information (such as scheduled delivery times, current actual time, estimated transit times etc.). As a user manipulates an input (e.g. a timebar) to move forward and backward in time, the interface adjusts correspondingly to display geographic information relevant to the selected time. Conversely, as a user manipulates geographic information (e.g. a map), the interface may adjust correspondingly to display relevant temporal information. Time information may be afforded by the interface to the user through the use of color and/or movement of displayed items. As an aid to use, the interface may further include an input dedicated to returning the user to the present time and geographical location display. | 01-23-2014 |
20140026089 | ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Systems and methods for providing a graphical interface and application for managing assets in an asset zone such as a yard, a port, a warehouse, or a lot. Embodiments of the invention provide an asset management software application configured to manage assets pro-actively by maximizing visibility of the asset zone and by providing selectable options to a user to improve operations across the asset zone. | 01-23-2014 |
20140033093 | MANIPULATING TABLES WITH TOUCH GESTURES - A table processing system generates a user interface display of a table and receives a user input to display a table manipulation element. The table processing system receives a user touch input moving the table manipulation element and manipulates the table based on the user touch input. The manipulated table can then be used by the user. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033094 | HEURISTIC CACHING TO PERSONALIZE APPLICATIONS - Heuristic caching techniques are used to improve application usability within the constraints of computing resources. A user's behavior in connection with an application is recorded and used to intelligently determine which transitions of a user interface of the application to cache. In addition, the user may have one or more characteristics. Such characteristics may also be used to identify other users so that the other users' behavior in connection with the application can be used for intelligently determining which transitions of the user interface to cache. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033095 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING ICONS - An apparatus displays, via a display device, an icon associated with an executable function on a display screen based on display settings including a selection recognition zone associated with the icon. The apparatus stores icon setting information that associates the icon, an area, and change information for changing the display settings of the icon. The apparatus determine that the icon is selected when the selection recognition zone is specified on the display screen. Then, the apparatus acquires position information of the apparatus, and changes the display settings of the icon based on the change information of the icon setting information when the position of the apparatus is within the area registered in the icon setting information. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033096 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ARRANGING TOOLBAR ON USER INTERFACE OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a method for arranging a toolbar on a user interface of an electronic device, the toolbar includes toolbar buttons. The electronic device displays a polyhedral box for arrangement of the toolbar on the user interface. The method divides each surface of the polyhedral box into a plurality of blocks, and moves the toolbar buttons onto the blocks of the polyhedral box. The polyhedral box may be rotated in several planes to reveal all available toolbar buttons, and when a user selects a toolbar button, a function of the toolbar button is triggered. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TESTING A COMPUTER PROGRAM - Embodiments of the disclosure may provide a method and apparatus of testing a computer program. The method may include acquiring first display data of a character region in a Graphical User Interface (GUI) of the computer program. The method may also include reducing display size setting of an original character string associated with the character region. The method may also include acquiring second display data of the character region in refreshed GUI. The method may further include generating a message indicating character truncation when there is a difference other than actual display size of character between the first display data and the second display data. With the technical solution provided by embodiments of the disclosure, character truncation existing in a GUI may be automatically detected. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033098 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD AND DISPLAY PROGRAM - An electronic apparatus which allows a user to input various types of operating instructions in simpler operations is provided. An electronic apparatus including a touch panel and a processor for causing the touch panel to display an object including a plurality of types of regions is provided. Based on a touch operation on an object being displayed on the touch panel, the processor causes the object being displayed on the touch panel to be moved in accordance with a rule corresponding to the type of a touched region. | 01-30-2014 |
20140040796 | INTERACTING WITH GRAPHICAL WORK AREAS - Among other disclosures, a method may include receiving a repositioning request, relative to a work area marker, and an adjustment request, relative to a work area, wherein the work area is associated with a portion of graphical data, and the marker allows interaction with the work area. The method may include deriving an updated marker and an updated work area, wherein the updated marker reflects the repositioning request, the updated work area is associated with the portion, and the work area reflects the adjustment request. The method may include providing visually the updated marker, wherein the updated marker allows interaction with the updated work area. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040797 | WIDGET PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The present invention provides a Widget processing method and a mobile terminal. The method includes: receiving a Widget placing instruction given by a user,; if on the designated Home screen, there is not enough position for presenting the designated Widget, determining a display position of the designated Widget on a Home screen adjacent to the designated Home screen according to attribute information of the designated Widget, where the attribute information of the Widget includes position occupation information of the Widget; and placing the designated Widget in the display position on the Home screen adjacent to the designated Home screen. Technical solutions of the present invention solve a problem that operations are complicated when there is not enough space on the designated Home screen for placing the designated Widget, and increase Widget processing efficiency of the mobile terminal. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040798 | Physics Based Diagram Editor - System and method for editing a graphical diagram. A graphical diagram, such as a graphical program, is displayed on a display device. User input may be received editing the graphical diagram, thereby generating an edited graphical diagram. Placement of one or more elements in the graphical diagram may be adjusted in response to the editing based on determined forces applied to the one or more elements in the edited graphical diagram based on the said editing, resulting in an adjusted edited graphical diagram. The adjusted edited graphical diagram may be displayed on the display device, which may include displaying an animation illustrating the movement of the elements to an equilibrium state in which the forces balance and movement ceases. The editing, adjusting, and displaying may be performed sequentially and/or concurrently, as desired. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040799 | EFFICIENT USAGE OF SCREEN REAL ESTATE ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Exemplary embodiments provide a computer implemented method and computer program product for efficient usage of screen real estate, and an electronic device configured to execute the computer program product, by controlling the display of GUI objects on a display screen of an electronic device. This controlled display further comprises identifying a user-selected part of an original GUI object that is associated with an application program, in response to detection of a predefined user interaction with the original GUI object. A new representative GUI object is then created and displayed on screen, and this new object comprises a visual representation of the selected part of the first GUI object. This second GUI object automatically replaces the first GUI object on the display screen. Subsequent user interactions with the second GUI object are mapped to instructions to the application program. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040800 | ENHANCED ORGANIZATION AND AUTOMATIC NAVIGATION OF DISPLAY SCREENS FACILITATING AUTOMATION CONTROL - The disclosed subject matter comprises an enhanced screen organizer component (ESOC) that can efficiently control organization and presentation of desired screens, which relate to an industrial control system, to a user. At design time, a designer employs the ESOC to select and organize one or more screens for a project relating to a control system, create and organize screen folders that can contain desired folders or screens in a hierarchical fashion, select a home screen or favorite screens, respectively, for the operator, role or group, wherein a home screen can be a screen a user views when authenticated into a terminal or the screen the user can be returned to in response to selection of a home control. During run time, the user can access desired screens, and use context menus to select a home screen, favorite screens, or other screens, in accordance with user access rights. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040801 | FREE-FORM ENTRIES DURING PAYMENT PROCESSES - Various methods and systems are provided that allow a user to perform a free-form action, such as making a mark on a device, speaking into a device, and/or moving the device, to cause a step to be performed that conventionally was performed by the user having to locate and select a button or link on the device. | 02-06-2014 |
20140047365 | ASSOCIATING ANCILLARY INFORMATION WITH AN APPLICATION USER INTERFACE - Associating user interface elements with information ancillary to said user interface elements includes creating one or more items of user interface element ancillary information, receiving a request for user interface element ancillary information, the request identifying the context in which the information is to be used, searching, using a processor, said one or more items of user interface element ancillary information for items matching the context in which the information is to be used, and returning one or more items of user interface element ancillary information matching the context in which the information is to be used. | 02-13-2014 |
20140047366 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DECLUTTERING ICONS REPRESENTING POINTS OF INTEREST ON A MAP - Methods and systems are provided for decluttering icons on a map graphically presented on a display. In one implementation, a method is provided for decluttering icons representing points-of-interest on a map, wherein the method includes determining whether icons in a map view are overlapping and grouping the icons which are determined to overlap into at least one icon group. The method may also include repositioning the icons in each icon group into a decluttered icon patterns, wherein repositioning includes repositioning the icons at a predetermined distance from a common focal point. In addition, the method may include adjusting the repositioned icons to a different position in the map view when the repositioned icons overlap. Additionally, or alternatively, the method may include repositioning an icon in at least one decluttered icon pattern to a new position in the map view based on input from a user. | 02-13-2014 |
20140059458 | VIRTUAL REALITY APPLICATIONS - Augmented reality technology is described. The technology can detect objects in a scene, identifying one or more installed or available applications based on the detected objects, and place icons representing the identified applications proximate to the detected objects in a display of the scene, e.g., so that a user can start or install the identified applications. The technology can also facilitate interaction with an identified object, e.g., to remotely control a recognized object. | 02-27-2014 |
20140059459 | PROCESSING METHOD AND PROCESSING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING ICON AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A processing method and a processing device for displaying an icon and an electronic device are provided. The electronic device has a plurality of variable operation forms. Specifically, a current operation form of the electronic device is detected and determined. A first application applicable to the electronic device in the currently determined operation form is selected according to the determined operation form. Then, a display policy for the icon which corresponds to the selected and determined application and is displayed on the display screen of the electronic device is correspondingly adjusted. Therefore, it is ensured that the user can rapidly, conveniently and accurately select the available application in the case of the operation form of the electronic device, thus improving the user experience when the user uses the electronic device. | 02-27-2014 |
20140068475 | DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE FOR NAVIGATING AMONG GUI ELEMENTS - In one example, a computing device executes a plurality of application processes, each of which has an associated graphical user interface element. The computing device renders a common graphical user interface on a presence-sensitive screen. The common graphical user interface includes a currently rendered graphical user interface element associated with a currently selected application process from among the plurality of application processes; a tab row comprising a plurality of tabs, wherein each of the graphical user interface elements corresponds to one of the plurality of tabs; and a slide bar positioned proximate to the tab row. The computing device renders a first tab in the tab row with a larger size than other graphical tabs in the plurality of tabs responsive to receipt by the presence-sensitive screen of a gesture input associated with a region of the slide bar that is closest to the first tab. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068476 | ICON OPERATING DEVICE - According to one embodiment, there is provided an icon operating device. The icon operating device includes: a memory that stores data concerning a plurality of icons that associates information indicating what operation can be made for the device to be operated by touching which part of a user's body with operation contents of the device to be operated; an acquiring unit that acquires a range image of the user; a grasping unit that grasps a shape of the user's body based on the range image data; an identifying unit that identifies, based on a position of a user's finger, an operating position indicating which part of the body the user has touched; and a determining unit that determines selection of the icon and the content of operation for the device to be operated based on the shape of the user's body and the operating position. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068477 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND APPLICATION ICON MOVING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and an application icon moving method thereof are provided. When a predetermined application icon is selected from a menu screen including a plurality of application icons and moved to a control region, a default home screen or the whole home screen stored in a memory may be selectively displayed according to a moved position of the corresponding icon, and also an icon-insertable position may be visually guided on the displayed home screen. This may allow a user to execute the movement of the application icon in an easy, convenient manner. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068478 | DATA DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - A data display method and apparatus display data efficiently on the screen of an electronic device equipped with a touchscreen. The data display method includes setting a scroll rate to a touch movement distance; detecting a touch gesture in a first region of the touchscreen; scrolling icons in the first region at the scroll rate in response to the touch gesture; and displaying detailed information associated with at least one icon newly displayed according to the scroll in a second region of the touchscreen. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068479 | KEY DISPLAY MANNER UPDATING METHOD AND WIRELESS HANDHELD DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a key display updating method and a wireless handheld device. The method includes: counting click times of each key on a virtual keyboard; obtaining a display manner corresponding to the counted click times of each key based on correspondence between click times of keys and display manners; and displaying each key according to the display manner corresponding to the click times of each key. The embodiments of the present invention improve, for a wireless handheld device, the flexibility for displaying keys of a virtual keyboard and the efficiency for obtaining information input through the keys of the virtual keyboard. | 03-06-2014 |
20140075350 | VISUALIZATION AND INTEGRATION WITH ANALYTICS OF BUSINESS OBJECTS - A system and method are described herein that provide for visualizing business objects stored in a backend system for display in a user interface. Business objects are retrieved from the backend system. Metadata from the business objects are customized and sorted into a plurality of categories. The business objects are changed into a necessary data format for transmittal and transmitted to the application displayed on the user interface. During runtime, custom actions pertaining to each business object are dynamically rendered and assigned based on the backend customization of the metadata. Custom actions include the creation or updating of entries in the application. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075351 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING USER EXPERIENCE - A data processing system includes components for providing a pleasant user experience. Those components may include a family interaction engine that provides a family channel. The family interaction engine may provide for creation of a user group. The family channel may present content of interest to multiple users in the user group. When a user is detected near the data processing system, the family interaction engine may automatically present content of interest to that user. When used for presenting media content, the data processing system may also cause supplemental data to automatically be presented, wherein the supplemental data is relevant to the media content and to a predetermined interest of the user. The data processing system may also provide a ranked list of applications for potential activation by the user. The applications may be ordered based on the current context. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075352 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING USER EXPERIENCE - A data processing system includes components for providing a pleasant user experience. Those components may include a family interaction engine that provides a family channel. The family interaction engine may provide for creation of a user group. The family channel may present content of interest to multiple users in the user group. When a user is detected near the data processing system, the family interaction engine may automatically present content of interest to that user. When used for presenting media content, the data processing system may also cause supplemental data to automatically be presented, wherein the supplemental data is relevant to the media content and to a predetermined interest of the user. The data processing system may also provide a ranked list of applications for potential activation by the user. The applications may be ordered based on the current context. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-13-2014 |
20140082536 | Scheduling Events on an Electronic Calendar Utilizing Fixed-positioned Events and a Draggable Calendar Grid - A method for scheduling an event in a calendar application is disclosed wherein the event is held at a fixed position on the screen of a device and a calendar grid is dragged relative to the event. The method is well-suited for touch devices and provides a way for the user to easily create and schedule events directly on a calendar grid without the need to enter event start and end times into a form. A view finder assists the user to set the desired start and end time. The view finder supports different zoom precisions which allow the user to enter start and end times of any granularity such as one minute granularity. A micro-dragging technique provides a way to easily select start and end times with high precision. The method may be extended to general applications where it is desirable to drag objects on a workspace. | 03-20-2014 |
20140089826 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A UNIVERSAL RESIDENT SCALABLE NAVIGATION AND CONTENT DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPATIBLE WITH ANY DIGITAL DEVICE USING SCALABLE TRANSPARENT ADAPTABLE RESIDENT INTERFACE DESIGN AND PICTO-OVERLAY INTERFACE ENHANCED TRANS-SNIP TECHNOLOGY - A software application system and method for building a common adaptable user interface that is universally compatible with any digital device. The software application is in a small file format that is rapidly downloaded with a Resident “CORE Application” and an emulation of a “Resident Server” on the digital device for immediate access and display using an adaptable Universal PictoOverlay Navigation Interface. The software application system uses modular adaptable and adapting code that provides scalable compatibility and functional adaptability across multiple digital devices such as any computer, cellular phone, smart phone, tablet or other digital device. The STAR-RAID-POINT Application platform can create computer and mobile applications, web sites, shopping carts and transactional management systems. STAR-RAID-POINT Applications also provide enhanced featured, displayable, narrated, musicked, Multi-Dimensional Presentations to dynamically present an informative, educational, factual, story, game, puzzle or other artistic creation in an evocative and emotive format. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089827 | ASSISTING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE DESIGN - A method for assisting graphical user interface design includes extracting a first interface element from a first GUI under a first cultural background; searching in a rule repository for at least one transformation rule corresponding to the first interface element, where each of the at least one transformation rule includes at least an action taken on the first interface element; based on the at least one transformation rule, transforming the first interface element into a second interface element under a second cultural background; and providing a second user interface comprising at least the second interface element. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089828 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus having a display unit and an input device capable of detecting a plurality of designated points designated on a screen, and its method of controlling the same. The apparatus detects, on a plurality of coordinates a plurality of designated points that a user designates on the input device, a movement of the coordinates, and a change in a distance between two designated points accompanying the movement, and performs enlargement or reduction of a whole image displayed on the display unit in a case where an operation of the user is a predetermined operation designating at least two points and a first condition is satisfied, and performs enlargement or reduction of a character displayed on the display unit in a case where an operation of the user detected the predetermined operation and a second condition is satisfied. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089829 | SYSTEM SUPPORTING MANUAL USER INTERFACE BASED CONTROL OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A system supports user interface based control of an electronic device by identifying a first region in a displayed area on a screen of the electronic device, determining a size of an object for display in the first region, and, in response to the determined object size, displaying at least one of a plurality of objects comprising the displayed area, in the first region. | 03-27-2014 |
20140096045 | ALARM CLUSTERING MECHANISM - A method is disclosed. The method includes identifying locations of one or more points of interest, identifying an area of interest on a map displayed on a display device, identifying points of interest within the area of interest, selecting a level of detail and clustering the points of interest within the level of detail based on the location of the points of interest relative proximity to other points of interest. | 04-03-2014 |
20140096046 | COMPOSITE APPLICATION FRAMEWORK - Various arrangements for managing a layout within a composite application is presented. A selection of a first application widget may be received. A selection of a second application widget may also be received. The content of the first and second application widget may be based at least in part on content of the selected record within the database interface presented as part of the composite application. A definition of a display layout configuration may be received which defines display sizes and display positions of the first application widget, the second application widget, and the database interface for simultaneous presentation. The first application widget, the second application widget, and the database interface may be arranged in accordance with the display layout configuration. The composite application may be presented having the first application widget, the second application widget, and the database interface arranged according to the display layout configuration. | 04-03-2014 |
20140101581 | Touchscreen Apparatus User Interface Processing Method and Touchscreen Apparatus - Embodiments of the present invention provide a touchscreen apparatus user interface processing method. The method includes obtaining touch information; arranging a first user interface of an application program according to the touch information, where the arrangement is adjusting an element position of the user interface; and presenting a second user interface that is of the application program and is obtained after the arrangement. A touchscreen apparatus and a graphical user interface are also provided. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101582 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND METHOD OF CONFIGURING HOME SCREEN OF MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method of configuring and updating a home screen of a mobile communications device is provided. The home screen is configured and updated by a processor and displayed on a display panel of the mobile communications device. The method includes providing a plurality of tiles, each of the tiles displaying a feed from a corresponding one of feed sources; filling the tiles into the home screen that has a top page, one or more pages being addable immediately above the top page, each page having a layout of a plurality of slots, each of the slots being for accommodating a corresponding one of the tiles; and after an update that results in insertion of at least one new tile into the home screen occurs, placing the at least one new tile displaying a new feed on the top page, and moving at least one existing tile that was on the top page prior to the update to a new, different location of the home screen. A non-transitory computer-readable medium and a mobile communications device of configuring a home screen of a mobile communications device are also provided. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101583 | MOBILE TERMINALS AND METHODS OF OPERATING THE SAME - A method of operating a mobile terminal may include receiving a first application via the mobile terminal; setting, on a first category page corresponding to characteristic information of the first application, an arrangement of an execution icon of the first application, wherein the first category page is among category pages of the mobile terminal that are defined in preset user setting information; and/or resetting the arrangement of the execution icon of the first application based on the preset user setting information, according to an arrangement period included in the preset user setting information. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101584 | Stylus Settings - Stylus settings techniques are described. In implementations, an input is recognized as selecting at least one object displayed in a user interface by a display device of a computing device. Responsive to the recognition, an indication is displayed on the display device that is selectable. | 04-10-2014 |
20140108976 | NON-TEXTUAL USER INPUT - A computing device receives a first user input at presence-sensitive display of the computing device, wherein the first user input corresponds to a portion of a desired non-textual object. The device displays a first graphical representation indicating the first user input at the touchscreen display, and determines a first non-textual object suggestion based upon at least the first user input. The device displays a second graphical representation indicating the first non-textual object suggestion, wherein the second graphical representation of the first non-textual object suggestion is displayed differently than the first graphical representation of the first user input, and detects an indication whether the first non-textual object suggestion corresponds to the desired non-textual object. | 04-17-2014 |
20140108977 | USER CONTEXT AND BEHAVIOR BASED USER INTERFACE RECOMMENDATION - Systems and methods to provide graphical user interface recommendations based on user context information and behavior are provided. In example embodiments, tracking data associated with automatically tracked actions performed at a device of a user with respect to at least one screen are received. One or more recommendations of a customized screen for an application is determined based at least in part on the tracking data for the user. The one or more recommendations of a customized screen for the application are provided to the user. | 04-17-2014 |
20140108978 | System and Method For Arranging Application Icons Of A User Interface On An Event-Triggered Basis - A device, tangible computer readable storage medium and method for detecting a weight adjustment event, selecting one displayable object from a plurality of displayable objects based on the weight adjustment event, adjusting a current weight associated with the one displayable object to a new weight and determining a location on a display screen for the one displayable object based on the new weight. | 04-17-2014 |
20140108979 | Controlling Virtual Objects - Controlling virtual objects displayed on a display device comprises controlling display, on a display device, of multiple virtual objects, each of the multiple virtual objects being capable of movement based on a first type of input and being capable of alteration based on a second type of input that is different than the first type of input, the alteration being different from movement. User interaction relative to the display device on which the multiple virtual objects are displayed is sensed. Positions of the multiple virtual objects on the display device at a time corresponding to the sensed user interaction is determined. A subset of the multiple virtual objects as candidates for restriction based on the sensed user interaction and the determined positions of the multiple virtual objects on the display device at the time corresponding to the sensed user interaction is determined. An operation related to restricting movement of the determined subset of virtual objects based on the first type of input is performed. | 04-17-2014 |
20140115510 | Information Processing Method And Electronic Device - An information processing method and an electronic device are described. The information processing method is applied to an electronic device having a touch display unit that can display one or more interactive objects. The method includes receiving a first touch operation on the interactive object from a first user and being used to execute a first instruction that is for changing a first parameter of the interactive object; judging whether the first parameter of the interactive object has been successfully changed or not, and obtaining a first judgment result; executing a first touch feedback when the first judgment result indicates that the first parameter of the interactive object has been successfully changed; and executing a second touch feedback when the first judgment result indicates that the first parameter of the interactive object cannot be successfully changed. | 04-24-2014 |
20140123041 | DISPLAYING SIMULATED MEDIA CONTENT ITEM ENHANCEMENTS ON MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for displaying a simplified version of a modification of a media content item on a mobile device are provided. The mobile device can receive, via a user interface presented on the mobile device, a request for a desired modification of an original media content item. The mobile device can perform a simplified version of the desired modification of the original media content item. The mobile device can present a preview of the modified media content item in the user interface. The mobile device can transmit, to another computing device, the original media content item with the request for the desired modification. | 05-01-2014 |
20140123042 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling the mobile terminal are provided. The mobile terminal may generate and display a plurality of objects each having a specific contour, on a touch screen, and may display a bar for controlling an undo function on at least some section of the contour of one or more of the plurality of objects displayed on the touch screen. Accordingly, the contour of one or more of the displayed objects may be edited more conveniently. | 05-01-2014 |
20140129966 | Progressive Rendering of Data Sets - In one embodiment, a computing device identifies a first number of content objects to render for display along an axis within an area of a graphical user interface based on an assumed dimension of every content object and a maximum dimension of the area along the axis. The computing device renders the first number of content objects for display along the axis within the area, and determines a difference between the assume dimensions and actual dimensions of the rendered content objects along the axis. The computing device adjusts the assumed dimension based on the difference, and identifies a second number of content objects to render for display along the axis within the area based on the assumed dimension as adjusted and the maximum dimension of the area along the axis. And the computing device renders the second number of content objects for display along the axis within the area. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129967 | ONE-HANDED OPERATION - Various devices may benefit from determinations of how users are using the devices. For example, hand-held or hand-operated devices may benefit from handedness detection and from modifications based on or related to such detection. A method can include determining a used hand of a user of a device. The method can also include modifying a graphical user interface of the device based on the determined used hand, wherein determination of the used hand occurs prior to any querying of the user regarding the used hand of the user. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129968 | MANAGING LANDBASES AND MACHINE OPERATIONS PERFORMED THEREON - A method for management of a land base includes interfacing a machine or equipment to a computer running a geographical information system (GIS) application such that the computer is configured to monitor the operations performed by the equipment or machine on the land base and store the operations as map points, lines, or polygons on at least one data layer within the GIS application. The method further includes displaying the GIS application to the operator at the point and time of performing the operations. | 05-08-2014 |
20140137015 | Method and Apparatus for Manipulating Digital Content - A method comprises detecting when an input device is moved across digital content presented on a display surface and comparing at least one attribute assigned to the input device with at least one attribute assigned to the digital content; and based on the result of the comparison, manipulating the digital content. | 05-15-2014 |
20140137016 | SELECTION CURSOR OPERATING METHOD, OBJECT DISPLAYING METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a selection cursor operating method, an object displaying method, and a terminal device. By displaying selectable objects on a display device and generating a selection cursor, where the boundary defines a selection area of the selection cursor, and the selection area is used to select at least one of the selectable objects, the embodiments of the present invention can adjust on a boundary parameter of the boundary of the selection cursor, or the determination of the position of the selection cursor on the display device, and the selection of at least one of the selectable objects nearest to the selection cursor according to the determined position of the selection cursor on the display device. Therefore, the problem of low accuracy and low efficiency in screen positioning in the prior art is avoided and the accuracy and efficiency in object selection are improved. | 05-15-2014 |
20140143694 | SELF OPTIMIZING AND REDUCING USER EXPERIENCES - In an example embodiment, a method of dynamically optimizing a user interface on an electronic device is provided. A user interface is presented to a user, wherein the user interface includes one or more elements. User interactions with the one or more elements are then measured. The one or more elements of the user interface are then dynamically modified based on the measured user interaction. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143695 | CONTROL SYSTEM USER INTERFACE - Embodiments include systems and methods comprising a gateway located at a premise forming at least one network on the premise that includes a plurality of premise devices. A sensor user interface (SUI) is coupled to the gateway and presented to a user via a remote device. The SUI includes at least one display element. The at least one display element includes a floor plan display that represents at least one floor of the premise. The floor plan display visually and separately indicates a location and a current state of each premise device of the plurality of premise devices. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143696 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING A USER INTERFACE - This disclosure discloses a method and device for managing a user interface. The user interface can display one of a multiple of layers, which may share one or more same icons of available application programs. Users can change the layer being displayed on the user interface through performing a simple touch gesture on the touch screen, thereby quickly finding out a set of application programs needed to use currently. Thus, users' operations are simplified. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143697 | KEYWORD-BASED USER INTERFACE IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for providing a user interface (UI) in an electronic device having a background includes presenting a first keyword in the background by animation in response to an operation performed by a user on the electronic device, wherein the first keyword enables the user to start the electronic device for executing a first function. | 05-22-2014 |
20140149900 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PRESENTING AND NAVIGATING EMBEDDED USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - A method and system to define attributes of a plurality of interactive user interface elements, the attributes including, at least, a textual descriptor and a value representation of an associated data element; associate at least one of the interactive user interface elements into a group of user interface elements; and display, embedded in a user interface of a first application, the group including a presentation of the textual descriptor and the value representation of the associated data element for each interactive user interface element in the group. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149901 | Gesture Input to Group and Control Items - In one embodiment, a method receives a gesture via a touchscreen of an electronic device. The touchscreen displays a set of objects that are used to control a set of controllable devices. The method then determines the gesture is a command to group a plurality of objects together and joins the plurality of objects as a single group. The plurality of objects correspond to a plurality of controllable devices. A control to apply to the single group is determined in response to receiving the gesture where the control is applied to the plurality of controllable devices to cause the plurality of controllable devices to perform a function together. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149902 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH TOUCH SENSITIVE DISPLAY - An electronic device includes a processor to execute an interface module to cause an interface to be displayed on a touch sensitive display. The interface includes a slide button, a path, and a character panel. The slide button is slidable along the path, and the character panel includes a number of characters. The processor is used to determine a position of the slide button where a sliding direction of the slide button changes from a first direction to a second direction opposite the first direction, and further used to determine one of the characters corresponding to the position and select the one of the characters. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149903 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE BASED ON PHYSICAL ENGINE AND AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method for operating an electronic device is provided. The method includes setting a virtual physical field in at least one region in a screen, mapping a UI object to be displayed in the at least one region to at least one virtual physical object in the physical field, assigning a physical attribute to the at least one virtual physical object, determining a state of the at least one physical object on the basis of the physical field and the physical attribute of the UI object by using a physical engine, the state including at least one of a location, a form, a shape, and a color, and displaying the UI object according to the state of the at least one virtual physical object. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149904 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus displays a list of a plurality of objects on a display unit, and, if a first selection instruction to select one of the displayed objects is input, assigns layout order to the selected object. If a second selection instruction to collectively select a plurality of the displayed objects is input, the information processing apparatus assigns layout order to the selected plurality of objects in order continuous with the layout order already assigned to the object and based on a predetermined condition. According to the information processing apparatus, a user can assign specified desired order to each individual object while automatically and collectively assigning order to a plurality of objects based on the predetermined condition. | 05-29-2014 |
20140157157 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a display, a touch panel provided on the display, a storage, a connection detector, and a controller. The storage stores plural kinds of software key arrangement information. The connection detector detects whether or not an input device in which mechanical keys are arranged is connected, and outputs a connection detection result. The controller determines arrangement information to be used among the plural kinds of software key arrangement information according to the connection detection result which is output from the connection detector, and causes the display to display software keys based on the determined arrangement information. | 06-05-2014 |
20140157158 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUALLY IDENTIFYING USER PREFERENCES - A method and system for visually identifying user preferences on a touchscreen computing device is described. The system for visually identifying user preferences can be implemented on a plurality of touchscreen devices including smart phones, tablet computers and personal computers equipped with a touchscreen user interface. In one example, any visual image in a plurality of image formats supported by the touchscreen device can be used to identify specific areas of the image that visually appeals to the user. | 06-05-2014 |
20140164963 | USER CONFIGURABLE SUBDIVISION OF USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS AND FULL-SCREEN ACCESS TO SUBDIVIDED ELEMENTS - According to a method, while displaying a current user interface element on a touch screen of a multi-touch device, a gesture on the touch screen display that intersects the current user interface element is detected. In response to detecting the gesture, the current user interface element is reconfigured to have about half of its original size. A new user interface element is configured to have a size approximately equal to the reconfigured user interface element. The new user interface element and reconfigured current user interface element are displayed adjacent each other. The location of the gesture within the original user interface element can determine the proportions of the resulting reconfigured and new user interface elements. A pinch/unpinch gesture pair can configured for use in a binary mode as a “switch” to transition back and forth between displaying the user interface element at its current size and a predetermined enlarged size. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164964 | CUSTOMIZABLE DATA VISUALIZATION - Various embodiments of systems and methods for generating customizable data visualization are described herein. Several data point generation options may be displayed to visualize a to-be-visualized data element. Data point generation options may then be selected from the displayed data point generation options to render a visualization corresponding to the to-be-visualized data element. Based on the selected data point generation options, the visualization, including data points corresponding to the data values of the to-be-visualized data element, may be rendered. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164965 | ULTRASOUND APPARATUS AND METHOD OF INPUTTING INFORMATION INTO SAME - In an ultrasound apparatus comprising a user input unit for receiving a touch input, provided are a method and apparatus for receiving an input from a user for setting a gain value, determining a coordinate matching mode between the user input unit and an output unit, and adjusting a gain value of ultrasound data based on the user input and the coordinate matching mode. In addition, provided are a method and apparatus for applying a compensation value for ultrasound data, through a user input. | 06-12-2014 |
20140173474 | DYNAMICAL AND SMART POSITIONING OF HELP OVERLAY GRAPHICS IN A FORMATION OF USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - In some example implementations, there is provided a method. The method may include selecting an action element located on a user interface, wherein the user interface includes a plurality of action elements, whereby each action element corresponds to an action performable by a user and causing a change in a state of the user interface; identifying a help overlay graphics element for each selected action element in the plurality of action elements, the help overlay graphics element describing the action corresponding to the selected action element; and dynamically positioning a plurality of help overlay graphics elements identified for at least a portion of the plurality of selected action elements on the user interface, wherein the plurality of help overlay graphics elements are positioned proximate to associated action elements. Related systems, methods, and articles of manufacture are also provided. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173475 | DRAW-AHEAD FEATURE FOR CHEMICAL STRUCTURE DRAWING APPLICATIONS - Systems, methods, and apparatus are provided that allow a user to draw and edit a chemical structure. Aspects of the present disclosure may include receiving an input corresponding to an amendment to a portion of an in-progress chemical structure, and identifying, based at least in part upon the amended in-progress chemical structure, one or more molecular scaffolds from a set of candidate molecular scaffolds. Each molecular scaffold may be configured to, upon one or both of (i) appending to the amended portion of the in-progress chemical structure and (ii) replacing or partially replacing the amended portion of the in-progress chemical structure, provide a resulting chemical structure or chemical structure fragment that has been previously rendered. The one or more molecular scaffolds may be provided for presentation on the graphical display as option(s) for selection by a user in creating the graphical representation of the chemical structure. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173476 | DRAW-AHEAD FEATURE FOR BIOLOGICAL SEQUENCE DRAWING APPLICATIONS - Embodiments described herein allow a user to electronically draw and edit a biological sequence and its resulting structure. Embodiments may include identifying, based at least in part upon an amended in-progress biological sequence, one or more biological sequence scaffold candidates from a set of biological sequence scaffold candidates, where each biological sequence scaffold candidate of the one or more biological sequence scaffold candidates is configured to, upon one or both of (i) appending to the amended portion of the in-progress biological sequence and (ii) replacing or partially replacing the amended portion of the in-progress biological sequence, provide a resulting biological sequence or biological sequence fragment that has been previously rendered. The one or more biological sequence scaffold candidates may be provided for presentation on a graphical display as option(s) for selection by a user in creating the representation of the biological sequence. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173477 | Defining Object Groups in 3D - A computer-implemented method for defining a group of virtual objects representative of physical objects includes receiving a user input via an input device, wherein the user input relates to at least one virtual object. The method also includes using a processor to determine a purpose of the user input, modifying an object group with respect to the virtual object based on the purpose of the user input, and storing the relationship between the object group and the object in a memory area. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173478 | SIZE ADJUSTMENT CONTROL FOR USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - A knob element associated with a user interface element in a graphical user interface can be translated in response to a rotational user input motion. As the knob element is translated around the user interface element, a change in the size of the user interface element can occur that is at least in part based on amount of rotational distance. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173479 | SERVICE PROVIDING DEVICE, AND METHOD OF PROVIDING A USER INTERFACE - A screen providing device and a method of providing a user interface (UI) are provided. The method includes operations of selecting a service to be provided via a service providing device; selecting a UI configuring element stored in a database, based on the selected service; and displaying on a screen a UI comprising the UI configuring element. | 06-19-2014 |
20140181707 | Interface Management Systems and Methods - Example systems and methods of managing a user interface are described. In one implementation, a method displays a user interface for an application, the application has a plurality of fields is described. A user selection of a field of the plurality of fields is detected via a touch-sensitive screen. A user input indicating a new position of the selected field is received. The other fields affected by the new position are identified and repositioned based on the new position of the selected field. The plurality of fields has a set of data associated with them. A user activation of a field editing operation is detected. An editing command from the user is received via a touch-sensitive screen. The editing command is implemented with respect to at least one field, and the user interface is updated. The updated user interface is displayed with the set of data. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181708 | Navigating Content Hierarchies and Persisting Content Item Collections - Navigation of multiple information item hierarchies within a same application display pane or view is provided. Information items may be displayed in a customized collection of information items, for example, a “favorites” collection, that may be assembled from a variety of content sources and that may be persisted across a variety of information item views. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181709 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USING INTERACTION HISTORY TO MANIPULATE CONTENT - An apparatus, method, and computer program product are described that provide a way for a user's interaction history with an object to be considered such that the user's preferences for consuming the object may be anticipated. A record that includes an interaction history of an object may be accessed, and a manipulation operation may be determined based at least in part on the interaction history. The manipulation operation may then be automatically applied to the object, so as to prepare the object for consumption by the user. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181710 | PROXIMITY LOCATION SYSTEM - A proximity location system (PLS) can allow for a user to interact with a user interface without touching or speaking into the interface. The system may include or be in communication with the user interface, which may be a touchscreen, for example. The system may also include or be in communication with one or more sensors that can sense an object's size, shape, speed, and/or location with respect to the user interface. From these sensed object characteristics, the system can determine the sensed object's type, feature, and/or state; and from that determination, the system can direct the interface and/or a device in communication with the interface to take an action. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181711 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INSERTING OBJECTS INTO NOTE-TAKING SOFTWARE OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for an electronic device to insert objects into a note-taking software of the electronic device. The method sets an inserting rule for inserting graphical objects into the note-taking software according to a handwriting track drawn in the note-taking software. A current hand drawn object in the note-taking software is obtained. The method determines whether the current hand drawn object is a character or a control command. When the current hand drawn object is a control command, the method determines which graphical object is to be inserted into the note-taking software according to the inserting rule and the current hand drawn object, and inserts the graphical object into a user interface of the note-taking software constituted by the current hand drawn object. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181712 | ADAPTATION OF THE DISPLAY OF ITEMS ON A DISPLAY - An apparatus receives information about at least one item displayed on a display and singled out by a user via a user interface, wherein the at least one singled out item is a part of a group of items displayed on the display on a par with each other. The apparatus determines items, which are displayable on a display and which are related according to a given criterion to the at least one singled out item. The same or another apparatus causes a replacement of displayed items of the group of items that are not related according to the given criterion to the at least one singled out item by items determined to be related to the at least one singled out item such that the at least one singled out item is displayed as a part of a group of items displayed on the display on a par with each other and comprising the determined items. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181713 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING NAVIGATIONAL AND OTHER COMMANDS ON A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless handheld communication device having a housing containing a display screen located above a physical keyboard. The keyboard includes a plurality of physical keys and corresponding indicia. Some of the keys are associated with alphabetic characters corresponding to a QWERTY array of letters A-Z and some are associated with numeric characters 0-9 corresponding to a telephone keypad arrangement. At least some of the keys associated with numeric characters are overlaid on the physical keys associated with alphabetic characters. A microprocessor is included that runs the device in at least a telephony mode, an email mode and at least one additional mode. The microprocessor displays a key-function map on the display screen indicative of enabled functions associated with particular physical keys of the keyboard which are different from any function signified by the indicia associated with the respective particular physical key. | 06-26-2014 |
20140189550 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ADJUSTING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - Certain embodiments of this disclosure include methods and devices for adjusting a graphical user interface. According to one embodiment, a method is provided. The method may include obtaining external stimulus data including data associated with at least one user interface element of a plurality of user interface elements making up a graphical user interface (GUI); analyzing the external stimulus data to detect a presence of a GUI presentation adjustment condition; in response to detecting the presence of the GUI presentation adjustment condition, generating GUI presentation adjustment condition data including data describing the GUI presentation adjustment condition; and adjusting presentation of at least one of the plurality of user interface elements based on the GUI presentation adjustment condition data. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189551 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USER INTERFACE IN PORTABLE DEVICE - A portable device and a method for controlling a user interface (UI) of the same are disclosed. The portable device includes a display unit including a touchscreen configured to display icons of a plurality of icon groups, a sensing unit for sensing a gesture input by a user, and a controller, if the sensed gesture is a gesture corresponding to an icon rearrangement command, configured to output the icon rearrangement command to the display unit in a manner that positions of icons of at least two icon groups of the plurality of icon groups move downward such that the icons are rearranged on the touchscreen. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189552 | ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND METHODS FOR ARRANGING FUNCTIONAL ICONS OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A portable electronic device having two input units, a processor, a memory and a display unit, allows single handed operation for the repositioning of desktop icons and shortcuts. The input unit includes a touch panel and another sensor and movements of the device are interpreted as commands to rearrange the current display locations of desktop items, for more convenient and personalized operations on the items. A method for arranging the functional icons of the electronic device is also provided. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189553 | CONTROL FOR RAPIDLY EXPLORING RELATIONSHIPS IN DENSELY CONNECTED NETWORKS - Some embodiments of the inventive subject matter include presenting a circular user interface, wherein the circular user interface contains data fields and data field elements consistent with a data set. A visual representation of the data set is presented. User input is received via the circular user interface, wherein the user input indicates a reorganization of the visual representation of the data set. The circular user interface is presented consistent with the user input and the visual representation of the data set consistent with the reorganization of the visual representation of the data set is presented. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189554 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a control method thereof are disclosed. The mobile terminal includes a touchscreen, and | 07-03-2014 |
20140189555 | DISTANCE-ASSISTED CONTROL OF DISPLAY ABSTRACTION AND INTERACTION MODE - An interaction device features a user interface which includes an output device; a proximity sensor; a logic module; and software which can be executed on the logic module and is designed to evaluate data from the proximity sensor and to control the user interface. The proximity sensor is designed to detect when a user approaches in the visual range of the proximity sensor. The software is designed to use the detected approach to customize a presentation of information on the output device and to refine the presentation of information as the distance between the user and the proximity sensor decreases. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189556 | AUGMENTED I/O FOR LIMITED FORM FACTOR USER-INTERFACES - The claimed subject matter relates to an architecture that can enhance and/or simplify tactile-based I/O transactions in connection with a user-interface (UI) of limited form factor. In particular, the architecture can monitor a position of a selector object such as an operator's finger relative to a UI display as the selector object hovers or moves above the UI display. Based upon this position, an analogous coordinate in the UI display can be determined, and a portion of the UI display substantially centered at the coordinate can be modified. As one example, the UI display can be modified to increase the magnification scale (e.g., a virtual magnifying glass) of the portion of the display indicated by the selector object. | 07-03-2014 |
20140195938 | Systems and Methods for Creating Electronic Content Using Creation Applications of Limited Capabilities - One exemplary embodiment involves receiving electronic content to be displayed and edited in an application that has limited capabilities for editing an item of the electronic content. The application opens the electronic content for editing and displays a notification indicating that editing of the item is restricted in the application. Such an application can also be configured to address one or more of various additional circumstances. For example, the application may identify representations to be displayed for items that cannot be directly displayed. As another example, the application may provide an edit approver that determines whether edits that have effects on the item are allowed. | 07-10-2014 |
20140195939 | INFORMATION DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is an information display apparatus capable of smoothly carrying out a presentation using a touch panel. The information display apparatus has an edit mode capable of editing an image displayed on the touch panel and a fixing mode for prohibiting editing of the displayed image to maintain the image. The information display apparatus includes a judging portion for judging whether or not a predetermined position of the touch panel is touched, and a mode setting portion for switching the edit mode and the fixing mode each time it is judged that the predetermined position of the touch panel is touched. | 07-10-2014 |
20140195940 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, DATA STRUCTURE OF CONTENT FILE, GUI PLACEMENT SIMULATOR, AND GUI PLACEMENT SETTING ASSISTING METHOD - A GUI placement information file in which the positions of GUIs are set as the ratio to the screen size and the sizes of the GUIs are set as fixed length is prepared in association with content. In a screen having such a screen size A that the GUIs do not overlap with each other even when the setting is obeyed, the respective GUIs are displayed with the positions and sizes in accordance with the setting of the GUI placement information file (screen | 07-10-2014 |
20140201654 | SELF SERVICE PROPAGATION OF CUSTOM EXTENSION FIELDS INTO WEB SERVICES - Software solutions in a business software framework can expose their data via web services, which can readily provide access to all non-customized fields of objects included as part of the default installation of the software solution. However, customer-added extensions, such as for example custom fields and the like, added to customize the software solution for a specific business or business use can be difficult to add to web services by a typical business user who lacks technical abilities. Described herein are approaches to enabling addition of custom fields to web services via an intuitive interface that does not require technical understanding of the software solution, the business software framework, web services, etc. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201655 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AND DISPLAYING ACTIVITY ICONS ON A MOBILE DEVICE - Embodiments are directed to adapting the display of icons on a mobile device using geographical location, temporal context, and frequency of use of an application. Different display screens are provided depending on the context. The visual appearance of an icon is adjusted by changing icon location, size, border, shape, color, or opacity. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201656 | USER INTERFACES - User interface (UI) techniques, and more particularly to graphical user interface (GUI) techniques providing 3-dimensional (3-D) renditions. A method of displaying one or more graphical objects, the method being carried out in an electronic device, the device having processing circuitry, memory and a display device, the method comprising: obtaining first image data, the first image data defining at least one two-dimensional graphical component; performing a transformation operation on the first image data to generate second image data, the second image data defining, for the or each graphical component, a modified form of the graphical component; using said second image data, displaying the modified form whereby the or each graphical component has the appearance of having a component of dimension perpendicular the plane of the display device. Also disclosed method of displaying one or more moving graphical objects, the method being carried out in an electronic device, the device including processing circuitry, memory and a display device, the method comprising: obtaining first image data, the first image data defining at least one two-dimensional graphical component; for each of one or more instants during a predetermined time period, performing a transformation operation on the first image data to generate second image data, the second image data defining, for the or each graphical component, a modified form of the graphical component; and using said second image data, displaying the modified form; thereby at one more of said instants generating a rendition of the or each graphical component so as to appear to having a component of dimension perpendicular the plane of the display device, whereby the two-dimensional object appears to move within a three-dimensional space. This invention concerns GUIs employed by users to interact with electronic devices having a display f0b, in particular but not limited to hand-held devices with small screens. | 07-17-2014 |
20140208246 | SUPPORTING USER INTERACTIONS WITH RENDERED GRAPHICAL OBJECTS - A graphical object is rendered to a pixel buffer, such that a software application executing on a computing device displays the contents of the pixel buffer via a user interface. An invisible element is created and positioned under the cursor in response to detecting that the cursor is positioned over the feature being displayed via the user interface. The software application automatically repositions the invisible element in accordance with a movement of the cursor. A change in the position of the invisible element is determined, and the graphical object is repositioned within the pixel buffer in accordance with the change in the position of the invisible element. | 07-24-2014 |
20140208247 | GRAPHIC-BASED ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented system for managing an electronic signature is provided. A data collector receives one or more contact information items. A signature builder builds a graphic-based electronic signature based on at least one of the contact information items. The graphic-based electronic signature includes a set of icons. Individual icons in the set of icons are respectively associated with at least one of the contact information items. Individual icons in the set of icons are configured to initiate a communication application when one of the icons is selected in order to communication via the communication application using the contact information item associated with the selected icon. | 07-24-2014 |
20140215364 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING SCREEN - A device and method for configuring a screen of an electronic device are provided. The method of configuring the screen of the electronic device includes determining an area for displaying a first object, displaying a first area for displaying the first object, moving at least one second object to a remaining area if there is at least one second object on the first area, the remaining area being an area other than the first area, and displaying the first object on the first area after moving the at least one second object to the remaining area. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215365 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD AND PROGRAM - (Problem) To facilitate setting of an image display style and selection of images in an image display apparatus with a touch screen. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215366 | METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING APPLICATIONS - Provided are a method of and device for managing applications installed on the device. The device includes: a user interface configured to display the plurality of applications; and a controller configured to monitor use history of each of the plurality of applications, and control the user interface to change a visual representation of at least one application from among the plurality of applications based on the monitored use history. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215367 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING USER INTERFACE ON DEVICE, AND DEVICE - A method of displaying a user interface (UI) on a screen of a device is provided. The method includes selecting, when an event occurs, a first object, which is related to the event, from among the one or more objects included in the UI, determining a second object for executing a second operation related to a first operation, the first operation being executed when the first object is selected by an input to the device, and changing the first object into the second object. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215368 | System and Method for Organizing Recorded Events Using Character Tags - A computer system organizes text narratives and images about events using character tags, which are tags that are defined by users with respect to those persons that are depicted in the text narratives and images. Each character tag is associated with either a user profile or a pseudo-profile. A pseudo-profile for a person is created by a user when the user does not know if the person has a user profile in the computer system. An invitation e-mail that is sent to a prospective user may include content stored in the computer system, or a hyperlink to such content, that has been tagged with the character tag of the prospective user. | 07-31-2014 |
20140223343 | FOLDABLE DISPLAY, FLEXIBLE DISPLAY AND ICON CONTROLLING METHOD - A foldable display, a flexible display and an icon controlling method are provided. The icon controlling method may include the following steps. A detecting unit detects a displaying area of a display panel. A controlling unit changes a grouping level of multiple icons according to the displaying area. | 08-07-2014 |
20140237400 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MODIFYING A USER EXPERIENCE BASED ON PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT - A method of dynamically altering a user interface on an electronic device is provided. A user interface is presented to a user, wherein the user interface includes one or more elements. Then, a first aspect of a physical environment of the electronic device is determined. One or more elements of the user interface can then be dynamically modified based on the determined first aspect of the physical environment of the electronic device. | 08-21-2014 |
20140237401 | INTERPRETATION OF A GESTURE ON A TOUCH SENSING DEVICE - The disclosure relates to receiving touch input data indicating touch inputs on a touch surface of a touch sensing device, and from the touch input data: determining a touch input from a user object on the touch surface, wherein the touch input has a first area a | 08-21-2014 |
20140237402 | METHOD FOR MANAGING APPLICATION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method and an apparatus for managing an application are provided. A method of managing an electronic device includes deleting an application, detecting entering of an icon edit mode, and displaying an icon of the deleted application when in the icon edit mode. | 08-21-2014 |
20140237403 | USER TERMINAL AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING IMAGE THEREOF - A user terminal and a method of displaying an image that includes displaying a plurality of display layers having different depths that are overlapped with each other, and in response to a user input being sensed, changing a depth of at least one of the plurality of display layers according to the user input, and providing a visual effect in response to the user input. | 08-21-2014 |
20140237404 | METHOD FOR EDITING DISPLAY INFORMATION AND AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An apparatus and a method for editing display information in an electronic device with a touch screen are provided. The method includes, when a first editing event occurs when a first touch is held, determining a service status of the electronic device and storing an object of a first touch point and service status information. | 08-21-2014 |
20140237405 | Method and Apparatus for Taking Screenshot of Screen of Application in Mobile Terminal - The present invention relates to the field of mobile terminals and discloses a method and an apparatus for taking a screenshot of a screen of an application. An instruction is received for closing a screen of a designated application. A designated area of the screen of the designated application is captured to obtain a screenshot of the designated area. The screenshot of the designated area is saved and the screen of the designated application is closed. | 08-21-2014 |
20140245201 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING AND DISPLAYING CLASSES OF GRAPHICAL DISPLAY OBJECTS - In the graphical display object system, a user can create a class of graphical display objects such that the various members of the class may share common features. In addition, the graphical display object system builds the graphical display objects based upon the common class definitions as well as the custom features of the graphical display object. | 08-28-2014 |
20140245202 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for providing a user interface of a portable terminal. The method includes displaying a lock screen; detecting a request to display an auxiliary including a plurality of modes on the lock screen; and displaying the auxiliary window in a specific mode among the plurality of modes on a side of the lock screen in response to the detecting indicating that the request for the display of the auxiliary window is detected, wherein the specific mode is changed in response to a mode changing event. | 08-28-2014 |
20140245203 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING MULTI-APPLICATION THEREOF - A portable device which simultaneously executes a plurality of applications by using a multi-screen and a method of operating a multi-application thereof. The method involves receiving an input according to a user selection of a multi-application icon for executing a plurality of applications in respective windows simultaneously. Based on the selected multi-application icon, the applications and respective windows are identified. Execution images respectively associated with the applications are then displayed on the windows simultaneously. | 08-28-2014 |
20140245204 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING AND REPRESENTING FIELD DATA IN DISASTER AFFECTED AREAS - Methods and apparatus are disclosed that include the actions of identifying a target geographic area affected by a disaster event, and identifying event characteristics; providing a database with an initial attribute of the target area; obtaining field data related to the disaster event; updating the database with the field data; generating an augmented attribute of the target area based on a synthesis of the field data in the database; storing a representation of the augmented attribute. The representation may be a visual representation, including an augmented map of the target geographic area based on the event characteristics. The initial attribute may include an initial map of the target geographic area. The initial attribute of the target geographic area may be obtained from a weather data system or from a social media platform. Other embodiments may include corresponding systems, apparatus, and computer program products. | 08-28-2014 |
20140250393 | Techniques For Asynchronous Rendering - Techniques for asynchronous rendering are described. An apparatus may comprise a layout component, a view component, and a display component. The layout component may be operative on one or more background threads to receive a plurality of layout objects and to calculate layout parameters for each of the plurality of layout objects. The view component may be operative on a main thread to instantiate a plurality of view objects, wherein a view object is created for and associated with each of the plurality of layout objects. The display component may be operative on the main thread to create a display of a plurality of placeholders, wherein a placeholder is displayed for each of the plurality of view objects according to layout parameters of an associated view object. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-04-2014 |
20140250394 | USER INTERFACE FOR DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS - Various technologies and techniques are disclosed for providing a table of contents for a document viewer application. A document viewer application is provided that can display a document that has multiple pages of content. Upon receiving a selection from the user to access a table of contents for the document, a table of contents is displayed that contains a representation of at least some of the pages of content in a manner that is overlaid on top of a current position in the document. A navigation feature allows a user to navigate through the table of contents while retaining the current position in the document. A preview size adjustment feature allows the user to adjust a size of the representation of the pages of content for the document. | 09-04-2014 |
20140250395 | INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE - An information display device that displays plural pieces of display information on a screen while laying out these pieces of display information, including: a gaze judger that judges whether or not the user is gazing at the screen; a display area change detector that detects a change of the display area of the display information; a display area determinator that, when a change of the display area is detected when the user is gazing at the screen, determines a display area according to a ratio of the change of the display area; and a display information display that displays the display information according to the display area of the display information. Even when the layout of the display information is changed in a state in which the user is not gazing at the screen, a change from a state in which an original display is produced is displayed when the user is gazing at the screen. | 09-04-2014 |
20140258899 | MODIFYING NUMERIC VALUES - A user interface allows numeric values to be modified using a touch screen. A user selects a first digit of a numeric value. A touch input having a magnitude and a direction allows the user to select a second digit. The position of the second digit with respect to the first digit is determined based on the touch input. If the first digit is either the most significant digit or the least significant digit, the second digit corresponds to a new digit introduced adjacent to the first digit. A second touch input is received causing the value of the second digit to be modified. If the second digit value is modified so as to increase above nine or below zero, the value of the second digit wraps around. If the value of the second digit wraps around, the digit adjacent to the second digit may be modified. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258900 | INTERACTOR FOR A GRAPHICAL OBJECT - A interactor tool, method and/or computer program for changing the properties of a graphical object comprises: an edge property detector for identifying a property controlled by a moveable edge of a selected graphical object, wherein the property adjustment may be constrained if the movement of the edge is constrained by boundary conditions; and an additional graphical control that is created and displayed for the identified property and allows adjustment of the property based on user interaction of the additional graphical control, wherein the property is no longer constrained by the boundary conditions and graphical object edge. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258901 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELETING AN ITEM ON A TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - An apparatus and method are provided for deleting an item displayed on a touch screen display. The method includes recognizing a drag touch on the item displayed on the touch screen display, determining whether a pattern of the drag touch satisfies a first deletion condition, determining whether a second deletion condition associated with a user input on the touch screen display is satisfied, if the first deletion condition is satisfied, and deleting the item from the touch screen display, if the second deletion condition is satisfied. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258902 | Graphical Interface Having Adjustable Borders - Methods and systems involving navigation of a graphical interface are disclosed herein. An example system may be configured to: (a) cause a head-mounted display (HMD) to provide a graphical interface, the graphical interface comprising (i) a view port having a view-port orientation and (ii) at least one navigable area having at least one border, the at least one border having a first border orientation; (b) receive input data that indicates movement of the view port towards the at least one border; (c) determine that the view-port orientation is within a predetermined threshold distance from the first border orientation; and (d) based on at least the determination that the view-port orientation is within a predetermined threshold distance from the first border orientation, adjust the first border orientation from the first border orientation to a second border orientation. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258903 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD FOR ENHANCING VISIBILITY - Visibility of an icon which is on the edge of a display area which is hidden by a finger is enhanced. | 09-11-2014 |
20140282137 | AUTOMATICALLY FITTING A WEARABLE OBJECT - Image of a subject is received along with viewable representations of a user selected wearable object having a respective size indicative of physical dimensions of the wearable object. The physical proportions of the subject are determined and a display is generated that shows how the wearable object having a respective size will look when worn by the subject having the determined physical proportions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282138 | DYNAMIC GENERATION OF USER INTERFACE PLACEHOLDER TEMPLATES - Embodiments are disclosed that relate to dynamically generating a preview placeholder template for presenting data in a user interface. For example, one disclosed embodiment provides a method comprising receiving a request to display a list of items, each item of the list of items comprising a plurality of parts each having a full appearance defined by a corresponding portion of a full version template. The method further comprises, for an item in the list of items, rendering a full version of a representation of the item, and generating via the full version template a preview placeholder template defining an appearance of a thin version of a list item representation comprising a subset of the plurality of parts. The method further comprises storing the preview placeholder template, and retrieving the preview placeholder template from storage and rendering a thin version of each of one or more list items. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282139 | SYSTEM FOR MOBILE CONTENT MANAGEMENT - A system and method for mobile content management are provided. An arrangement of display elements are displayed, for example using a touch screen interface of a mobile device. A first control input is received causing one of the display elements to be selected. The selected one of the display elements has a first position in the arrangement of display elements. A second control input is received, the second control input indicating that the selected display element is to be repositioned to a second position within the arrangement of display elements. The selected display element is repositioned to the second position within the arrangement of display elements. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282140 | METHOD FOR MOBILE CONTENT MANAGEMENT - A system and method for mobile content management are provided. An arrangement of display elements are displayed, for example using a touch screen interface of a mobile device. A first control input is received causing one of the display elements to be selected. The selected one of the display elements has a first position in the arrangement of display elements. A second control input is received, the second control input indicating that the selected display element is to be repositioned to a second position within the arrangement of display elements. The selected display element is repositioned to the second position within the arrangement of display elements. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282141 | Providing Batch Operations with an Auxiliary User Interface - A method for presenting an auxiliary user interface is described. A primary user interface comprising a plurality of objects is presented. In response to selecting a portion of the plurality of objects, access is granted to an auxiliary user interface. An auxiliary user interface is presented that allows for batch modification of the portion of the plurality of objects. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282142 | Touch Screen Interface for Imaging System - A system may include a touch screen device configurable to communicate with and control an ultrasound system. The system may further include an ultrasound user interface component configurable from the touch screen device, having one or more customizable properties, and representing an ultrasound system control component. At least one of the customizable properties of the ultrasound user interface component may be associated with a presence of the ultrasound user interface component on the touch screen device. The presence of the ultrasound user interface component on the touch screen device may be configurable via the touch screen device in response to receiving a user selection on the touch screen device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282143 | Modifying Content of Components in a User Interface - In one embodiment, a method includes, by a computing device, providing a user interface for presentation. The user interface includes multiple components arranged in a hierarchy. The hierarchy includes one or more layers, each layer including at least one component. The computing device receives user input associated with user interaction with a first component of a first layer, prompting a resizing of the first layer. The computing device resizes the first layer at least in part by automatically modifying content of one or more elements of the first component. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282144 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES ON A HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY - System and methods are disclosed to selectively project individual UI elements of display images from stereoscopic HMDs as monocular or stereoscopic images. An UI element may be tagged for rendering as a monocular image or as stereoscopic images with a stereo separation to create a perception of depth. Tagging of UI elements as monocular images or stereoscopic images may be based on whether the UI elements are persistent elements. Persistent elements present information to the user but do not require the user's focused attention. Persistent elements may be rendered as monocular images to allow the user to focus on other UI elements or on the real world while maintaining awareness of information presented by the persistent elements. In contrast, non-persistent UI elements may require the user's focused attention. Non-persistent UI elements may be rendered as stereoscopic images for projection at a specific depth plane to invite the user's focus. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282145 | GRAPHICAL INTERFACE DATA FRAGMENT OPERATIONS FOR DATA VISUALIZATION - Techniques are described for providing visualizations of data with options for a user to manipulate the data visualizations. These data visualization options may provide flexible and rapid comparison of different fragments of data. In one example, a method includes outputting a display of a data visualization in a graphical user interface. The method further includes receiving a first user input selecting a first fragment of the data visualization to freeze. The method further includes receiving a second user input selecting a second fragment of the data visualization to reposition to a new position relative to the frozen fragment of the data visualization. The method further includes outputting a revised display of the data visualization in the graphical user interface that displays the repositioned fragment of the data visualization in the new position relative to the frozen fragment of the data visualization. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282146 | USE OF PERSPECTIVE TO IMPROVE VISUAL INFORMATION DENSITY - An apparatus and method for using perspective to improve visual information density are provided. The method includes displaying images corresponding to content in a largest size including a greatest amount of visual information at a first edge of a display, and displaying images corresponding to other content in progressively smaller sizes comprising progressively less visual information at locations on the display progressively further from the first edge. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282147 | Visualization of Multiple Objects on a Dashboard - A computer-implemented method of visualizing a dataset is implemented on a computer having memory, one or more processors, and a display. The method includes: rendering multiple objects on the display in a tiled manner, wherein each object is a visualization of a respective set of fields of the dataset and there is no overlap between the objects; in response to detecting a first user instruction, switching the rendition of at least one of the objects from the tiled manner to a floating manner; in response to detecting a second user instruction, moving a first object to a location on top of a second object, wherein the location is determined by the second user instruction such that at least a portion of the second object is covered by the first object; and in response to detecting a third user instruction, updating both the first object and the second object. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282148 | Monitoring and Collaborative Analysis of a Condition - The disclosed technology relates to computer hardware and software systems for variably monitoring a condition relating to a first user, receiving data relating to the condition, and for facilitating the collaborative analysis of the captured data by presenting a second user with an interface for reviewing the data. The text, drawings and claims of the disclosure detail various additional embodiments of the disclosed methods, systems, and computer products. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282149 | ALIGNMENT BASED ON VISUAL CONTENT - Disclosed is a method including storing in a memory presentation data, including image data, processing the image data to generate positioning data for positioning the image on a presentation in accordance with a plurality of image positioning techniques, and selecting positioning data for positioning the image in accordance with at least one of the plurality of image positioning techniques. A user interface, which may be graphical, permits a user to toggle through the positions generated by the various techniques, and to lock the image in a desired position. Also disclosed are a system and a computer-usable storage medium having instructions thereon for implementing the method. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282150 | MODIFICATION OF A CHARACTERISTIC OF A USER INTERFACE OBJECT - Multiple operations can be determined based on different gestures received at a single control. An operation can be a selection or a de-selection (or activation and deactivation) of a feature (or tool) while another operation can be a configuration of a characteristic associated with the feature. The other operation can set a configuration of the characteristic associated with the feature such that upon re-activation of the feature, the configured characteristic may be persisted. Embodiments provide a UI control that can receive multiple types of gestures and determine an operation to perform based on the type of gesture. For instance, in response to receiving a gesture input at a single control, an application may cause a display panel on a GUI to be displayed. The panel configuration (e.g., size of the panel, size of objects in the panel) can be modified in response to receiving another gesture input at the control. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282151 | User Interface for Toolbar Navigation - A system and method for navigating a collection of toolbar items that are displayed on an electronic display screen. The toolbar items, such as buttons, are organized into an ordered set of toolbar pages. Each toolbar page contains a fixed number of toolbar items. One toolbar page from the set is displayed at a time in a fixed display area, e.g., a tile, on the display screen. User input causes the currently displayed toolbar page to be replaced by another toolbar page in the ordered set. The user input, such as a continuous swipe gesture across the toolbar display tile, determines the direction of navigation through pages in the ordered set and the speed of the page navigation. The toolbar display area can show the position of the currently displayed toolbar in the ordered set and animated transitions between toolbar items may be displayed to signal toolbar page replacements. A user input, such as a tap of a finger, can select the replacement toolbar. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282152 | LIST WITH TARGETS FOR TOUCH SCREENS - Various embodiments are generally directed to techniques for increasing the accuracy with which list items may be selected on a touch screen. A machine-readable storage medium includes instructions that when executed cause a computing device to present a list of multiple list items on a touch screen, each associated with a touch area and including a presentation area and a visible target marking a location of the touch area, wherein the targets and coinciding touch areas of adjacent first and second list items are positioned at different first and second widthwise positions of the presentation areas of the first and second list items, respectively, and wherein the touch areas of each the first and second list items coincide with a portion of the presentation area of the other of the first and second list items. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282153 | CUSTOMIZABLE DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods, systems, and computer-readable media related to a system having a plurality of users, designed to display a user-customized subset of item and/or provider information to the user. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282154 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING A COMPOUND GESTURE, AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE AND USER TERMINAL - A method for processing a compound gesture, made by a user using a pointing tool on a sensitive pad of a terminal. The terminal has a screen for reproducing a graphical representation of a sequence of selectable graphical elements and a module for processing and interpreting an interaction with the sensitive pad according to a mode selected from a default, relative-positioning mode of sequential interaction and an absolute-positioning mode of graphical interaction. During execution of the gesture by the user, on detection of static pointing to a spatial position on the sensitive pad during a predetermined period of time, the module toggles to the absolute-positioning mode of graphical interaction. When the pointing position is situated a distance below a threshold from a graphical element displayed on the screen, the module selects the graphical element, without the pointing tool being raised, then toggles to the relative-positioning mode of sequential interaction. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282155 | METHOD FOR OPERATING EXECUTION ICON OF MOBILE TERMINAL - Functional applications (e.g., widgets) in the form of an icon are implemented to be merged or demerged, and a method for displaying, operating, and managing the widgets in a mobile terminal is provided. The concept of UI-wise merging and demerging is applied to simple widget functions to update the widget functions. Also, widgets can be effectively managed through various widget operations. The mobile terminal includes an input unit configured to detect a received input, a display unit configured to display a plurality of widgets and a controller configured to merge a plurality of widgets into an integrated widget based on the received input and to execute an integrated function related to a selected widget of the plurality of widgets merged into the integrated widget. | 09-18-2014 |
20140289656 | Systems and Methods for Creating and Using Electronic Content with Displayed Objects Having Enhanced Features - Systems and methods create and use electronic content that provides objects with capabilities extended beyond those provided by traditional infrastructures. For example, if a tag-based infrastructure does not allow creating an object prior to the object being displayed, a content creator or other user may be able to define or customize a new object using script so that the new object can be created prior to being displayed. The new object may be implemented to take advantage of or otherwise use features of the tag-based infrastructure so that the new object otherwise behaves according to that infrastructure. Certain embodiments facilitate the use of objects prior to their display in environments where such use has previously been restricted or difficult. Generally, a content creation application can provide a content creator greater freedom to create, use, and parameterize objects, and/or in defining object interrelationships. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289657 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REAL-TIME ADAPTATION OF A GUI APPLICATION FOR LEFT-HAND USERS - A method for the adaptation of a graphic user interface (GUI) designed for right-hand users, for the use of left-hand users, comprises the steps of: a) for the application running on a tablet, identifying the controls that make a difference from the perspective of right/left handed users; b) suggesting new coordinates for these controls; and c) changing the coordinates of said controls to adopt the content to the left/right handed users. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289658 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUSES FOR MANAGING THE PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION - Index entries may be generated for incoming items of information and may include timestamps associated with an identification of the relevant item. Timestamps may be reassigned in response to user commands or according to preconfigured instructions. Items may be output, visually or aurally, according to their associated timestamps. Items may be clustered together according to user commands or preconfigured instructions. Timestamp reassignment and clustering may be configured according to information relevant to corresponding items or information which is not directly relevant to the items themselves. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289659 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACTIVATING DIFFERENT INTERACTIVE FUNCTIONS USING DIFFERENT TYPES OF FINGER CONTACTS - A method activates different interactive functions based on a classification of vibro-acoustic signals resulting from touch events with finger parts of a user. A primary function is trigger when an interactive element on a touch screen is touched with a finger tip of the user. An auxiliary function is launched when the interactive element is touched with a knuckle or fingernail of the user. The touch events result in generating the vibro-acoustic signals. The vibro-acoustic signals are classified and used to distinguish what finger part was used based on the classification of the vibro-acoustic signals. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289660 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING OBJECT IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method of converting an object in a portable terminal is provided. The method includes displaying a first object corresponding to an application on a standby screen of the portable terminal, detecting a first touch input of a user selecting the first object, changing an operating mode of the portable terminal from a standby mode to an object conversion mode if the first touch input is an input requesting entry to an object conversion mode, detecting a conversion request for a first object in the object conversion mode, and detecting a second touch input of a user selecting the second object, and changing the first object to a second object in response to the second touch input. | 09-25-2014 |
20140298217 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A DRAWER-BASED USER INTERFACE FOR CONTENT ACCESS OR RECOMMENDATION - An approach is provided for causing, at least in part, a generation of at least one representation of at least one building, wherein one or more floors of the at least one building are represented as one or more drawer user interface elements in the at least one representation. The approach also involves causing, at least in part, an association of one or more content items with the one or more drawer user interface elements, wherein one or more user interactions with the one or more drawer user interface elements causes, at least in part, an initiation of one or more operations on the one or more content items. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298218 | AUTOMATIC APPLICATION OF TEMPLATES TO CONTENT - An apparatus and method applying a layout template to content are disclosed herein. A plurality of content included in a visual workspace is automatically grouped into one or more clusters, one or more content of the plurality of content being at different spatial position from each other. At least one cluster is automatically located to a respective content placeholder included in the layout template. The clusters with the layout template are presented in accordance with the automatically locating of the clusters. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298219 | Visual Selection and Grouping - Techniques for visual selection and grouping are described. In at least some embodiments, multiple visuals can be selected and grouped such that visuals can be manipulated as a group and various actions can be applied to visuals as a group. For example, in response to a user placing a group of visuals in a display region, the visuals can be arranged in the display region based on a specific arrangement order. According to one or more embodiments, visuals can be rearranged to reduce gaps between visuals, such as to present a consolidated view of visuals and to conserve display space. Visuals can be grouped together (e.g., based on user selection), and selectable options presented that are selectable to apply various actions to the grouped visuals. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298220 | Interactive Elements in a User Interface - In particular embodiments, a computing device provides for presentation to a user a user interface, the user interface including a plurality of related interactive elements. The computing device may receive touch gesture input from the user selecting one of the plurality of related interactive elements. The touch gesture input may have a duration of at least a pre-determined amount of time. The computing device, in response to the touch gesture input, may rearrange the plurality of related interactive elements, rearranging including stacking the plurality of related interactive elements for presentation to the user. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298221 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESTRICTING USER OPERATIONS WHEN APPLIED TO CARDS OR WINDOWS - A user interface that displays a number of cards or windows is described where a user can move the cards in a horizontal direction freely. When a card resides in a locked zone, as defined by a user, the card will be able to be manipulated in a vertical direction, while cards that reside in a regular zone will not be able to be moved vertically. In addition, only cards that are in the locked zone can be subjected to a user action such as cutting content from the card, pasting content to the card, enlarging the contents of the card, or shrinking the contents of the card. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298222 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE SWITCHING - User Interfaces of Applications installed and executed on Communications Devices or Mobile Computing Devices may consist of several text, graphics, sound, voice, gesture, etc. elements, and are implemented in software components separate from functional components of the Applications. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298223 | Systems and methods for drawing shapes and issuing gesture-based control commands on the same draw grid - The present invention improves upon the existing touch based systems by introducing new mechanisms of interaction with the user that can improve the productivity of users that are creating and modifying diagrams and figures on such touch based systems. More specifically, without leaving the draw grid, the invention allows the user to seamlessly copy one or more objects, delete one or more objects, change the type and end type of a connector between two objects, change the color of an object, and create a sequence diagram. The above mentioned control gesture operations do not require the user to click or select a button that is outside the draw grid to achieve a particular control objective. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298224 | MAP DISPLAY DEVICE AND MAP DISPLAY METHOD - An object of the present invention is to provide a map display device and a map display method for simultaneously displaying a plurality of map drawing pictures so as to improve convenience for a user. The map display device includes an input unit that receives input of user operation related to display of a drawing picture, and a controller for controlling an overlapping state between first and second drawing pictures in accordance with input of user operation and outputting, to a display unit, a picture in which one of the first and second drawing objects masks the other one in a portion where the first and second drawing pictures are overlapped with each other. The controller changes display of one of the first and second drawing pictures in association with input of user operation to the other one. | 10-02-2014 |
20140304630 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS ASSOCIATING THE DISPLAY OF TOOLS WITH DOCUMENTS - A system comprises a display unit rendering a document in a user interface, a selection tool receiving information selecting an arrangement of invocable actions, and an association unit associating the document with the selected arrangement. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304631 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ARRANGING ICONS - A method for a device to arrange icons displayed on a screen of the device includes creating a buffer region in a memory of the device; marking one or more icons selected by a user as one or more icons to be arranged; storing the icons to be arranged in the buffer region; and performing an arranging operation on the icons to be arranged that are stored in the buffer region, according to an arranging instruction from the user. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304632 | SMART DEVICE FOR CONVENIENT GRAPHIC OBJECT ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD OF GRAPHIC OBJECT ARRANGEMENT - A smart device and a method are disclosed. The method utilizes a processor for arranging a graphic object on a desktop, the method includes: disposing a launcher icon on a target position of the desktop; checking, with the processor, an application data table to retrieve icons associated with an application; selecting the launcher icon as a selected icon when the retrieved icons include a single icon and selecting one of the retrieved icons as a selected icon when the retrieved icons include a plurality of icons; and arranging the selected icon in the target position. | 10-09-2014 |
20140310624 | APPLICATION-TAILORED OBJECT PRE-INFLATION - In one embodiment, a computing device receives a request for content in a first portion of a content layout in a displayable region of a screen associated with the computing device. The device may pre-inflate at least one selected element of a display object for a second portion of the content layout, and then store the element in an application-tailored recycler. Selection of the at least one selected element may be based on dimensions of the displayable region, available memory of the computing device, or application-specific rules. The device may then retrieve, in response to a request for content in the second portion of the content layout, the element from the application-tailored recycler, update other elements of the display object as needed for the second portion of the content layout, and return the display object. | 10-16-2014 |
20140317542 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF EXECUTING PLURAL OBJECTS DISPLAYED ON A SCREEN OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM FOR RECORDING THE METHOD - A method and an apparatus are provided for executing a plurality of objects displayed on a screen of an electronic device. The plurality of objects are displayed on the screen of the electronic device. Each of the plurality of objects is used to execute an application upon selection of a respective object. Information about a first object, of the plurality of objects, corresponding to a first application and information about a second object, of the plurality of objects, corresponding to a second application, are linked. Link information about the linked first and second objects is stored. The second application is executed upon receipt of a predetermined input value from an input means during execution of the first application. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317543 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY OF A TERMINAL ICON - A method for controlling display of an icon on a terminal includes displaying a first graphical object corresponding to an application, detecting a data update for the application, generating a second graphical object based on the data update, displaying the second graphical object on at least a portion of the first graphical object, in which the second graphical object corresponds to a content of the data update. An apparatus to control display of an icon includes a storage unit to store a first graphical object corresponding to an application, a detection unit to detect a data update for the application, a processing unit to generate a second graphical object based on the data update, a control unit to display the second graphical object on at least a portion of the first graphical object, in which the second graphical object corresponds to a content of the data update. | 10-23-2014 |
20140325406 | ENHANCED SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY CONNECTING VIRTUAL SPACE ENTITIES - A system and method for connecting virtual space entities are disclosed. Information regarding virtual space entities may be obtained. The obtained information may include information indicating one or more actions and/or effects associated with the virtual space entities. The associated effects may indicate the associated actions may be caused in the virtual space by actions of other virtual space entities. Users may be enabled to specify action connections between actions of different virtual space entities. The user specified action connections may provide causal relationships between a first action and a first effect associated with a second action. Occurrence of the first action within a given instance of virtual space may be determined. Based on the user specified action connections, the first effect may be executed to cause the second action to be performed in the virtual space. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325407 | COLLECTION, TRACKING AND PRESENTATION OF READING CONTENT - Reading material is presented according to a given format. A user can interact with a user input mechanisms to change the format and text the reading material is automatically reflowed to the changed format. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325408 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MUSICAL CONTENT BASED ON GRAPHICAL USER INPUTS - Mechanisms are provided for receiving a graphical input from a user, such as a sketch, determining at least one musical element represented by the graphical input, identifying at least one item of musical content including the musical element(s), and providing for presentation of the at least one item of musical content to the user, such as by creating a playlist for the user of the identified content. Certain musical elements represented in the graphical input may be emphasized or deemphasized to indicate a dominance of the particular musical element in the desired musical content. The graphical input may be modified by the user to allow the user to iteratively search for music in a dynamic, real-time manner. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325409 | Active & Efficient Monitoring of a Graphical User Interface - Machines, systems and methods for recognizing visual change in a graphical user interface (GUI) environment, the method comprising determining position of an active GUI object in the GUI environment based on known attributes of the active GUI object; monitoring a focus area in the active GUI object to detect visual changes in attributes of the focus area, without regard to any visual changes outside the focus area; determining whether the active GUI object has moved or has been resized, in response to determining a visual change in the attributes of the focus area; and determining position of a new active GUI object in the GUI environment, in response to determining that the active GUI object has not been moved or has not been resized. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325410 | USER TERMINAL DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A user terminal device is provided. The device includes a display configured to display a screen including an object, a detector configured to detect a user drawing input which is input on the object or in an area surrounding the object, a controller configured to, in response to the user drawing input being detected, execute a program corresponding to the object and display, on the display, a screen where the user drawing input is processed as an input of the program. Accordingly, the operations of the user terminal device may be controlled conveniently. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325411 | MANIPULATION OF OVERLAPPING OBJECTS DISPLAYED ON A MULTI-TOUCH DEVICE - A multi-touch display device that is configured to display multiple objects concurrently and that provides multi-touch controls for manipulating multiple of the displayed objects with multiple degrees of freedom concurrently but independently is configured to reduce the degrees of freedom provided by the manipulation controls for at least two of the displayed objects in response to detecting that an input mechanism is exerting control over the two displayed objects concurrently. | 10-30-2014 |
20140325412 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATED APPLICATION INTERFACE CHANGE - A method for automated application interface change. The method enhances a set of technological tools and allows setting up an application interface in a flexible manner at a stage of implementation and execution. The method comprises: creating a separate system element preliminarily at the development stage; specifying its composing dependent elements and saving such separate element in the storing device; forming a special storage element for storing values of the separate system element; setting the value of the special system element at the stage of application implementation or execution; downloading the separate system element at the stage of the application execution; obtaining the value of the separate system element from the special value storage element; reconfiguring user interface elements connected with composing dependent elements based on the value of the separate system element. | 10-30-2014 |
20140331154 | USER DEFINED INTERFACE SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A user defined interface system including a processor; a memory; a touchscreen display; and executable software stored in the memory; wherein the executable software generates a plurality of graphical elements, on the display screen; wherein at least one graphical element comprises a data input graphical element and at least one graphical element comprises an informational graphical element; wherein each graphical element includes a height dimension and a width dimension; and wherein at least one graphical element may be selected to be moved to a desired location; and placed at the desired location. A method for configuring graphical elements on a user defined interface system, wherein at least one graphical element comprises a data input graphical element, including the steps: selecting at least one graphical element; moving the selected graphical element to a desired location. | 11-06-2014 |
20140331155 | Web Service Interface and Querying - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media are disclosed to generate an interface for a web service and to query the web service. A method includes generating a user interface associated with a web service. The user interface includes one or more input parameter options associated with the web service. The user interface is generated based on a service specification and one or more series specifications associated with the service specification. User input is received via the user interface, where the user input includes a selection of at least one of the one or more input parameter options. A query of the web service is generated based on the user input, and the query reflects at least one selected input parameter option. | 11-06-2014 |
20140331156 | EXPLORING INFORMATION BY TOPIC - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for exploring information by topic. One of the methods includes determining, from a user input, a topic; selecting a first node from a plurality of nodes, wherein the first node is a collection of data about the topic; providing, for display in a user interface, a first threadlet, wherein the first threadlet includes an instance of the first node and a projection menu that includes a respective link to each of one or more projections, and wherein each of the one or more projections includes one or more threadlets that are instances of nodes that share a relationship to the topic; receiving a user input selecting a particular projection from the one or more projections; and providing, for display in the user interface, a set of threadlets from the particular projection. | 11-06-2014 |
20140331157 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND AN INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing device, and method use an attribute control unit to change an association between a detected object and an attribute stored in association with the detected object in response to a detected physical action between the detected object and another detected object. By changing an association of an attribute between detected objects allows for an autonomous tracking of substances that are moved between objects. | 11-06-2014 |
20140337771 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND USER INTERFACE SCREEN DISPLAYING METHOD USING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes an input unit receiving a user command for configuring a main user interface (UI) screen for controlling content reproduction, and a controller configuring the main UI screen including at least one UI element selected by the user command and display the main UI screen configured according to the user command on a display, wherein the at least one UI element is a graphic element to which a function associated with the content reproduction is mapped. | 11-13-2014 |
20140344732 | AUTOMATIC DISCOVERY OF SYSTEM BEHAVIOR - A first implementation of a software system is accessed and forms in the software system are selected. Controls on each selected form are interacted with in order to discover the behavior of the computer system. A representation of the behavior is stored for human observation or output to another system (such as a behavior verification system). | 11-20-2014 |
20140344733 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VISUALIZING A MIGRATION HISTORY OF PAIN MAPS AND STIMULATION MAPS - A method of visualizing a sensation experienced by a patient is disclosed. A graphical user interface is provided. The graphical user interface is configured to receive an input from a user and display a visual output to the user. A virtual control mechanism is displayed on the graphical user interface. One or more engagements of the virtual control mechanism are detected through the graphical user interface. In response to the engagement of the virtual control mechanism, a sensation map history is displayed on the graphical user interface. The sensation map history graphically depicts a migration of a sensation map over time on a virtual human body model. | 11-20-2014 |
20140344734 | System and Method for Creating a Folder Quickly - Examples of the present disclosure provides a system for creating a folder quickly, in the system, a folder creating unit is configured to, when it is determined that current touch event is a long-touch event, activate a long-touch sliding mode of the file icons; when the file icons are slid by a user toward each other under the long-touch sliding mode, obtain coordinates of locations of the slid file icons; when determining that the location distance between the file icons is less than or equal to a predetermined second threshold, release the long-touch event, activate a new folder creation mode, and automatically create a new folder based on the file icons under the new folder creation mode. Examples of the present disclosure also provides a method for creating a folder quickly, coordinates of locations of file icons being slid toward each other are obtained, when it is determined that the location distance between the file icons is less than or equal to a predetermined second threshold, the long-touch event is released, a new folder creation mode is activated, and a new folder is automatically created based on the file icons under the new folder creation mode. By adopting the system and method of the present disclosure, a folder may be created through multi-touch technology. | 11-20-2014 |
20140344735 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR MANAGING DIFFERENT VISUAL VARIANTS OF OBJECTS VIA USER INTERFACES - An apparatus for providing a user-friendly and reliable manner for managing different visual variants of objects via a user interface may include a processor and memory storing executable computer program code that cause the apparatus to at least perform operations including positioning a generated merging area, including one or more items of visible indicia corresponding to shortcuts to respective applications at a first area of a screen of a user interface. The computer program code may further cause the apparatus to change an item of visual indicia associated with an application to a transformed item of visible indicia in response to detecting movement of the item of visual indicia from a second area of the user interface to a location of an item of visible indicia of the merging area. Corresponding methods and computer program products are also provided. | 11-20-2014 |
20140351723 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A MULTIMEDIA CONTAINER - A system and method for a multimedia container. The method includes accessing, within a mobile device, datastore corresponding to a multimedia container. The multimedia container may comprise a first object and a second object. In one embodiment, the first object is a first portion of content and the second object is a second portion of content. The datastore may comprise information about the first object and the second object. The method further includes determining a first image based on the information about the first object and determining a second image based on the information about the second object. The method further includes displaying the first image and the second image. In one embodiment, selection of the first image is operable to launch a first application operable to render the first portion of content. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351724 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPOSITIONING OF VISUAL ITEMS - A method is provided for operating an electronic device comprising: displaying a plurality of visual items on a screen of the electronic device; detecting a first gesture received at the electronic device; detecting whether the first gesture corresponds to a request for repositioning the plurality of visual items; and when the first gesture corresponds to the request for repositioning the plurality of visual items, repositioning the plurality of visual items based on a direction of the first gesture. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351725 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR OPERATING OBJECT - A method of operating an electronic device includes sensing a gesture on a certain region of a touch screen; determining an edit region corresponding to the gesture; and editing at least one of a first region input in a handwriting type input mode and a region between the first region and a second region in the determined edit region. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351726 | GRAPHICAL OBJECTS THAT RESPOND TO TOUCH OR MOTION INPUT - A first graphical object on a user interface of a device can be transformed to a second graphical object on the user interface. The second graphical object can be manipulated by a user on the user interface using touch input or by physically moving the device. When manipulated, the object can be animated to appear to have mass that responds to real-world, physical forces, such as gravity, friction or drag. The data represented by the second graphical object can be compressed or archived using a gesture applied to the second graphical object. Graphical objects can be visually sorted on the user interface based on their mass (size). The visual appearance of graphical objects on the user interface can be adjusted to indicate the age of data represented by the graphical objects. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351727 | USING VISUAL LANDMARKS TO ORGANIZE DIAGRAMS - Visual landmarks are used to organize diagrams. Elements of a diagram can be arranged in accordance with configurable defined properties of visual landmarks to provide some degree of layout structure within the diagram. Users can customize visual landmarks to cause the visual landmarks to exhibit desired behavior. | 11-27-2014 |
20140359498 | Method and Device for Generating Display Data - A method of generating display objects for output on a display of a device is provided, the method comprising operating a processor to define a set of information data items, define a first set of display rules associated with the set of information data items, identify a context of the device, update the first set of display rules in accordance with the identified context and output display objects pertaining to the set of information data items in accordance with the updated display rules. | 12-04-2014 |
20140359499 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE GENERATION AND PRESENTATION - The present invention provides systems and methods for generating and delivering a dynamic user interface to computing systems and/or devices associated with the user. By using information based on context, location, and situational needs of the user, the present invention is able to predict, adapt, organize and visualize relevant information responsive to the user in a dynamic user interface. The present invention is able to incorporate data inputs from multiple devices as well as internet “cloud” based information and deliver a dynamic user interface across one or more devices to provide users a more exact situational awareness of themselves. | 12-04-2014 |
20140359500 | Method and Device for Customizing Function Menu of Application Program - The present invention proposes a method for customizing a function menu of an application program and a related method. The method includes: entering an editing interface of the function menu of an application program; receiving an editing request of the function menu and identifying a type of the editing request; editing the function item of the function menu in the editing interface according to the type of the editing request to form a new function menu; and receiving the new function menu and show the new function menu. | 12-04-2014 |
20140359501 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING VISUALIZATION OF A WEB BROWSER - A method is performed at a mobile device for configuring visualization of an application running on the mobile device. The mobile device displays an application on its display, the application including a content display region and a visualization control icon at a default dimension. Upon detecting a user selection of the visualization control icon, the mobile device expands the visualization control icon into the content display region. The expanded visualization control icon includes a region for receiving one or more user instructions. The mobile device updates the visualization of the content display region in accordance with the user instructions and reduces the expanded visualization control icon to its default dimension. | 12-04-2014 |
20140365928 | VEHICLE'S INTERACTIVE SYSTEM - The inventive concepts relate to a method executable on an interactive system of a vehicle with a touch-sensitive display, the touch-sensitive display including a screen configuration divided into a main area and a plurality of short-cut areas. Each short-cut area may be associated with a corresponding one of a plurality of applications and a pre-selected function of each application. The method may include displaying a representation of each of the plurality of applications in a corresponding one of the short-cut areas, displaying information on one of the plurality of applications in the main area, wherein at least two applications are running, and executing a pre-selected function of an application when a first type of finger gesture of a user is detected regardless of whether the first type of finger gesture is performed in the main area or in a short-cut area. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365929 | HANDHOLD ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LIST ITEM EDITING BASED ON A TOUCH SCREEN - Disclosed are handheld electronic device and a touchscreen-based list item editing method. The method comprises: transmitting a list editing interface comprising at least one list item to a display screen for display; detecting the touch event inputted on the touchscreen area corresponding to the list item; performing a list editing operation on the list item according to the touch event so as to generate a list item editing result, updating the list editing surface according to the list item editing result; transmitting the updated list editing interface to the display screen for display. Using the above method, the present invention can simplify the list item editing operation, thus improving the speed of list item editing. | 12-11-2014 |
20140372916 | FIXED HEADER CONTROL FOR GROUPED GRID PANEL - In one embodiment, a graphical user interface | 12-18-2014 |
20140372917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZED BULK CONSTRAINT REMOVAL WITH ACCUMULATION - A method and apparatus of a device that removes constraints in solving a mathematical programming problem is described. The device identifies a plurality of constraints for bulk removal by postponing execution of constraint removal requests. The device further sorts the plurality of constraints based on a set of criteria to put the plurality of constraints in a sorted order. To sort the plurality of constraints based on the set of criteria, the device determines, for each identified constraint, the number of equations containing the constraint in the mathematical programming problem. The device further sorts the plurality of constraints based on the number of equations determined for each constraint. The device performs bulk constraint removal on the plurality of constraints based on the sorted order. | 12-18-2014 |
20140372918 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING POSITION OF USER INTERFACE OF APPLICATION - A system for adjusting a position of a user interface of applications running in an electronic device is provided. The system includes a first determining module, an acquiring module, a second determining module, a dividing module, and an adjusting module. The first determining module determines the applications running in the electronic device, and the priority of each determined application. The acquiring module acquires the predetermined frame of the user interface of the application. The second determining module determines a first area in a display screen of the electronic device according to the acquired predetermined frame. The dividing module determines a remaining area, and divides the remaining area into a number of sub-areas according to a predetermined division rule. The adjusting module adjusts the positions of the user interfaces of remaining applications to the different sub-areas. | 12-18-2014 |
20140372919 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR EDITING AN IMAGE - A method and an apparatus facilitate a user to edit a layout of images, thereby enhancing user experience. The method (a) provides an interface for editing an image, in which an image to be edited is displayed; (b) displays at least one layout template icon corresponding to at least one layout template in the interface, wherein the layout template icon is displayed separated from the image to be edited without overlapping; (c) receives an instruction that a user selects a layout template through a layout template icon; and (d) changes the layout of the image to be edited according to the selected layout template. The present invention can be used in image processing applications. | 12-18-2014 |
20140372920 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method for providing a UI in a portable terminal shows background images corresponding to physical states, such as the temperature, or of a physical layout of buildings, roads, etc. The method for providing a UI in a portable terminal, includes: collecting environmental information around the portable terminal; extracting an image set corresponding to the collected environmental information, and image change information; sensing a tilted state of the portable terminal; and changing and displaying the extracted image according to the sensed tilted state of the portable and the extracted image change information. | 12-18-2014 |
20140380213 | LOCATION ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM AND RELATED METHOD - A location adjustment system with a floating icon displays a first region for displaying contents related to the applications and a second region for displaying the background picture. The location adjustment system comprises an obtaining module, a determining module, and an adjustment module. The obtaining module obtains first location information of the floating icon, a second location information of the first region, and a third location information of the second region based on the pixel coordinate. The determining module determines whether an overlapping area is existing between the first location information and the second location information. When an overlapping area is existing between the first location information and the second location information, the adjustment module adjusts the location of the floating icon. | 12-25-2014 |
20150012853 | Editing Interface - A portable electronic device displays icons (e.g., graphical objects) in one or more regions of a user interface of a touch-sensitive display, and detects user input specifying an exchange of positions of icons in the user interface. In some aspects, the respective positions of two icons in a user interface can be selected to exchange positions in the one or more regions of the user interface, and one or both icons can change their visual appearance to indicate their selection status. | 01-08-2015 |
20150012854 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MULTI-WINDOWS IN THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device includes: a display unit having a display screen configured for displaying an output of multi-windows on which executions of a plurality of applications are displayed; and a controller for, when rotation of the electronic device is detected, if frame rotation information of the multi-windows are different from each other, controlling a rotation of the frames of the multi-windows such that the frame rotation information respectively set for the multi-windows are maintained and a display of the executions of the plurality of applications. | 01-08-2015 |
20150012855 | PORTABLE DEVICE FOR PROVIDING COMBINED UI COMPONENT AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A method of controlling a portable device providing a combined User Interface (UI) component is provided. The method includes displaying a page on a touch screen, displaying a combined UI component of a collapsed state including one or more page indicators on the touch screen, detecting an expansion gesture of changing the combined UI component of the collapsed state into an expanded state, and when the expansion gesture is detected, changing the combined UI component of the collapsed state into the expanded state and displaying the combined UI component of the expanded state on the touch screen. | 01-08-2015 |
20150012856 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING USER INTERFACE FOR ONE HANDED OPERATION - Method of displaying a user interface on an electronic device for one handed operation includes creating a user interface area configured to receive graphic items from the user interface, and displaying the graphic items within the user interface area. The method sets one or more parameters for each graphic item within the user interface area, and controls the electronic device to work in a one-handed operation mode. The method further obtains the set parameters of each graphic item, and adjusts a display screen of the electronic device to display the user interface for one handed operation based on the set parameters of each graphic item. | 01-08-2015 |
20150020008 | ENABLING QUICK DISPLAY TRANSITIONS BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR MAP DATA - A map data server may provide metadata about available indoor map data that accompanies map data for drawing a base map. For example, map data may include vector data for drawing a footprint of a building, and the metadata may include information about the physical properties of the building (e.g., an indication of how many floors the building has and if detailed map data is available for the indicated floors, etc.). A mapping application running on the client can use this metadata to display an interface that allows a user to select floors or otherwise interact with the floor data. Further, the metadata accompanying map data can include a bounding box, or a bounding polygon, for one or more floors. The mapping application can use these bounding shapes to properly reposition the viewport as map data for a new floor is being loaded, for example. | 01-15-2015 |
20150020009 | Joystick Controller Swipe Method - The invention is directed toward a computer system and method for scrolling through a multiple number of display panels on the touch screen of an electronic device. The invention is directed toward a computer system and method to detect a tap on the touch screen interface within a predetermined area on the touch screen interface, detect a swipe gesture across the touch screen interface, perform a predetermined function changing the visual display output of the touch screen interface when the swipe gesture exceeds the boundaries of the predetermined area, and change the visual display output of the touch screen interface by moving a plurality of display panels across the touch screen interface in an opposite direction than the direction of the swipe gesture. The swipe gesture comprises an initial touchdown point within the predetermined area and a direction, and terminates outside of the predetermined area. | 01-15-2015 |
20150020010 | COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A DATA INTERFACE IN AN ON-DEMAND SERVICE ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are methods, apparatus, systems, and computer program products for customizing a data interface in an on-demand service environment. In some implementations, a computing device provides an application for customizing a data interface displayable on a plurality of display devices having different form factors, the application providing one or more configurable templates. The computing device receives a selection of a template and provides for display a configuration interface of the application displaying one or more components arranged according to the selected template. The computing device receives a request to display a preview of the data interface at a display dimension corresponding to a display device, the display device having a form factor. The computing device determines, based on the requested display dimension, a display configuration for the components of the data interface and provides for display in the configuration interface the components according to the determined display configuration. | 01-15-2015 |
20150026614 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processor includes a display controller. The display controller controls display of a plurality of items displayed in alignment on a display on the basis of operation contents performed on an operation unit disposed to be superimposed on the display. If a first operation involving contact with the operation unit is performed on one item and another item of the plurality of items, the display controller controls the display to bring a plurality of aligned items from the one item to the another item into a selected state. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026615 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING HOME SCREEN OF DEVICE - Provided is a method of configuring a home screen. The method includes configuring, at a first device, a home screen of a second device, and transmitting, from the first device, information about the home screen to the second device, wherein the home screen includes a graphical user interface (GUI) to be displayed by the second device. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026616 | Method and Apparatus for Simple Presentation and Manipulation of Stored Content - A method and apparatus for manipulating and moving stored electronic content in a device. A display and a user interface are provided that allow a user of a simple and limited resource (e.g., mobile) device to interact with breadcrumb graphical representations of stored information objects (e.g., files, folders) and to move a selected object from one level to another in a multi-level hierarchy of stored information objects in a single active application window. In some aspects, a touch-sensitive display is provided that allows the user to move an object from one location to another with a single (e.g., drag) gesture, even moving the selected object up and down through a directory structure without the need for multiple windows to be presented to the user to do so. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026617 | Mobile terminal application icon management method and mobile terminal - Disclosed are a mobile terminal application icon management method and a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal application icon management method comprises: presetting class information about an application, and establishing a mapping relation table among an application class, a screen serial number of a display screen and an application icon; receiving an object moving instruction, obtaining regular pattern information corresponding to a moved object according to the object moving instruction, and displaying the regular pattern information; and after the moved object is successfully moved to the corresponding region of a regular pattern, updating the corresponding mapping relation table among the application class, the screen serial number of a display screen and the application icon. The present invention simplifies the management operation process of an application icon, and achieves batch management and multimodal management of an application icon, thereby greatly facilitating the management operation of a user in respect of an application icon. | 01-22-2015 |
20150033158 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - An information processing device includes a selection accepting unit that accepts selection of three or more objects among a plurality of displayed objects, a movement control unit that moves one or more objects in accordance with movement of input position related to selection of one or more objects among the selected objects, and a processing execution unit that executes specified processing using information related to the moved object on each of a plurality of fixed objects when a position of the moved object is included in a determination area for the fixed object. Processing on the plurality of fixed objects is thereby executed at a time simply by performing the operation of moving the position of one moved object into the determination area for the fixed object. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033159 | METHOD OF PROVIDING USER INTERFACE OF DEVICE AND DEVICE INCLUDING THE USER INTERFACE - A device which provides a user interface through which a user further easily selects an object and a method of providing the user interface are provided. The device includes at least one sensor which senses a motion of the device, a processor which compares a motion value determined by using the sensor with a preset threshold value and determines a movement value of the object based on a result of the comparing, and an Input/Output (I/O) unit which displays the object, wherein the object moves according to the movement value of the object. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033160 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE THEREOF - A display device and a method for providing the same are provided. The method includes displaying wallpaper and at least one icon, and providing a visual effect in which the wallpaper and the at least one icon are displayed in conjunction with each other according to a kind of wallpaper in response to a user command being input to the display device. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033161 | DETECTING A FIRST AND A SECOND TOUCH TO ASSOCIATE A DATA FILE WITH A GRAPHICAL DATA OBJECT - Examples disclose a multi-touch display device comprising a display surface to detect a first touch in contact with a graphical data object on the display surface. Additionally, examples disclose the display surface to detect a second touch while the first touch is in contact with the display surface, the second touch selects a data file. Further, the examples provide the multi-touch display device also comprising a processor to associate the data file with the graphical data object. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033162 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus that controls a display to display an operation target; determines a contact size of an object on the display; and enables or disables an operation input for the operation target based on the contact size. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033163 | METHOD FOR THE PARAMETER CHANGE OF PARAMETERISABLE FUNCTIONS BY MEANS OF DATA PROCESSING DEVICES - The invention relates to a method for the parameter change of parameterized functions for technical devices by means of a data processing device comprising pointing means and a display on which a sliding bar with corresponding sliding element is shown for the parameter change, which comprises the steps that a detection occurs if the pointing means is pointed thereon and the pointing means is actuated for the parameter change, and a parameter change is made on the basis of the detected pointing means movement. According to the invention, a plurality of icon images are saved on the data processing device for a plurality of parameters, which can each be uniquely assigned to the respective parameterizable functions, a plurality of the saved icons to be uniquely assigned are loaded for different parameters, a setpoint sequence of the icons is determined, a display with the sliding bar and a plurality of icons arranged thereon according to the determined setpoint sequence is generated, detection occurs if the pointing means is pointed to one of the icons and the pointing means is actuated and in response, a parameter change is made on the basis of a current parameter size of the parameterized function assigned to the selected icon. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033164 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE - A method of providing a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is provided. The method includes receiving an image to be used for the GUI, and selecting one or more object areas to be used for the GUI from the image, setting a GUI icon corresponding to the selected object area, and outputting the set GUI as a home screen for executing at least one of application on a display of the terminal. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033165 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OBJECT ON SCREEN - A method for controlling an object on an electronic device having a touch screen is provided. The method includes displaying at least one object on the touch screen, receiving a first input on the touch screen, selecting an object from the at least one object, based on the first input, receiving a second input on an area other than the object in the touch screen, and modifying the selected object, based on the second input. An electronic device having a touch screen includes a touch screen configured to display at least one object on the touch screen, and a controller configured to receive a first input on the touch screen, select an object from the at least one object, based on the first input, receive a second input on an area other than the object in the touch screen, and control the selected object, based on the second input. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033166 | Presenting Object Properties - The present disclosure includes, among other things, systems, methods and program products for presenting object properties by receiving selection of a component of a model presented in a graphical user interface (GUI) of a computer aided design tool, the GUI including an interactive display element having an arrangement of property fields related to the selected component, determining property values associated with the property fields based on the selected component, and providing the determined property values in corresponding property fields of the interactive display element for presentation in the GUI in conjunction with the model, such that responsive to receiving selection of a different component of the model, the property fields are updated with property values corresponding to the different component. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033167 | RECONFIGURABLE CLIP-ON MODULES FOR MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES - A set of reconfigurable clip-on modules for mobile computing devices includes two or more modules and at least one of the modules has an input button or other control and at least one of the modules can communicate with the computing device without needing to be connected to it via a wire. The input button is mapped to a user input in a program, such as a game, which is running or displayed on the computing device to which the modules are clipped. In an embodiment, user inputs via the buttons or other controls on the clip-on modules are mapped to user inputs in a game running on the device, which may be a touch-screen device, and the mapping between user inputs via the buttons and user inputs in the game may change dependent upon the game being played, user preference, or other criteria. | 01-29-2015 |
20150040044 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM WHICH STORES COMPUTER-READABLE INSTRUCTIONS FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - A first selection of an image may be received in accordance with image selection information inputted from a pointing device. A second selection of an image corresponding to a designated coordinate may be received by detecting the designated coordinate. A first object image for receiving an instruction to display a plurality of first images may be displayed. The plurality of first images may be displayed when an operation to select the displayed first object image is received in the first selection or the second selection. When a selection of a first image is received, the process associated with the selected first image may be executed. The plurality of first images may be displayed in a first mode when the operation is received in the first selection. The plurality of first images may be displayed in a second mode when the operation is received in the second selection. | 02-05-2015 |
20150040045 | OPTIMIZING A USER INTERFACE FOR A COMPUTING DEVICE - In general, embodiments of the invention provide an approach to organize a user interface, such as a computer desktop, based on the role or activity of the current user. Specifically, a display area configuration of a user device is defined by selecting resources from a plurality of available resources to include in a display area configuration, building a profile from the selected resources to preserve the display area configuration, and saving the profile. The display area is then built on a user device when the profile is selected from the user device. | 02-05-2015 |
20150040046 | OPTIMIZING A USER INTERFACE FOR A COMPUTING DEVICE - In general, embodiments of the invention provide an approach to organize a user interface, such as a computer desktop, based on the role or activity of the current user. Specifically, a display area configuration of a user device is defined by selecting resources from a plurality of available resources to include in a display area configuration, building a profile from the selected resources to preserve the display area configuration, and saving the profile. The display area is then built on a user device when the profile is selected from the user device. | 02-05-2015 |
20150046855 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - An electronic apparatus includes a display unit configured to display an image, an operation unit capable of detecting plural input positions, and a control unit. The control unit computes an operation target region that is formed by the plural input positions detected by the operation unit and performs first processing on plural operation targets included in the operation target region and associated with the image displayed on the display unit, according to a change in the area of the operation target region. | 02-12-2015 |
20150046856 | Interactive Charts For Collaborative Project Management - In one aspect, a computing device with a touchscreen (e.g., a tablet computer, smart phone, etc.) renders an initial interactive chart view (e.g., a Gantt chart view) having a time axis and a task axis, receives user input (e.g., a pinch gesture) associated with a zoom operation, determines whether the zoom operation is one-dimensional or multi-dimensional, and renders a zoom-adjusted interactive chart view (e.g., zooming in or out on the time axis, the task axis, or both). In another aspect, a computing device renders a chart view comprising a time axis and a task row having a task name label with a directional indicator, renders the directional indicator such that it points in the direction of a task bar, receives user input associated with a change in the current position of the task bar, and adjusts the directional indicator based on the change in the current position. | 02-12-2015 |
20150046857 | DISPLAYING AND EXECUTING OPERATION ASSISTANCE PROGRAM - Provided is a program for giving an additional GUI to various software products. The program makes a computer function as: a reference image detector for detecting, within a base GUI displayed on a monitor, a detection image which is an image that matches the reference image, and for determining the display position of this image; a target software identifier for identifying, based on the detection image and/or information on the display position of the detection image, a target software program showing the detection image; an additional GUI displayer for superposing the image of the additional GUI component at the display position designated for the additional GUI component; and a command executer for performing, on the target software program, the operation performed by the additional GUI component, with reference to the additional GUI information storage section, in response to an input operation performed on the additional GUI component by the user. | 02-12-2015 |
20150046858 | MULTI-DISPLAY CONTROL - A dual-screen user device and methods for controlling data displayed thereby are disclosed. Specifically, the data displayed by the multiple screens of the dual-screen user device is conditioned upon the type of user gesture or combination of user gestures detected. The display controls described herein can correlate user inputs received in a gesture capture region to one or more display actions, which may include maximization, minimization, or reformatting instructions. | 02-12-2015 |
20150052461 | Methods, Apparatuses, and Computer Program Products for Quantifying a Subjective Experience - The present disclosure relates to quantification of subjective experiences. A method for quantifying a subjective experience may include outputting an adjustable graphic that is continuously adjustable between differing states. The position of a selector may be manipulated to cause the adjustable graphic to be substantially simultaneously manipulated between the differing states to produce an adjusted graphic. Thus, a user may match the adjustable graphic to his or her subjective experience regarding a particular topic. The position of the adjustable graphic may be stationary, and thus independent of the position of the selector. A scaled value corresponding to the adjusted graphic may be calculated to quantify the subjective experience. | 02-19-2015 |
20150052462 | CAPTURE AND RETRIEVAL OF A PERSONALIZED MOOD ICON - Disclosed herein is system, method and apparatus to capture and retrieve personalized mood icons. A personalized mood icon may be used to express a mood, tone, emotion, etc., and may comprise one or more components, including without limitation one or more visual and/or audible components. An icon may be generated from a media item depicting a user and a mood of the user. For example, an icon may be generated from a media item comprising one or more of still image, video, audio, multimedia, etc. content. An icon may comprise content from one or more media items and/or content portions of one or more media items. An icon may comprise a textual component, such as for example a textual title or description of the mood, tone, motion being portrayed using the icon. | 02-19-2015 |
20150052463 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An information processing method, apparatus, and an electronic device are provided. The information processing method includes: obtaining a first input operation by a sensing apparatus, the first input operation corresponding to a first input action; determining the first input action based on the first input operation and generating a first instruction corresponding to the first input action; executing the first instruction for a first object corresponding to the first input operation; determining, based on the first input operation, that the first input action is completed and a gesture at the time of completion of the first input action is maintained; and continuing to execute the first instruction for the first object corresponding to the first input operation. | 02-19-2015 |
20150052464 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ICON BASED APPLICATION CONTROL - Aspects of the disclosure provide a method for icon based application control. The method includes receiving, by a processor, a detection signal indicative of a pre-defined user action on an icon in a graphical user interface (GUI). The icon has an associated application. Further, the method includes extracting adjustable settings of the associated application with the icon, and providing, by the processor, a setting interface for the icon in the GUI to enable adjustments of the settings for the application to be performed via the setting interface. | 02-19-2015 |
20150058764 | MEDIA CONTENT INCLUDING A PERCEPTUAL PROPERTY AND/OR A CONTEXTUAL PROPERTY - Apparatuses, systems, media and/or methods may involve creating content. A property component may be added to a media object to impart one or more of a perceptual property or a contextual property to the media object. The property component may be added responsive to an operation by a user that is independent of a direct access by the user to computer source code. An event corresponding to the property component may be mapped with an action for the media object. The event may be mapped with the action responsive to an operation by a user that is independent of a direct access by the user to computer source code. A graphical user interface may be rendered to create the content. In addition, the media object may be modified based on the action in response to the event when content created including the media object is utilized. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058765 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device includes: a display having a plurality of display regions on a body that are configured to display images; a touch sensor configured to sense a first touch input; and a controller configured to control the images displayed on the plurality of display regions in response to the first touch input sensed by the touch sensor, wherein the controller is further configured to control the display to display at least one piece of content at at least one of the plurality of display regions, and to move the at least one piece of content to a first display region from among the plurality of display regions and to display the moved content at the first display region in response to the first touch input when the touch sensor senses the first touch input generated at the first display region. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058766 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHODS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES - The present disclosure discloses information processing methods and electronic devices. The method is applied in an electronic device, the electronic device comprising a display unit, M applications being installed in the electronic device, each of the M applications having an application logo, M application logos corresponding to the M applications respectively, M being an integer no less than 2, the method comprising: obtaining attribute information of N applications corresponding to N application logos of the M application logos, when the N application logos are located in a first folder; determining K application logos of M−N application logos complying with a predetermined rule, based on the attribute information of the N programs and the predetermined rule; outputting prompt information when the N application logos are displayed on the display unit by the first folder responding to a trigger instruction, the prompt information prompting that the K application logos can be moved into the first folder. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058767 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING INFORMATION BY CATEGORY AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention discloses a method of displaying information by category and an electronic device. The method is applied in an electronic device including a touch display unit, the method comprising: obtaining M pieces of information to be processed, where M is an integer no less than 2; determining, based on a predetermined rule, that a display priority for N pieces of information of the M pieces of information to be processed is a first priority, and a display priority for K pieces of information of the M pieces of information to be processed is a second priority, the N pieces of information to be processed being different from the K pieces of information to be processed, where N is an integer no less than 0 but no more than M, K is an integer no less than 0 but no more than M, and a sum of N and K is no more than M; and displaying the N pieces of information to be processed and the K pieces of information to be processed on the touch display unit in different display ways. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058768 | DISPLAY METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MENU KEY OF TOUCHSCREEN MOBILE TERMINAL - Provided are a display method and device for a menu key of a touchscreen mobile terminal, which relate to the technical field of mobile terminals. The method comprises: obtaining relative states of the left side and the right side of the screen of a touchscreen mobile terminal; and when the left side of the screen is higher than the right side thereof, displaying a menu key at the higher side of the screen. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058769 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED METHOD - An electronic device according to the present embodiment is provided. The electronic device includes a display unit; and a user interface (UI) indicating unit indicating a wheel-structure UI with at least one concentric circle on the display unit, wherein the UI indicating unit includes a wheel logic structure unit setting a coordinate system of X axis and Y axis on the basis of a reference point, setting a sector that is a region divided by the X axis and the Y axis, and arranging at least one wheel UI in the sector, and a wheel control unit enabling the wheel UI to be edited. | 02-26-2015 |
20150067552 | Manipulation of Content on a Surface - Various embodiments enable expeditious manipulation of content on a surface so as to make the content quickly visually available to one or more attendees or participants. In at least some embodiments, content can be automatically manipulated to automatically present the content in a surface location that provides an unobstructed view of the content. Alternately or additionally, content can be manually selected to become “floating” in a manner which moves the content to a surface location that provides an unobstructed view of the content. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067553 | AUTO DRAW FLOW - A computing device can automatically generate a flow diagram showing statuses that objects in a system can possess, and the possible transitions between these statuses. Using snapshots of database data, the device can determine how the statuses of these objects have changed over time. The device can analyze the data to suggest which database fields likely represent object status. The device can render the flow diagram to illustrate system states at different selected times. Each rendered flow diagram can indicate, for the selected time point, the quantity of objects that possessed each status at that time, and, for a selected time interval, the quantity of objects that changed from each status to each other status during that time interval. The statuses can be represented in the flow diagram as status bubbles having sizes that are based on the quantities of objects have those bubble's statuses at the selected time point. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067554 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SYNTHESIZING IMAGE - A method and device for synthesizing an image are provided. The method includes obtaining a first image and a second image, determining at least one object in the first image, and synthesizing the second image with the determined at least one object. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067555 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SCREEN AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method of an electronic device to configure a screen is provided. The method includes determining at least one area in a wallpaper displayed on the electronic device, selecting at least one content to be connected to the at least one determined area, and connecting the at least one selected content to the at least one determined area. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067556 | MULTI-FACETED NAVIGATION OF HIERARCHICAL DATA - Various mechanisms are provided for navigating among visualizations of quantitative data. At least one relationship is defined among a plurality of visualizations. A virtual multi-faceted shape is constructed, having a plurality of surfaces, some or all of which may correspond to visualizations. Visualizations may be presented, for example, by projecting or texture mapping the visualizations on corresponding surfaces of the shape. In at least one embodiment, surfaces are spatially oriented with one another in a manner that represents a relationship between the corresponding two visualizations. The user can interact with the virtual shape, for example by causing it to rotate, zoom, move, or the like. Such interactions cause different visualizations to be displayed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067557 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING CONTENT - A method in an electronic device includes displaying at least a part of the a plurality of contents on a screen, determining a content of interest based on weights of each of the contents, and adjusting a speed of scrolling the plurality of the contents upon detecting the content of interest being displayed on the screen. An electronic device includes one or more processors configured to display at least a part of the a plurality of contents on a screen, determine a content of interest on based on weights of each of the contents, and adjust a speed of scrolling the plurality of the contents upon detecting the content of interest being displayed on the screen when scrolling the contents. Other embodiments also are disclosed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067558 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD USING EDITABLE VISUAL OBJECTS - A communication device and method are disclosed. The communication device includes an intention input unit, a visual object processing unit, and a message management unit. The intention input unit receives a user's intention through an interface. The visual object processing unit outputs a recommended visual object related to the user's intention to the interface, and generates the metadata of an edited visual object when the user edits the recommended visual object through the interface. The message management unit sends a message, including the generated metadata of the visual object, to a counterpart terminal. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067559 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object within a Group of Objects - An electronic device: displays a plurality of objects, where two or more of the objects are grouped together in a group of objects and one or more other objects of the plurality of objects are not in the group; detects a first gesture that includes a first press input at a location that corresponds to a respective object in the group. in response to detecting the first gesture, the device selects one or more of the plurality of objects as a set of selected objects. If the first press input had a maximum intensity below a first intensity threshold, the set includes the objects in the group and excludes the other objects that are not in the group. If the first press input had an intensity above the first intensity threshold, the set includes the respective object and excludes one or more objects in the group and the other objects that are not in the group. | 03-05-2015 |
20150067560 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects - An electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface displays a graphical object inside of a frame on the display, and detects a gesture. Detecting the gesture includes: detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface while a focus selector is over the graphical object, and detecting movement of the contact across the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the gesture: in accordance with a determination that the contact meets predefined intensity criteria, the device removes the graphical object from the frame; and in accordance with a determination that the contact does not meet the predefined intensity criteria, the device adjusts an appearance of the graphical object inside of the frame. | 03-05-2015 |
20150074569 | Display Device, Display Method and Display System - A display device includes a CPU (central processing unit), a display controller and an obtain module. The display controller displays a first icon and a second icon in predetermined layouts on a display. The first icon receives an instruction for executing a mode in relation to cooling and the second icon receives an instruction for executing a mode in relation to heating. The obtain module obtains information on at least one of air temperature and date. The display controller changes a layout of one icon of the first and second icons and maintains a layout of the other icon of the first and second icons based on the information when the information meets a predetermined condition. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074570 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a display controller configured to cause a first icon to be displayed, an operation acquisition part configured to acquire a user operation for moving the first icon in a first area within a display surface, an area detector configured to detect an overlapping area in which the first area overlaps with a second area, the second area being present within the display surface and being different from the first area, and a metadata sharing processing part configured to share, between the first icon which is moved from the first area to the overlapping area and a second icon which is different from the first icon and is moved from the second area to the overlapping area, pieces of metadata associated with pieces of content corresponding to the respective icons. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074571 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR BROWSING A LIST OF VISUAL ELEMENTS - Methods and systems are provided for configuring a graphical user interface that is used for browsing a list of visual elements. The graphical user interface may be configured to display consecutive visual elements, displaying one visual element, selected as a focus element, in a focus area of the graphical user interface, and displaying one or more of the consecutive visual elements, preceding or following the focus element in the list, as non-focus elements outside the focus area, at particular display positions. When focus is moved, a different visual element may be displayed in the focus area and the remaining visual elements may be displayed at rearranged display positions. The display positions may be arranged along two or more presentation lines running through the focus area, with the position of each visual element being representative of a visual element's position in the list with respect to the focus element. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074572 | NAVIGABLE WALL - A computer implemented method of creating, displaying, and interfacing an infinite navigable media wall includes identifying available media from storage accessible by the computer, generating a logical set of media from the available media, generating the infinite navigable media wall by placing graphical representations of media in the logical set of media on a display of the computer, and displaying the infinite navigable media wall on the display of the computer. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074573 | INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD AND INFORMATION DISPLAY PROGRAM - An information display device includes an input interface that accepts an input manipulation including setting a starting location and a destination, and a processor that displays in a display area, an object and a manipulator for use to enter an instruction to change the display state of the object. The processor changes the display state in accordance with a vector to be defined by the distance and direction from the starting location to the destination. The processor performs a first type of processing in response to the input manipulation done on a region other than a region of the manipulator, and a second type of processing of changing the display state in response to the input manipulation done on the region of the manipulator. In the second type of processing, the display state of the object can be changed more finely than in the first type of processing. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074574 | TECHNIQUES FOR USER CUSTOMIZATION IN A PHOTO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A computer-implemented technique can receive a plurality of photos and automatically select a subset of the plurality of photos having a high degree of representativeness by jointly maximizing both photo quality and photo diversity to obtain a photo album. The technique can determine one or more clusters for the photo album using a hierarchical clustering algorithm, and store the photo album according to the one or more clusters. The technique can control the manner in which the photo album is displayed using the one or more clusters. The technique can adjust at least one of the one or more clusters and the automatic photo album generation based on user input. The user input can include at least one of adding, deleting, and moving a photo with respect to the one or more clusters. The technique can then re-cluster, automatically generate a new photo album, and/or adjust the presentation. | 03-12-2015 |
20150082214 | MULTI-LEVEL USER INTERFACE THEMING ENGINE - The present disclosure describes methods, systems, and computer program products for providing a multi-level user interface theming engine. One computer-implemented method includes initiating a start of a user interface following receipt of a theming request, requesting available themes for presentation in the user interface, receiving a request to access an existing theme, receiving theming data responsive to a generated request to load the existing theme, and receiving a request to publish modified theming data. | 03-19-2015 |
20150082215 | OPERATION PROCESS CREATING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus includes a processor configured to create an operation process by executing a process. The process includes estimating, generating, and displaying. The estimating estimates trailing candidate nodes with respect to a node whose arrangement is definite, using at least one of a preset process definition, a type of node that is a manipulating target, and past creation logs of processes performed in past to create operation processes, when arranging a plurality of nodes on a screen and creating an operation process. The generating generates a display region in which a number of candidate nodes are displayed in an order, amongst the candidate nodes that are estimated. The displaying displays the display region that is generated at a position on the screen. | 03-19-2015 |
20150089408 | METHOD AND FRAMEWORK FOR CONTENT VIEWER INTEGRATIONS - A method and a framework are revealed for content viewer integrations in content management systems and platforms that allow plug-and-play style content viewer deployment and switching, and simultaneous display of different viewers on the same page. By introducing the notion of viewer integration profiles and viewer bundles, and providing programming interfaces for viewer integrations and content management system integrations, viewer integrations and the deployment of viewers in content management systems are standardized and made easy. Integrating a viewer once, the viewer will work across many ECM products and platforms. With the integration of annotation content conversions, switching of content viewers without the data loss and the risk of potential security breaches (caused by incompatibility between different content viewers) will be enabled. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089409 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING OPINION NETWORKS WITH INTERACTIVE OPINION FLOWS - The field of the disclosure relates generally to systems and methods for managing opinion networks with interactive opinion flows and more particularly, but not exclusively, to systems and methods for collecting and analyzing electronic opinion data. A method for analyzing electronic opinion data includes the steps of receiving electronic opinion data, wherein the opinion data includes words of a natural language; mapping the opinion data to unifying opinion objects, the unifying opinion objects provided as a controlled natural language; and providing a presentation having at least one portion corresponding to at least one of said unifying opinions. In an alternative embodiment, the method further includes ranking the unifying opinion objects in an opinion graph to generate per-user relevance. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089410 | METHOD AND PORTABLE TERMINAL FOR MOVING ICON - A method for moving an icon includes when a plurality of pages are simultaneously displayed on an interface in a thumbnail form, selecting a start page including a plurality of icons to be moved to a target page; moving the start page to the target page and the two pages are overlapped, detecting the overlapping ratio of two pages and/or the duration of the overlapping state, comparing the number of vacant spots within the target page with the number of all of icons within the start page, and adding all of icons within the start page to the vacant spots within the target page when the number of vacant spots within the target page is more than or equal to the number of all of icons within the start page. Other various embodiments including a portable terminal for moving an icon also are disclosed. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089411 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANGING USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER MOTION INFORMATION - A method of changing a user interface (UI), which is used for diagnosis of a target object via a medical device, based on user motion information. The method including obtaining motion information regarding a user; changing the UI based on the obtained motion information regarding the user; and displaying the changed UI. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089412 | INTEGRATED USER INTERFACE USING LINKED DATA - A computer receives user input regarding at least a first and a second resource. The computer retrieves navigational content for the first and second resource. The computer displays the retrieved navigational content in a single interface. The computer receives user selection of at least one element of the retrieved navigational content. The computer then retrieves page content associated with the selected at least one element of the retrieved navigational content. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089413 | INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM CONTAINING PROGRAM STORED THEREON - An information display control device includes a display unit, an icon display controller, and a usable data display controller. The icon display controller displays a plurality of application icons on the display unit. The usable data display controller displays a mark on the display unit in association with each of the application icons, the mark representing a data type usable in common in applications among a plurality of data types corresponding to the application icons displayed by the icon display controller. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089414 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING CONTENT - Provided are a method and device for displaying content. The method includes: receiving, by a device, a setting input for reference content while content is displayed on a screen; displaying, on the screen of the device, a division line indicating division of the content included in a page that received the setting input; receiving a selection input on content divided based on the division line; and setting, as the reference content, the content selected based on the selection input. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089415 | METHOD OF PROCESSING BIG DATA, APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME AND STORAGE MEDIA STORING THE SAME - Provided is a method of processing a big data which may include arranging a plurality of action icons from a palette and a plurality of flow icons representing a non-cyclic order for the plurality of the action icons to generate a workflow, checking a syntax for the plurality of the arranged action icons and the plurality of the flow icons, the syntax being dependent on a corresponding action icon and graphically generating an alarm badge indicating a syntax error for a specific icon when the syntax error for the specific icon is found. Therefore, the method and apparatus may use a Hadoop framework to effectively manage a workflow for processing irregular big data. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089416 | Displaying Information Using Expandable Widgets - Displaying information is disclosed. A plurality of widgets is provided within a single interface. At least one widget in the plurality of widgets includes at least one resizing interface element. The one widget is associated with a first set of dimensions. A maximize request is received, through an interaction with the resizing interface element. A second set of dimensions is determined. At least one widget is displayed in an area defined by the second set of dimensions and within the single interface. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089417 | ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented system for managing an electronic signature is provided. A data collector receives one or more information items. A signature builder builds an electronic signature based on at least one of the information items. The electronic signature includes a set of icons. Individual icons in the set of icons are respectively associated with at least one of the information items. Individual icons in the set of icons are configured to initiate a communication application when one of the icons is selected in order to communication via the communication application using the information item associated with the selected icon. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089418 | METHOD FOR MANAGING ICON ON USER INTERFACE, AND TOUCH-CONTROL DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for managing an icon on a user interface, and a touch-control device, and relates to the field of communications, so as to improve user experience. The method includes: receiving an icon-based state activation instruction through a screen of a touch-control device, so as to activate an icon to be in a movable state; receiving, by the touch-control device, a page switching instruction, and switching a currently displayed user interface page according to the page switching instruction, where the page switching instruction is a slide operation of a user that receives the screen of the touch-control device; and releasing the icon, so that the touch-control device moves the icon to a switched-to user interface page The embodiments of the present invention are used for managing an icon on a user interface. | 03-26-2015 |
20150095815 | METHOD AND SYSTEM PROVIDING VIEWING-ANGLE SENSITIVE GRAPHICS INTERFACE SELECTION COMPENSATION - A method and system for providing viewing angle sensitive graphics on an electronic device which detects a user viewing a display of an electronic device. The display has a plurality of items displayed for selection by the user, and the display defines a sensitive area including one or more of the plurality of items. A viewing angle of the user is determined based on a facial recognition technique. The sensitive area is adjusted based on the viewing angle, which can include moving the viewing angle, or adjusting a selection by the user from a first item to a second item based on the viewing angle. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095816 | User Interface of an Electronic Apparatus for Adjusting Dynamically Sizes of Displayed Items - A user interface of a mobile device is provided for adjusting dynamically sizes of displayed items in response to a contactless movement of a user's finger relative to a display. In one aspect, sizes of a subgroup of items are enlarged when the finger is approaching but not yet touching the icons. It helps the user to make a more accurate selection. In another aspect, some contents of the next hierarchical level are displayed in accompanying with the enlarged size of at least one displayed item. Various embodiments are disclosed for a position sensing system including image, ultrasonic and thermal sensing systems for the mobile device. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095817 | ADAPTIVE DETERMINATION OF INFORMATION DISPLAY - A method for operating a list in a mobile terminal is disclosed. An example method includes displaying a first set of items from an item list in the mobile terminal, changing the item list based on a received command, determining a direction of most recent movement in the item list before the receiving of the command, determining items from the item list to display according to the determined direction and the change of the item list, and displaying the determined items from the item list. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095818 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF USING EVENTS FOR USER INTERFACE - An apparatus for use interface and a method of user interface are provided. The apparatus may include a classifier configured to classify an event as corresponding to a class among at least two classes, an updater configured to update class information related to the class corresponding to the event, and a processor configured to determine a user input corresponding to the event based on the updated class information. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095819 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING PREVIEWS IN A WIDGET - Provided is a method of displaying a widget, the method including: displaying a widget; displaying an application list of a plurality of applications within the widget; detecting a user selection on one of the plurality of applications; and displaying in the widget a preview screen of the selected application without executing the selected application. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095820 | SERVICE FOR GENERATION OF CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY WIDGETS - A system for presenting dynamically generated images in a computing environment is provided. The system generates visual elements, such as widgets, for example, by combining image data, user-defined data which may include alphanumeric data, and real-time data indicative of current conditions. The widgets may be implemented in a purely server-side application environment which alleviates the need for any installation of client software on the client computing device. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095821 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ABSTRACTING TELEPHONY FUNCTIONS - A method and apparatus for abstracting telephony functions is disclosed. An apparatus that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a terminal device having a User Interface (UI) element that presents a plurality of Graphical User Interface (GUI) elements that abstract a corresponding plurality of telephony functions, and a telephony element that initiates a telephony process in response to a selection by an end user of the terminal device of two or more of the plurality of GUI elements to form a combined telephony function. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095822 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MUSIC DISPLAY, COLLABORATION, ANNOTATION, COMPOSITION, AND EDITING - Music Display, Collaboration, Annotation, Composition, and Editing (MDCACE) systems and methods are provided. Elements in music scores are presented as “layers” on user devices which may be manipulated by users as desired. For example, users may elect to hide or show a particular layer, designate a display color for the layer, or configure the access to the layer by users or user groups. Users may also create annotation layers, each with individual annotations such as music symbols or notations, comments, free-drawn graphics, staging directions, or the like Annotations such as staging directions and orchestral cues may also be generated automatically by the system. Real-time collaborations among multiple MDCACE users are promoted by the sharing and synchronization scores, annotations or changes. In addition, master MDCACE users such as conductors may coordinate or control aspects of the presentation of music scores on other user devices. | 04-02-2015 |
20150100906 | Multiple-Mode Interface For Spatial Input Devices - Systems and methods for providing presentations of digital graphical objects which are optimized at the time of presentation according to the characteristics of the user's input device. A web page has the ability to present a graphical object in one of two alternative representations: The first representation is displayed on the screen of the user's computer when there is no control signal from an input device communicating with the computer, or if an input device communicating with the computer provides fewer than three degrees of freedom simultaneously for manipulating the graphical object. The second representation is displayed on the screen of the user's computer when there is an input device communicating with the computer which simultaneously provides three or more degrees of freedom for manipulating the graphical object. | 04-09-2015 |
20150100907 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING PERFORMANCE OF AN ENTITY - Systems and methods are provided for analyzing entity performance. In accordance with one implementation, a method is provided that includes receiving data associated with a geographic region and transforming the received data into an object model. The method also includes analyzing the object model to associate the received data with a plurality of entities and to associate the received data with a plurality of sub-geographic regions of the geographic region. The method also includes applying a prediction model to the plurality of sub-geographic regions using the object model to determine a predicted performance for at least one entity of the plurality of entities. Further, the method includes determining actual performance for the at least one entity and providing a user interface that includes information associated with the predicted performance, the actual performance, or a combination of the predicted performance and the actual performance. | 04-09-2015 |
20150106753 | HUMAN-MACHINE INTERFACE (HMI) SYSTEM HAVING ELEMENTS STYLES WITH CENTRALLY MANAGED AND DISTRIBUTED GRAPHIC STYLES - A system manages human machine interface (HMI) applications for industrial control and automation. Software instructions stored on a tangible, non-transitory media and executable by a processor receive data indicative of a manufacturing/process control system being monitored and display a user interface indicative of a status of the manufacturing/process control system being monitored wherein the status is based on the received data. | 04-16-2015 |
20150106754 | ADDING, DELETING DIGITAL NOTES FROM A GROUP OF DIGITAL NOTES - In general, the disclosure describes techniques for creating and manipulating software notes representative of physical notes. A computing device includes a processor, an image collection module configured to receive an input image of an environment having a plurality of physical notes, an image processing engine configured to identify the plurality of physical notes in the input image and generate a plurality of digital notes corresponding to the plurality of notes identified in the input image, wherein the plurality of digital notes include information represented by the plurality of notes in the input image, and a graphical user interface configured to display the input image overlaid with the plurality of digital notes in place of the identified plurality of notes on a first portion of the graphical user interface and to display a set of one or more of the digital notes on a second portion of the graphical user interface. | 04-16-2015 |
20150106755 | EDITING DIGITAL NOTES REPRESENTING PHYSICAL NOTES - In one example, a method includes receiving a digital note of a plurality of digital notes generated based on image data comprising a visual representation of a scene that includes a plurality of physical notes such that each of the plurality of digital notes respectively corresponds to a particular physical note of the plurality of physical notes, wherein each of the physical notes includes respective recognizable content. In this example, the method also includes receiving user input indicating a modification to one or more visual characteristics of the digital note. In this example, the method also includes editing, in response to the user input, the one or more visual characteristics of the digital note. In this example, the method also includes outputting, for display, a modified version of the digital note that includes the one or more visual characteristics. | 04-16-2015 |
20150106756 | Contextual History of Computing Objects - Various features for a computer operating system include mechanisms for operating where a single native application, in the form of a Web browser, exists for an operating system, and all other applications run as Web apps of the browser application. A computer-implemented object tracking method includes instantiating, a first time, an operating system object on a computing device; automatically identifying contextual meta data that defines a state of objects that are open on the computing device, other than the instantiated operating system object, when the operating system object is instantiated; and storing the identifying contextual meta data in correlation with the operating system object, wherein the contextual meta data identifies one or more objects that are active in the operating system when the operating system object is instantiated. | 04-16-2015 |
20150113452 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A graphical user interface system for a computer system is disclosed. Regions of interest and locations thereof are defined. Icons are associated with the regions and the sizing and arrangement thereof is determined according to rules, such as user-specified rules. A representation of the icons of a region may be enhanced or altered in response to user interaction. An altered representation may animate icons of a region, enlarge an icon, augment information displayed on an icon, or perform other functions. | 04-23-2015 |
20150113453 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR SIMPLIFIED GRAPHICAL OBJECT EDITING - Devices and methods for correcting distortion of misshapen objects in graphical object editing applications are provided. The methods may include displaying on an electronic device a graphical user interface (GUI) including a graphical object. The graphical object includes one or more controllable graphical nodes. The methods include detecting a user input via a processor of the electronic device. The user input includes a selection to reshape the graphical object. The methods further include deriving a first model of the graphical object and a second model of the reshaped graphical object, calculating an incongruence between the graphical object and the first model, deriving a third model of the reshaped graphical object based on the second model and the incongruence, and reshaping the graphical object in accordance with the second model or the third model based on a value of a second incongruence calculated between the graphical object and the third model. | 04-23-2015 |
20150113454 | Delivery of Contextual Data to a Computing Device Using Eye Tracking Technology - A method, device, system, or article of manufacture is provided for improved delivery of contextual data to a computing device using eye tracking technology. In one embodiment, receiving, by a computing device, first content and second content; outputting, by the computing device, for display, the first content to a first region of a graphical user interface and the second content to a second region of the graphical user interface; accumulating a first gaze duration associated with a user viewing the first region of the graphical user interface; accumulating a second gaze duration associated with a user viewing the second region of the graphical user interface; determining a first metric associated with the first content and a second metric associated with the second content using the first gaze duration and the second gaze duration; and sending, from the computing device, the first metric and the second metric. | 04-23-2015 |
20150113455 | OPERATING METHOD FOR MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - An electronic device including a touch-enabled display module configured to display a plurality of windows according to a multi-window mode; and a control module configured to displaying on the touch screen a first application window and a second application window according to the multi-window mode, alter the first application window in response to a touchscreen input received via the touch-enabled display, and automatically alter the second application window in response to the alteration of the first application window. | 04-23-2015 |
20150113456 | METHOD, SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DYNAMIC MAP-TYPE GRAPHIC INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A dynamic map-type graphic interface includes a number of user interface (UI) components. Each UI component is associated with one corresponding application program of the electronic device. The dynamic map-type graphic interface is a single-layer graphic interface made up of the UI components spliced together and around the center of the dynamic map-type graphic interface. The UI component can be enlarged via a time-extended selection command, and can display an overview relating to the associated application program or the file. | 04-23-2015 |
20150113457 | ICON SORTING AND DISPLAYING METHOD AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the communications field and provide an icon sorting and displaying method, which can perform sorting according to both icon types and frequency of use so as to simplify user operations of searching for and selecting a frequently used icon. The method includes: sorting icons by type along a first direction; sorting icons of a same type by frequency of use along a second direction; and displaying the sorted icons on a screen. The embodiments of the present invention further provide a corresponding terminal device. | 04-23-2015 |
20150121262 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING DIAL INTERFACE OF MOBILE DEVICE - In a method for managing a dial interface of a mobile device, a touch operation of a finger on a dial interface of the mobile device is detected. The mobile device is controlled to operate in a right-hand mode if the touch operation of the finger is detected moving downward on a right side of the dial interface. And the mobile device is controlled to operate in a left-hand mode if the touch operation of the finger is detected moving downward on a left side of the dial interface. | 04-30-2015 |
20150121263 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR NAVIGATING BETWEEN DISPLAY LAYERS THEREOF - A method for navigating between display layers is applied in a display device. The display device includes a touch screen and a display panel. The method includes following steps of determining a target display layer according to whether a pinching gesture or an expanding gesture is performed. When the expanding gesture is performed, expanding a distance between relevant columns or rows of icons currently displayed to reveal icons on the target display layer, and visually compressing formerly-displayed icons to two opposite edges of the display panel during the expanding gesture. When the pinching gesture is performed, narrowing a distance between columns or rows of icons on the target display layer which are introduced respectively from the two opposite edges to cover columns and rows of old icons, and visually expanding the newly-introduced icons during the pinching gesture. | 04-30-2015 |
20150121264 | METHOD, SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DYNAMIC MAP-TYPE GRAPHIC INTERFACE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A dynamic map-type graphic interface includes a number of user interface (UI) components. Each UI component is associated with one corresponding application program of the electronic device. The dynamic map-type graphic interface is a single-layer graphic interface made up of the UI components spliced together and around the center of the dynamic map-type graphic interface. The UI component can display an overview relating to the associated application program or the file responding to a time extended selection command. | 04-30-2015 |
20150121265 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING OPEN SOURCE INTELLIGENCE GATHERING - Systems and methods (e.g., utilities) for use in providing automated, lightweight collection of online, open source data which may be content-based to reduce website source bias. In one aspect, a utility is disclosed for use in extracting content of interest from at least one website or other online data source (e.g., where the extracted content can be used in a subsequent search query). In other aspects, utilities are disclosed that are operable to perform various types of analyses on such extracted content and present graphical representations of such analyses on a display of a client device. | 04-30-2015 |
20150121266 | Method and Apparatus for Adding Application Icon and Method and Apparatus for Removing Application Icon - In accordance with some embodiments, a method for adding an application icon is disclosed. In the method: dragging a folder in a touch interface of a terminal; when a preset move-in triggering event is detected, determining whether a capture area of the folder includes an application icon, where the capture area of the folder is an area that is determined according to a location of the folder in the touch interface and whose size is within a preset range or the capture area of the folder is an area marked by a user in the touch interface; and when an application icon exists in coverage of the capture area of the folder, moving the application icon in the capture area of the folder from the outside of the folder to the folder. | 04-30-2015 |
20150121267 | Method and Apparatus for Processing Task Event - A method and an apparatus for processing a task event. The method includes creating a function button for a task event, and adding the function button to a status item corresponding to the task event in a status bar; and executing, in the status item, a function corresponding to the function button when an operation on the function button is detected. The method and the apparatus for processing a task event according to the embodiments of the present invention can improve efficiency of viewing and processing the task event. | 04-30-2015 |
20150128075 | GAZE-BASED AUTOMATIC SCROLLING - Embodiments of the invention may include a method of scrolling content on an electronic display upon detection that a gaze of a user is pointed to a pre-defined area of the display, such as for example an edge of the display. A scroll may be triggered by the gaze point of the user being directed to the pre-defined area of the screen or on a plane of the screen. A scroll may move the displayed content by a fixed amount or by a distance that is sufficient to bring the gaze point of the user our of the pre-defined area that triggered the scroll. A scroll may continue for example so long as a smooth pursuit of the viewers eyes is maintained. Embodiments may include tracking a position of a viewer of an electronic display, and altering an orientation of a one or more elements of the display to correspond to the changed orientation of the user. A layout of content that is display may be altered to accommodate the change in orientation. In some embodiments, an orientation of the displayed content may changed in real time to match the change in orientation of the user. In some embodiments, a resting or permanent orientation may be adopted once the position of the user becomes fixed. | 05-07-2015 |
20150128076 | TECHNIQUES FOR GENERATING ELECTRONIC MENU GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE LAYOUTS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Certain exemplary embodiments relate to techniques for generating electronic menu (eMenu) graphical user interface layouts for use in connection with electronic devices (e.g., tablets, phablets, smart phones, etc.). A virtual grid-based layout including rows and columns that together constitute regularly sized and shaped grid cells is defined. Input identifying items to be included in the eMenu is received. Each item has associated length and width dimensions corresponding to a number of grid cells. At least some of the items are flagged for inclusion in the eMenu. Those items marked for inclusion are automatically and programmatically arranged in the eMenu in the grid cells of the grid-based layout in a manner that minimizes the number of unused grid cells. A tag-based representation of the layout corresponding to the formatted eMenu is stored. The file is made available to the electronic device in enabling the formatted eMenu to be displayed thereon. | 05-07-2015 |
20150128077 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EDITING TOUCH DISPLAY - A method and an apparatus are provided for editing a display of a touch display apparatus. A first screen including at least one object is displayed. An object on the first screen is designated. The touch display apparatus is converted to an edit mode for editing the display, when the object is designated. When a movement of the touch display apparatus is detected, the first screen is converted into a second screen according to at least one of a degree and a direction of the movement. The designated object is displayed on the second screen. | 05-07-2015 |
20150135103 | TWO STEP CONTENT SELECTION WITH AUTO CONTENT CATEGORIZATION - In a first step of a two step content selection operation, initial content can be selected by detecting movement of a content selection object with respect to a computing device. The selection area can be calculated based on the object movement that is detected. The content within the selection area can be selected and displayed in a second display area in which content of different types are separated into logical units. All or part of the initial content can be enlarged, enabling the second step of the selection operation in which a subset of the initial content is selected. Content can be transformed before being pasted into the target. | 05-14-2015 |
20150135104 | GRID DESIGNER FOR MULTIPLE CONTEXTS - The disclosure generally describes computer-implemented methods, software, and systems for interacting with a UI design in a first context and automatically performing and previewing related interactions with the UI design in at least one other context. A computer-implemented method includes, in one example, presenting a user interface (UI) layout for a first context in a primary display and a UI layout for at least one additional context in a secondary display. A modification to a UI element in the first context is identified, and a corresponding modification to the UI layout in at least one of the additional contexts based on the modification is made. The determined modification to the UI layout in at least one of the additional contexts is performed, and updated UI layouts for the first context in the primary display and the at least one additional context in the secondary display are presented. | 05-14-2015 |
20150135105 | INTERACTING WITH AN APPLICATION - The embodiments herein provide a method and system for interacting with an application icon of an electronic device. Further, the method includes associating an interaction of the application icon with an activity to be performed in the application. Furthermore, the method includes executing the activity defined by the interaction without invoking the application. | 05-14-2015 |
20150135106 | RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD OF THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A radiation imaging apparatus for imaging a radiation image inputs an operation instruction from a user and performs display control of a screen that has an input region in which one or more information input regions for having various types of information input thereto are disposed, and a workflow region in which workflow information related to imaging of the radiation image is disposed. Here, when a confirmation instruction indicating confirmation of an operation is input, the radiation imaging apparatus moves the one or more information input regions of the input region toward a prescribed region of the workflow region, and performs display using animation that sequences the movement of the one or more information input regions. | 05-14-2015 |
20150135107 | NOTIFICATION AREA THAT PERSISTENTLY REARRANGES ELEMENTS - Embodiments described herein are directed to managing elements within a notification area of a graphical operating system. The elements may include any graphic, logo, or image associated with running software. A user indicates which elements can be displayed in the notification area, consequently creating a list of potentially displayable elements. For each listed element, an order of display, file location, and display status is designated. The user may freely change the order in which elements are displayed in the notification area by repositioning the displayed elements. Elements may be permanently removed from the notification area, resulting in their deletion from the list. Only elements entered into the order list, at the discretion of the user, are displayable within the notification area. | 05-14-2015 |
20150143271 | REMOTE CONTROL FOR DISPLAYING APPLICATION DATA ON DISSIMILAR SCREENS - A remote control service on a mobile device interrogates a program on another computing device to obtain metadata describing the structure of information being displayed on the computing device. The remote control service then calculates a different data structure that is used to display a subset of the data on the display screen of the mobile device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150143272 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING BATCH MANAGEMENT ON DESKTOP ICON AND DIGITAL MOBILE DEVICE - A method for performing batch management on desktop icons and a digital mobile device are provided. The method is applied to the digital mobile device, including: when confirming that a user selects a desktop edition function, setting each icon on a current display interface to be in a check state; after confirming that the user selects at least one of icons, performing batch management on the selected icons according to user instructions. The device includes: an icon information unit configured to set each icon on a current display interface to be in a check state when confirming that the user selects the desktop edition function; and notify an icon operation unit after confirming that the user selects at least one of icons; the icon operation unit is configured to perform batch management on the selected icons according to user instructions after receiving the notification sent by the icon information unit. | 05-21-2015 |
20150149939 | VARIABLE USER INTERFACE THEME CUSTOMIZATION - A mobile device receives, from a user, parameters for a user interface theme associated with an application. The user interface parameters define conditions for altering features of the user interface theme based on variable data fields. The mobile device verifies compatibility of the user interface parameters, obtains data for the user interface parameters that corresponds to the variable data fields, and applies the obtained data to the user interface parameters to generate the features of the user interface theme. The mobile device also monitors the variable data fields to obtain updated data and applies the updated data to the user interface parameters to alter the features of the user interface theme. | 05-28-2015 |
20150149940 | Medical Test Result Presentation - Methods of presenting medical test results include a plurality of test interpretation statements automatedly determined from medical test data. Each automatedly determined test interpretation statement includes a specificity value and a reliability value. A normalized quality is calculated for each of the plurality of test interpretation statements. A graphical display is operated to present a graphical user interface that includes a visual representation of the normalized quality of the plurality of test interpretation statements. A test interpretation statement is presented on the graphical user interface after a selection associated with the visual representations of the normalized quality of the plurality of test interpretation statements. | 05-28-2015 |
20150149941 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A mobile terminal includes: a memory configured to store display information for displaying a plurality of display objects in standard positions for a dominant hand; a display configured to display the plurality of display objects based on the display information; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to: determine whether the dominant hand is holding the mobile terminal using a sensor, control the display to display the plurality of display objects in the standard positions when the dominant hand is determined as holding the mobile terminal, and control the display to display the plurality of display objects in symmetrical positions determined using a change in the standard positions when the dominant hand is determined as not holding the mobile terminal. | 05-28-2015 |
20150293659 | METHOD OF ADJUSTING AN UI AND USER TERMINAL USING THE SAME - A method of adjusting the size, position, or arrangement of a UI and a user terminal using the method are disclosed. The user terminal includes a display unit for displaying a UI, and a UI control unit configured to display the UI on the display unit with at least one of a position, size, and arrangement of the UI adjusted according to an input by a user. | 10-15-2015 |
20150293667 | DISPLAYING A PLURALITY OF SELECTABLE ACTIONS - An item page may be displayed on a client device in response to a request to view an item page from the client device. They item page may include a description of the item. An icon may be generated and the icon may be displayed within a portion of the displayed item page at an icon location. A plurality of selectable actions each being performable with respect to the item described by the item page may be generated and displayed in response to an initial gesture being performed at the icon location for at least a pre-defined threshold duration. Lastly, the plurality of selectable actions may be displayed around the generated icon and within a pre-defined distance from the icon location of the generated icon. | 10-15-2015 |
20150293683 | CONTROLLING AN APPLICATION INSTANCE USING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method of controlling an application instance using a graphical user interface. In response to the application instance providing a user input control for accepting a command from the user, a corresponding user input control for display in a thumbnail representation of the application instance is generated. When a thumbnail representation of the application instance is displayed, the generated user input control is displayed with the thumbnail representation of the application instance. In response to a user giving a command using the generated user input control, a corresponding command is given to the application instance. | 10-15-2015 |
20150301700 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL PROGRAM THEREOF - In a portable electronic equipment, a storage unit stores a plurality of installed application software. A display unit can display an indicator individually associated with each application software. When a user uses an operation unit to perform an operation of selecting the indicator, the selected application software is started. An interface unit can connect a plurality of external equipments. A control unit is configured to, when an external equipment is connected to the interface unit, change an indicator displayed on the display or modify an arrangement of the indicator in accordance with a kind of the connected external equipment. | 10-22-2015 |
20150301712 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANGING USER INTERFACE BASED ON USER MOTION INFORMATION - A method of changing a user interface (UI), which is used for diagnosis of a target object via a medical device, based on user motion information. The method including obtaining motion information regarding a user; changing the UI based on the obtained motion information regarding the user; and displaying the changed UI. | 10-22-2015 |
20150301725 | CREATING MULTIMODAL OBJECTS OF USER RESPONSES TO MEDIA - Creating a multimodal object of a user response to a media object can include capturing a multimodal user response to the media object, mapping the multimodal user response to a file of the media object, and creating a multimodal object including the mapped multimodal user response and the media object. | 10-22-2015 |
20150309678 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RENDERING A COLLECTION OF WIDGETS ON A MOBILE DEVICE DISPLAY - A system renders a collection of widgets on a mobile device display by identifying a first appearance and a second appearance associated with a respective rendering of a first and second collection of widgets on the mobile device display. The system transitions from the rendering of the first collection to the second. The system receives notification to transition the collection of widgets on the mobile device display from a two-dimensional presentation to a three-dimensional presentation. The system renders a native widget on the mobile device display utilizing a native interface by identifying a non-native widget requiring a non-native interface to operate on the mobile device display. The system provides a proxy widget to host the non-native widget allowing the non-native widget to operate on the mobile device display utilizing the native interface. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309689 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING EXECUTION RESULT OF APPLICATION - Provided are a device and method for displaying association information associated with a first application and a second application. The method may include: presenting a list of applications executable by the device; receiving a user input of moving an icon of the first application, in the presented list of the applications, to an icon of the second application; obtaining the association information associated with the first application and the second application by using at least one piece of preset data corresponding to the icon of the first application, in response to the received user input; and presenting the obtained association information in a periphery of the icon of the second application. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309700 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR USER INTERFACE PRESENTATION - The present disclosure relates to presenting a graphical user interface for navigating and browsing content. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting one or more interface commands for navigating the graphical user interface and one or more content titles associated with an index table, analyzing the one or more interface commands for navigating the graphical user interface and the one or more content titles associated with the index table, and updating presentation of the graphical user interface based on the analyzing, wherein the graphical user interface is updated to display graphical elements based on a subset of the content titles associated with the index table and wherein navigation of the graphical user interface is modified to provide increased navigational speed for the graphical user interface. The method may also include receiving a selection for an index table and updating the graphical user interface based on the selection. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309701 | TECHNIQUES FOR COLLAPSING VIEWS OF CONTENT ITEMS IN A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - The present disclosure is directed toward systems and methods that provide users with efficient and effective user experiences when browsing, selecting, or inspecting content items. More specifically, systems and methods described herein provide users the ability to easily and effectively select multiple content items via a single touch gesture (e.g., swipe gesture). Additionally, systems and methods disclosed herein can allow users to select various content items in a selection interface, preview a content item, and return to the selection interface with the previous selections remaining intact. Still further, systems and methods described herein allow users to transition between a content graphical user interface and a selection interface based on touch gestures with content items. Embodiments of the present invention further provide improved navigability by collapsing views of content items. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309704 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR MANAGING OBJECT - An electronic device includes: a first display functionally connected to the electronic device; a second display functionally connected to the electronic device; and a display control module configured to select at least one object in correspondence to a first input event relating to the first display and perform a function relating to the at least one object through at least one display of the first display and the second display on the basis of a second input event. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309707 | PROCESSING AN INFRARED (IR) IMAGE BASED ON SWIPE GESTURES - A method and a system for displaying an infrared (IR) image and/or a related image on a touch screen are provided. For example, a method may include: displaying, on a touch screen, an image of a scene; partitioning the image into a first part and a second part in response to a user indication made on the touch screen; displaying the first part of the image in an IR image mode using an IR image of the scene capture by an IR imaging sensor; and displaying the second part of the image in a non-IR image mode. The non-IR image mode may include a visible light (VL) image mode for displaying a VL image of the scene, or a fusion image mode for displaying a combination of the IR image and the VL image. The partitioning may be adjusted in response to a swipe gesture made on the touch screen. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309710 | SCALABLE VISUALIZATION OF A PRODUCT AND ITS VARIANTS - A method for generating a scalable visualization of a hierarchical data structure is provided. The method may include mapping at least one component within a plurality of components to the hierarchical data structure. The method may also include mapping at least one sub-component within a plurality of sub-components to the at least one mapped component. The method may further include mapping at least one variant within a plurality of variants to the hierarchical data structure as an accordion user interface widget. Additionally, the method may include mapping at least one variant component within a plurality of variant components to the at least one mapped variant as an accordion user interface widget. The method may also include mapping at least one variant sub-component within a plurality of variant sub-components to the at least one mapped variant component as an accordion user interface widget. | 10-29-2015 |
20150309712 | USER INTERFACE FOR MEDICAL IMAGE REVIEW WORKSTATION - Methods, systems and computer program products for controlling display of different types of medical images and providing touchscreen interfaces for display on a mobile communication device and associated with different image types, e.g., different imaging modalities or different view modes. Detection of a multi-finger tap on the screen of the mobile communication device while viewing a first touchscreen interface for an image type invokes a second or auxiliary touchscreen interface for that image type having a subset of interface elements of the first touchscreen interface. | 10-29-2015 |
20150310292 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AND UPDATING OF DOCUMENTS DISPLAYED ON A USER INTERFACE - A method for generating or updating of documents for visualization at a user interface is provided. In a database, the data sets to be displayed in the document are stored, wherein the data sets respectively comprise location information. A server means receives from the first client means a request message, selects from the database data sets according to search criteria, and embeds the selected data sets in a section of a map, wherein the map section is selected such that it comprises the location information of the selected data sets, and embeds a marker into the map section for each data set according to the location information, wherein the marker is linked to a data set logically, and an event trader is adapted to optically highlight the data set associated with the marker (or vice versa) upon a selection of a marker. | 10-29-2015 |
20150313562 | METHOD FOR RETRIEVING APPLICATION COMMANDS, COMPUTING UNIT AND MEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEM - A method is disclosed for retrieving application commands relating to a medical image displayed on a touch-capable user interface of a computing unit of a medical imaging system. In at least one embodiment, the method includes at least detecting simultaneous touching of the user interface on at least two touch points and displaying the application-situation-related possible application commands on the user interface at the touch points. A computing unit of a medical imaging system is also disclosed, including at least one memory unit and one program code stored in the memory unit, wherein the program code is embodied such that a medical image of a patient is output on a touch-capable user interface of the computing unit, wherein the method of an embodiment of the invention can be executed. Finally, a medical imaging system is disclosed, including at least one computing unit according to an embodiment of the invention. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317045 | OPERATING METHOD AND OPERATING DEVICE - An operating method wherein a plurality of graphical objects are displayed at different display positions on a display surface, the display positions of the graphical objects are shifted in common by actuating an operating element arranged remotely from the display, and at least one graphical object is shown highlighted on the basis of the display position of the object relative to a stationary highlighting region of the display. The display positions of the graphical objects are shifted in common by actuating the operating element. Also disclosed is an operating device for carrying out the method. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317053 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, by which a writing input is facilitated using at least two pointers. The present invention includes a touchscreen configured to receive a touch input, and a controller, if the touch input with a main pointer is received while the touch input with at least one auxiliary pointer is maintained, configured to control a writing object drawn along a touch trace of the main pointer to be displayed on the touchscreen. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317058 | COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ORGANIZING INFORMATION IN THREE-DIMENSIONAL CONCEPT MAPS - Computer-implemented methods and systems enable users to systematically organize various kinds of information utilizing three-dimensional concept maps, in the form of graphical structures shown on a display of a user device. Such information organization enables exploitation of human visual and spatial memory as well as language metaphors and implicit associations generation to facilitate user understanding and memorization of a domain of knowledge. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317062 | Multi-Application Environment - This document describes techniques and apparatuses enabling a multi-application environment. In some embodiments, these techniques and apparatuses enable multi-application environments having combinations of immersive interfaces, windows-based interfaces, and a desktop treated as an immersive interface. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317072 | GROUP RADIO CONTROL - A method, system and apparatus for grouped radio controls. A grouped radio control can include a listing of elements, each element having a specified grouping. The grouped radio control also can include grouping logic programmed to insert elements into, delete elements from, and select elements within the listing. Finally, a grouped radio control can include a grouped radio control interface configured to accept interface events for processing in the grouping logic. | 11-05-2015 |
20150324078 | WEARABLE DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A wearable device configured to pair with a plurality of electronic devices via a wireless network and to display a graphics user interface that includes a plurality of home screens corresponding to the plurality of electronic devices. | 11-12-2015 |
20150324091 | DETECTING VALUABLE SECTIONS IN WEBPAGE - A method for detecting a valuable section within a web page is disclosed. The method comprises: receiving an input webpage; and detecting a valuable section in the input webpage based on a user log of a reference webpage associated with the input webpage, wherein said user log comprises a path of a section within the reference webpage that was accessed by a user in a DOM-tree that represents said reference webpage. | 11-12-2015 |
20150324100 | Preview Reticule To Manipulate Coloration In A User Interface - A client device displays user interface elements on a display device such as a screen. At least some of the user interface elements have an associated coloration. An input device of the client device detects a user input intended to modify the coloration of a user interface element. The user interface displays a preview reticule in response to an initial user input and moves the displayed preview reticule in response to a transitional user input. The preview reticule displays a spatial arrangement of colorations for selection. The selected coloration corresponds to a coloration at a predefined point in the preview reticule. A terminal user input completes selection of the coloration and hides the preview reticule. The interface may then display the user interface element in the selected coloration. The interface may also display the user interface element transitioning in coloration as the preview reticule moves. | 11-12-2015 |
20150331553 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANALYZING THE LEVEL OF USER ENGAGEMENT WITHIN AN ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT - A method for analysing the level of user engagement within an electronic document is provided. The method includes displaying an electronic document having one or more pages to a user. The document includes a graphical user interface and one or more content placeholders associated with the pages for displaying content within the placeholder. The method further includes the steps of determining whether the user has carried out one or more actions within the electronic document and determining the level of user engagement based on the one or more actions. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331560 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING OBJECT - An electronic device and a method of displaying an object are provided. The method of displaying an object includes displaying a plurality of objects on a screen, determining a plurality of objects corresponding to a selected item in accordance with selection of the item based on which the plurality of objects is classified, and displaying the plurality of determined objects on the screen. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331563 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EVALUATING SENTIMENT - An example system and method elicits reviews and opinions from users via an online system or a web crawl. Opinions on topics are processed in real time to determine orientation. Each topic is analyzed sentence by sentence to find a central tendency of user orientation toward a given topic. Automatic topic orientation is used to provide a common comparable rating value between reviewers and potentially other systems on similar topics. Facets of the topics are extracted via a submission/acquisition process to determine the key variables of interest for users. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331569 | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING USER INTERFACE, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING USER INTERFACE THEREOF - Disclosed are a device for controlling a user interface, which promotes convenience for a user by adjusting a position or an arrangement of a user interface displayed on a screen, and a method of controlling a user interface thereof. A control method of a user interface controlling device includes: detecting a position of a hand of a user; determining whether a disposition of a user interface is appropriate according to the detected position of the hand; and changing a disposition of the user interface so that the user interface is positioned to be close to the detected position of the hand according to a result of the determination. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331588 | Editing Apparatus - An editing apparatus includes a processor and a memory configured to store computer-readable instructions. The computer-readable instructions, when executed by the processor, cause the editing apparatus to perform processes that include causing a mark and at least one portion of a character string to be displayed, causing a selection image to be displayed in a state in which the at least one portion of the character string and the mark are displayed, performing, in a case where the selection image is displayed, a determination whether the mark ceases to be displayed in an outer side of one of a left edge and a right edge of the selection image, and moving the at least one portion of the character string and the mark to a position where the mark is displayed in the outer side, in response to determining that the mark ceases to be displayed in the outer side. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331590 | USER INTERFACE APPLICATION LAUNCHER AND METHOD THEREOF - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a user interface application launcher and method thereof. According to one embodiment, a user interface comprising an active area and inactive area is displayed on an associated display. Upon detecting a window open event within the inactive area of the user interface, an application launcher window and a plurality of application icons are displayed proximate to an input location of the detected open event on the user interface. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331591 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO PROCESS A SELECTION OF A BROWSER BACK BUTTON - Methods and systems to process a selection of a browser back button are described. The system includes a server that receives a request, over a network, for an initial user interface and communicates the initial user interface to a client machine. The initial user interface includes a client application program that monitors and identifies whether a storage location in a hidden frame is updated by a browser. The browser updates the storage location with a first user interface identifier in response to receipt of a single browser back navigation element selection. The client application program associates the first user interface identifier to a second user interface identifier responsive to the identification of the storage location as being updated. The client application program displays the second user interface in a visible frame responsive to the identification of the storage location as being updated. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331598 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - Provided is an operating method of a display device. The method includes: recognizing a wearable device; and providing a user interface screen of the display device differently on the basis of a wearing state of the wearable device representing whether a user wears the recognized wearable device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332107 | AN APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An apparatus, the apparatus comprising at least one processor, and at least one memory including computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured, with the at least one processor, to cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: during a detected interaction with a graphical user interface element, provide a highlight associated with the graphical user interface element, the size of the highlight dependent upon the size of the graphical user interface element prior to the detected interaction. | 11-19-2015 |
20150338928 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes: a user interface configured to adjust a friction force between the user interface and a pen; and a controller configured to, in response to a pen being touched and moved on the user interface, control the user interface to adjust the friction force based on an input mode of the pen. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339003 | GROUP SELECTION INITIATED FROM A SINGLE ITEM - A user interacts with a predefined portion of a given data item in a set of structured data. All other items in the set of structured data, that have the same value as the given data item, in a corresponding portion, are selected and treated as a group. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339018 | USER TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION THEREOF - A user terminal device and a method for providing information thereof are provided. The method includes displaying a plurality of display items on a display screen, in response to a predetermined user command being input, displaying a User Interface (UI) for providing structure information, and in response to a specific area being selected through the structure information providing UI, providing structure information regarding at least one display item included in the selected area. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339035 | MOBILE TERMINAL-BASED PHOTOGRAPH DELETION METHOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a photograph deletion method thereof are disclosed. The method comprises: pre-storing in the mobile terminal a preset touch gesture used for deleting a picture from a photography interface during photography, and mapping the preset touch gesture to a deletion command; receiving a user's touchscreen command to determine whether the users touch gesture matches the preset touch gesture when the photography interface of the mobile terminal requires deletion of a picture; if yes, determining a deletion target according to action points of the touch gesture; and moving deletion target into a recycling bin. The captured picture is rapidly deleted from the photography interface through a simple touchscreen gesture without exiting the camera application program and with no need to manually switch an operation interface. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339047 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING FOR USER INTERFACE EFFECT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a first display and a second display, a display module configured to display a first display screen on the first display and a second display screen on the second display, a sensing module configured to detect an event corresponding to a rotation of the electronic device, and a processor configured to respectively determine whether to rotate each of a plurality of objects included in the first display screen based on the event. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339052 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING SHORTCUT ON MOBILE TERMINAL AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method and an apparatus for displaying a shortcut on a mobile terminal and a storage medium are provided. The method includes: acquiring a touch signal generated at a system status bar on a screen of a mobile terminal; and opening a shortcut display window in a case that the touch signal is acquired, and displaying a pre-selected shortcut of an application program in the shortcut display window. By using the above solution, efficiency of searching for a shortcut of an application program installed on a mobile terminal can be improved. | 11-26-2015 |
20150346920 | AUTO SCANNING INPUT METHOD AND APPARATUS - Some embodiments provide a novel auto-scanning method for navigating elements within a user interface (UI) of a computing device. This method associates the UI elements into several overlapping groups, with each group having more than one element and having at least one element in common with at least one other group. The method successively identifies a different group of elements as a selectable group for a different duration of time. While a group is selectable, a user can select the group through an input device or mechanism. If a user does not select a first group of elements that is selectable during a first time period, the method identifies a second group of elements as being selectable during a second time period. While identifying the second group as selectable during the second time period, the method identifies the first as not being selectable during this time period. When a user selects a group of elements while the group is identified as being selectable, the method successively identifies as selectable different elements within the selected group. Upon receiving selection of a particular element within the selected group, the method performs an action associated with the particular element. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346922 | ARRANGING COMPONENTS IN A TWO-DIMENSIONAL AREA - A system for arranging components in a two-dimensional area includes a component preparation module for providing a set of components for arrangement, determining rectangular covers for each component, and ordering components according to a predefined order preference, and a core layout module for mapping components in order to positions in the arrangement with a first width and in a first direction, including: a row module for positioning components in order in a first full row across the first direction of the first width aligning one of the top or bottom sides of the covers of adjacent components until the next component does not fit in the first width, and a sub-row module for positioning components in any available space within the height of the first full row to form one or more sub-rows in the first direction and extending a distance less than the first width. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346925 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for controlling a screen of a mobile terminal that simultaneously displays a plurality of execution screens is provided. The method preferably includes: displaying a layout composed of a plurality of sections when a magazine creation event is sensed; mapping applications to the plurality of sections in a one-to-one correspondence, respectively to create a magazine; and displaying the magazine, and an execution screen of an application mapped to each of the sections is arranged at the magazine. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346944 | Method and system for implementing suspending global button on interface of touch screen terminal - A method for implementing a suspending global button on an interface of a touch screen terminal is provided, in which a touch screen terminal determines a user's gesture operation on a global button; if the gesture operation is determined to be a first gesture operation, an instruction for moving a global button is executed with the first gesture operation and a result of the execution of the instruction is displayed. a system for implementing a suspending global button on an interface of a touch screen terminal is also provided. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346952 | CONTROL CENTER REFINEMENTS - User-selected application icons can be added into a control center interface. The corresponding applications may be accessed either from the springboard or from the control center interface. Operation of slider controls in the control center interface can temporarily fade out all aspects of the control center interface except for the slider control being operated during that control's operation. The temporary fading out of most of the other aspect of the control center interface causes the content that had been at least partially obscured and overlaid by the previously opaque control center interface to become visible during the slider control's operation. While the slider control is being actively operated, the control center interface becomes transparent except for the control itself. Consequently, the effects of the slider control's operation relative to the value of the parameter to which it pertains are immediately apparent during that operation. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346955 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TEMPORAL VISUALIZATION OF MEDIA ASSET CONTENT - Methods and systems described herein provide for visualizing content across different time segments of a media asset. Information about content within a particular time segment of a media asset is retrieved. This content information is generated by processing user-generated messages corresponding to the particular time segment. Content descriptors are generated based on the received content information corresponding to the particular time segment. A timeline is generated, independently of presenting a media asset, wherein the timeline visually associates content descriptors with their corresponding time segments of the media asset. When these content descriptors are selected by a user, the user-generated messages corresponding to the content descriptor at the corresponding time segment are displayed to the user. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346957 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Widgets - As a user's needs change over time, the widgets displayed in a widget display area are altered by the user to better suit the desires of the user. Further, the widgets selected for display can be configured as desired by the user to display information in different ways. In order to reduce clutter within the widget display area itself, electronic devices can include a user interface that facilitates ease of accessing, adding, removing, and configuring the widget display area and the widgets therein as desired by the user. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346962 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING INTENSITY OF EXPRESSION ASSOCIATED WITH A SOCIAL FOLLOWER - A computer-implemented method for facilitating social interactions is provided. The method comprises providing a user interface for viewing a post; providing a plurality of graphical elements within the user interface; wherein each graphical element is assigned as intensity from an intensity scale; allowing a user to select one of said graphical elements as a means of interacting with the post; and transmitting information the user's selection of the graphical element to a server. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346967 | MOBILE TERMINAL, TELEVISION BROADCAST RECEIVER, AND DEVICE LINKAGE METHOD - A mobile terminal capable of giving an instruction for a device linkage by simple operations, without any special hardware. The mobile terminal which is connected to a TV through a communication path includes: a communication I/F unit for communicating with the TV, a storage unit which stores content to be displayed on the TV; a display unit having a touch pad and a display screen; and a control unit which displays, on the display screen, a content icon associated with the content. When detecting that the content icon is pressed and held and then is flicked on the display unit, the control unit reads the content from the storage unit and transmit it to the TV through the communication I/F unit, so that the content is displayed on the TV. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346970 | Systems And Methods For Managing Authority Designation And Event Handling For Hierarchical Graphical User Interfaces - Prior art attempts to manage authority designation in GUI-based computer systems have set up various “handshaking” schemes between a graphics management system, such as a window server, and the various processes that are attempting to offer and accept access to each other. However, these schemes have certain limitations. In particular, when windows are used as the “fundamental basis” for implementing authority designation, events that should treat all content within a window identically can't do so because, even though all content in the window may appear to be “owned” by the window, there may be some other process that is actually rendering the content to some portion of the window. Thus, described herein are systems and methods to manage authority designation and event handling within “hierarchical” GUIs using “handshaking” schemes that are secure, sub-window granular, and that generalize recursively when applied to the various graphical layers used to construct the windows. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346974 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device includes a receiver and a processor. The receiver receives data related to an input operation. The processor divides a display area of a display into two or more square areas. The display area is capable of displaying at least one window. The processor displays two or more first windows on the two or more square areas, by adjusting a size or each of the two or more first windows. The processor adjusts a size and a display position of each of the two or more first windows based on an operation amount of a size-adjustment operation for adjusting a size of one of the two or more first windows, when the receiver receives data corresponded to the size-adjustment operation. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346975 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a display method thereof are provided. According to an exemplary embodiment, a display method of a display apparatus includes: displaying a plurality of display items corresponding to a plurality of content items comprising a first display item displayed in a first region and remaining display items; displaying the first display item using a first display scheme and displaying the remaining display items using a second display scheme; and in response to sensing a user interaction for moving the display items, changing the display scheme of the first display item while moving the first display item in a direction corresponding to the user interaction, displaying the first display item using the second display scheme and changing the display scheme of second display items of the removing to the first region among the rest display items to the first display scheme. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346976 | USER INTERFACE SLIDER THAT REVEALS THE ELEMENT IT AFFECTS - User-selected application icons can be added into a control center interface. The corresponding applications may be accessed either from the springboard or from the control center interface. Operation of slider controls in the control center interface can temporarily fade out all aspects of the control center interface except for the slider control being operated during that control's operation. The temporary fading out of most of the other aspect of the control center interface causes the content that had been at least partially obscured and overlaid by the previously opaque control center interface to become visible during the slider control's operation. While the slider control is being actively operated, the control center interface becomes transparent except for the control itself. Consequently, the effects of the slider control's operation relative to the value of the parameter to which it pertains are immediately apparent during that operation. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE VIEWS FOR GRAPHICS DATA - A method and apparatus for managing multiple views of graphics data. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a display operable to display a graphical user interface (GUI); multi-view generation logic coupled to the display to select, using the GUI, a plurality of images for a plurality of views that are to appear on a product and to generate a multi-view graphics file containing multiple views; and a graphics rendering module to generate a two-dimensional (2-D) view on the display for use in printing on a 2-D printer and to generate a three-dimensional (3-D) graphical representation of the product on the display, the graphics rendering module being responsive to an input to display different portions of the 3-D graphical representation of the product. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346978 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EXECUTING OBJECT ON DISPLAY - A method and device for executing an object on a display. The method of executing an object includes receiving a user input to an object displayed on a display; gradually enlarging and displaying the object; and executing the application corresponding to the object as the object is enlarged. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346985 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE SCREEN - A method for providing a user interface screen in a device includes receiving a user input for manipulating a user interface of a printer driver installed in the device, determining a type of an input used for the received user input, determining a display style of the user interface corresponding to the determined type of the input, and providing the user interface presented in the determined display style. | 12-03-2015 |
20150346991 | USER TERMINAL DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING APPLICATION AND METHODS THEREOF - An electronic device including a display of a main surface area and a curved surface area extended from the main surface area, and a controller configured to: control the display to present a preview image on the main surface area and a user interface (UI) on the curved surface area, the UI comprising a UI element for photographing an image, control the display to present the UI element at a first location in the curved surface area while the electronic device is in a landscape state, and control the display to present the UI element at a second location in the curved surface area while the electronic device is in a portrait state. | 12-03-2015 |
20150347010 | CONTINUITY - At an electronic device, detecting a compatible external device, where the external device is executing or has executed a first application. The detection may be made wirelessly. The electronic device also receives usage information regarding the first application from the external device. Display an affordance for user selection based on the received information. When the affordance is selected, launch a second application on the electronic device, the second application corresponding to the first application. In some examples, the second application is a different version of the first application. Launching the second application may additionally include bringing the second application to the same state as the first application. For example, if e-mail is being drafted on the external device, the electronic device may launch an e-mail editor showing the draft. In this way, a user can seamlessly transition from the use of one electronic device to another electronic device. | 12-03-2015 |
20150347488 | APPLICATION SUGGESTION FEATURES - This application relates to features for a mobile device that allow the mobile device to assign utility values to applications and thereafter suggest applications for a user to execute. The suggested application can be derived from a list of applications that have been assigned a utility by software in the mobile device. The utility assignment of the individual applications from the list of applications can be performed based on the occurrence of an event, an environmental change, or a period of frequent application usage. A feedback mechanism is provided in some embodiments for more accurately assigning a utility to particular applications. The feedback mechanism can track what a user does during a period of suggestion for certain applications and thereafter modify the utility of applications based on what applications a user selects during the period of suggestion. | 12-03-2015 |
20150355823 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF EDITING ICON IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device and a method of editing an icon in an electronic device are provided. The electronic device includes a touch screen configured to display a first icon area, a second icon area, and an icon editing page, and a controller configured to change the first icon area and the second icon area to be displayed in the icon editing page as the changed first icon area and the changed second icon area according to a user's gesture input. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356123 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF DATA PLATFORMS - In system for analyzing large data sets, document/file format can be discovered by attempting to parse the file using several parsers to generate a schema, assigning a score to each parsing, and selecting a parser based on the assigned scores. Schema element attributes, such as statistical parameters, can be derived and used in identifying schema elements associated with other files. Attributes of identified schema elements can be used to substitute missing data values with values based on such attributes. Data values corresponding schema elements can be selected and highlighted, and schema elements and/or attributes thereof can be highlighted based on selected data values. From a cluster of files, a lineage relationship between file pairs, indicating whether one file is derived from another, can be determined for several files. In reducing/compacting data, utilization of all available reducers can be optimized according to current utilization of one or more reducers. | 12-10-2015 |
20150363076 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A system includes circuitry configured to: obtain an image, detect a specific object from the image, obtain space information indicating a first space which is set with reference to the specific object, calculate first area information based on a shape of the specific object in the image and the space information, the first area information corresponding to a first area in which the first space is projected onto the image, and control a display so as to display a content associated with the specific object in the first area based on the first area information. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363081 | INTERACTIVE MAP MARKERS - A system for providing an interactive map displays an interactive map marker that includes an associated location on the map, an associated data value, a visual indicator, and an underlying data model. The system receives an interaction from a user that modifies the visual indicator and changes the associated data value based on the visual indicator modification. The system then changes the underlying data model based on the visual indicator modification. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363086 | INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL, SCREEN CONTROL METHOD, AND SCREEN CONTROL PROGRAM - Provided is a technology for preventing erroneous operation of an information processing terminal while allowing for visual recognition of what is displayed on a display screen by using a translucent erroneous operation preventing image. The information processing terminal according to this invention includes a configuration for superimposing a transmissive image on icon images on the display screen, to thereby put apps that are associated with the respective icon images in an erroneous operation preventing state. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363095 | METHOD OF ARRANGING ICON AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of arranging an icon on an electronic device includes displaying a plurality of icons in a plurality of regions of a user interface (UI), receiving a user input for each of at least one region displaying an icon among the plurality of regions, and arranging an icon selected based on the received user input in a region corresponding to a number indicated by the received user input. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363097 | ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE WITH TOUCH SCREEN - The invention relates to an electronically controlled drug delivery device for administering a dose of a drug, comprising a body with a touchscreen and a control unit for controlling the touchscreen and operation of the drug delivery device related to delivery of the dose. | 12-17-2015 |
20150370430 | METHOD FOR SELECTING AND CONTROLLING SECOND WORK PROCESS DURING FIRST WORK PROCESS IN MULTITASKING MOBILE TERMINAL - Provided is a method for controlling a plurality of work processes in a multitasking mobile terminal, and more particularly, a method for selecting a second work process during a first work process and controlling a predetermined function of the selected second work process. In the controlling method, icons corresponding to the respective work processes are displayed in response to a user command, and a desired work process is selected through the displayed icons. A predetermined function of the selected work process is controlled through a pop-up menu activated in response to the user command. | 12-24-2015 |
20150370445 | CONNECTION PATHS FOR APPLICATION TOPOLOGY - A user may create a blueprint that specifies an application's architecture, including virtual machines (VM) nodes, software services and application components within the VM nodes. To do so, the user manipulates a graphical user interface (GUI) rendered by a graph layout manager and a Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) layout engine. The SVG layout engine parses declarative layout configurations and translates the declarative layout into SVG elements that visually represent the blueprint. The graph layout manager renders topology connections representing deployment dependencies in the GUI using a street-block-and-roads design pattern. | 12-24-2015 |
20150370449 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TERMINAL WITH TOUCHSCREEN - Provided are a terminal and method for controlling a terminal with a touchscreen. The method includes: obtaining a contact range of an operation performed by a user on a touchscreen and icons at least a part of each of which falls within the contact range; determining whether or not the number of the obtained icons is more than one; if the number of the obtained icons is more than one, then selecting objects to be amplified from a display interface displayed on the touchscreen based on the contact range and amplifying the objects to generate an amplification region; and when it is detected that the user triggers one icon in the amplification region, executing an instruction corresponding to the icon. The above-mentioned method can reduce the complexity of the manual operation of a user, and improve the flexibility of a touchscreen device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150370460 | BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS DOCUMENT USER INTERFACE AND INTEGRATION DESIGN - Dynamic user interfaces for displaying and optionally modifying and/or overriding B2B parameter values in electronic B2B documents are generated based on the B2B standards, parameter names, and values defined for specific B2B electronic documents. An electronic document is selected and a document parameter data structure is accessed to identify associated document parameter values and application attributes. An attribute data structure is then accessed to identify document parameter names corresponding with these parameter values. The application attributes link document parameter values for a B2B document with document parameter names based on the B2B document's associated standard or protocol. A document parameter override data structure may optionally include document parameter override values for an electronic document that replace the document parameter values for specific B2B transactions. The dynamic user interface may optionally arrange all of the user interface elements for a selected B2B document on a single page. | 12-24-2015 |
20150370462 | CREATING CALENDAR EVENT FROM TIMELINE - Creation of a calendar event from a timeline is provided. An application such as a calendar application detects a create action to create an event on the timeline. Details of the event are captured that includes a subject name of the event and an event date. The event is displayed on the timeline based on the details. A save action is detected to save the event. The event is displayed on a calendar associated with the timeline based on the details. | 12-24-2015 |
20150370620 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING NAVIGATION AMONG APPLICATIONS - Systems and methods are provided for managing navigation among applications installed on an electronic device. According to certain aspects, an electronic device receives ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150378525 | MERGED EXPERIENCE OF READING AND EDITING WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITION - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for determining user input of a presentation. Specifically, aspects disclosed herein provide differentiating between interacting with selectable objects within a slide and scrolling between slides, editing a selectable object within a slide, scrolling between slides, viewing off slide content, zooming out from a slide view, and zooming in to a slide view. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378555 | MAINTAINING CONTEXT FOR MAXIMIZE INTERACTIONS ON GRID-BASED VISUALIZATIONS - A grid-based visualization displays icons representing data entities in grid cells corresponding with the data entities' attribute values. The grid-based visualization enables users to zoom in or maximize the size of a selected grid cell, row of grid cells, column of grid cells, or any other selection of grid cells in a grid-based visualization. When zooming on a single row, the other rows are reduced in height and the selected row is enlarged to occupy the remaining space. When maximizing a single column, the other columns are reduced in width and the selected column is enlarged. When maximizing one or more cells, the unselected cells are minimized in height and/or width, and the selected cells are enlarged. Icons may be dynamically sized to fit within their assigned cells. An overflow indicator, zooming, and scrolling may be used to view sets of icons that cannot fit within their assigned cells. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378556 | DYNAMIC NODE GROUPING IN GRID-BASED VISUALIZATIONS - A grid-based visualization displays icons representing data entities in grid cells corresponding with the data entities' attribute values. Grid cells organize icons according to first and second attribute values of their data entities. Dynamic grouping replaces icons with summary icons based on one or more additional attributes of their data entities. Each summary icon represents one or more icons having matching values of their additional attributes. Summary icons may include sizing and visual indicators of aggregate values of the icons they replace. Summary icons may replace icons within a single cell or multiple cells. Summary icons may be positioned based on the positions of the icons they replace. User interface controls for activating and controlling grouping may be integrated with a legend. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378569 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - An image of a folder linked to one program is displayed on a display section by a simpler operation than a conventional operation. A control section displays a program icon image on a display section, the program icon image being an image associated with a program, and being an image causing processing related to the program to be performed in response to reception of a predetermined operation on the image. The control section changes the program icon image displayed on the display section and associated with the program to a folder corresponding image in response to reception of an instruction to generate a folder linked to the program, the folder corresponding image being an image associated with the folder linked to the program, and being an image causing the program corresponding image associated with the program linked to the folder to be displayed on the display section in response to reception of the predetermined operation on the image. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378578 | AUTOMATED CLICK TYPE SELECTION FOR CONTENT PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZATION - Systems and methods for optimizing content performance using click types are provided. A content generation system receives request for a content item for presentation on a client device. The request includes an indication of a serving context for the content item. The content generation system uses a click type performance model and the serving context for the content item to calculate a predicted performance metric for the content item for multiple different potential click types. Each of the potential click types defines different criteria for triggering an event that occurs in response to a user interaction with the content item when the defined criteria are satisfied. The content generation system selects one of the potential click types based on the predicted performance metrics and generates a content item having the selected click type. The click type performance model is updated using event data from the client device. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378582 | AN ORGANIZER FOR DATA THAT IS SUBJECT TO MULTIPLE CRITERIA - A user interface includes a first display area which includes a first control widget representative of a first attribute group and a second control widget representative of the second attribute group, and a second display area in which a first measure of a first portion of a plurality of data items can be displayed in response to a user activating the first control widget. A first classification attribute from a first attribute group and a second classification attribute from a second attribute group are associated with each data item of the plurality of data items. A multi-description is generated for each data item, the multi-description including a list of pairs of the first classification attribute and the second classification attribute. | 12-31-2015 |
20150378592 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A portable terminal having a cover that includes a transparent region and a display method thereof are provided. The display method includes displaying a UI element on an exposed display region in a state that the display region is covered by a cover, and controlling the display region that corresponds to the transparent region in response to a user input for selecting the UI element. | 12-31-2015 |
20160004393 | WEARABLE DEVICE USER INTERFACE CONTROL - A wearable computing device is described that displays a visual stack of content cards in a first arrangement from a plurality of arrangements. The wearable computing device has a motion sensor that detects movement of the wearable computing device. Responsive to determining that the movement of the wearable computing device corresponds to a predefined movement, the wearable computing device selects, based on the predefined movement, a second arrangement from the plurality of arrangements, the second arrangement being different from the first arrangement, and displays the visual stack of content cards in the second arrangement. | 01-07-2016 |
20160004410 | Processing Cursor Movements for Predictive Fetching - A system for processing cursor movements for predictive fetching includes a notification server, a notification client module, and a movement processing and predictive fetching module. The notification server is coupled to other systems to receive notification information. The notification client module is coupled to retrieve notification information from the notification server. The movement processing and predictive fetching module is configured to capture and detect cursor movements on a client device. The movement processing and predictive fetching module determines the direction and deceleration of the cursor. If the movement is decelerating and in the direction of the notification button on the user interface, the movement processing and predictive fetching module generates a signal for the notification client module to pre-fetch notification information from the notification server. | 01-07-2016 |
20160004418 | USER INTERFACE APPARATUS, VEHICLE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE VEHICLE - A user interface apparatus includes a first user interface configured to display host information; and a second user interface configured to display guest information, and to transmit the guest information to the first user interface if a linking signal for the guest information is received, wherein the first user interface displays the guest information by changing the host information to the guest information. Therefore, by integrating a cluster which is a first user interface with a center fascia which is a second user interface to implement a large area screen, and linking information between the cluster and the center fascia, it is possible to reduce attention dispersion during driving, to improve a driver's recognition rate, and to improve a driver's convenience. | 01-07-2016 |
20160011741 | VERTICAL PROFILE DISPLAY INCLUDING WEATHER ICONS | 01-14-2016 |
20160011745 | TERMINAL AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF | 01-14-2016 |
20160011775 | Terminal and Terminal Operating Method | 01-14-2016 |
20160018951 | CONTEXTUAL VIEW PORTALS - One or more techniques and/or systems are provided for populating a map interface with a contextual view portal and/or for tracking contextual information. In an example, a map interface may be populated with a map canvas depicting a first location according to a first view setting (e.g., a city level view providing relatively lower level of detail of a city). A contextual view portal, corresponding to an area within the first location, may be populated within the map interface such as overlaying the map canvas. The contextual view portal may depict imagery of the area according to a second view setting (e.g., a photorealistic view setting, an aerial view setting, a street-side view setting, etc.). A user may relocate the contextual view portal to view imagery of various areas. A task tracking interface may be populated with contextual information associated with an area depicted by the contextual view portal. | 01-21-2016 |
20160026343 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MODIFYING INPUT DETECTION AREAS - A system, a machine-readable storage medium storing instructions, and a computer-implemented method are described herein to modify a size of one or more input detection areas. A size modifier accesses user interface size data. The user interface size data comprises a size for a first user interface element and a size for a first user input detection area. The size modifier determines a size of a display area of a user device. The size modifier calculates a modified size of the first user interface element. The modified size of the first user interface element is based on the size for the first user interface element and the size of the display area. The size modifier calculates a modified size of the first input detection area based on the size for the first input detection area and a first factor unrelated to the size of the display area. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026353 | IMPLEMENTING MANAGEMENT OF ASSOCIATIONS BETWEEN ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE ELEMENTS - An information management solution is disclosed that overcomes drawbacks associated with the ability of traditional hierarchy structures to support complex organizational structures. The information management solution uniquely implements a two-level entity associating map for depicting relationships between entities of a group of entities. A first level of the two-level entity association map has units is a one-dimensional layer comprising organizational entities and a second level of the two-level entity associating map is a multi-dimensional level comprising organizational entities to which organizational entities of the first level have a direct association. An entity type of any first-level entity is different than an entity type of any second-level entity. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026371 | TOUCH-BASED USER INTERFACE CONTROL TILES - A user interface includes a digital image display canvas and a plurality of control tiles arranged on a rotatable carousel. A user can browse through the control tiles using swiping gestures that rotate the carousel. Each control tile represents a parameter, an imaging effect, or some other manipulation that can be applied to the displayed image. For control tiles representing a parameter which can be selected from a range of numerical values, such as image brightness, selecting the control tile causes a universal slider to be displayed. The universal slider extends across an entire dimension of the display, thereby providing the user with a wide range of adjustment for the corresponding parameter. Selecting a different control tile associated with a different parameter causes user input received via the universal slider to be applied to the different parameter, thereby such that the same universal slider can manipulate multiple parameters. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026373 | ACTIONABLE STEPS WITHIN A PROCESS FLOW - A computer system displays various stages corresponding to a process. As a user enters a stage in the process, the computer system displays a plurality of different steps corresponding to the given stage. Each step can have a user input mechanism that is mapped to corresponding action functionality. When the user input mechanism is actuated, the action for the corresponding action functionality is performed within the computer system. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026375 | SHADELESS TOUCH HAND-HELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method is executed by a computer and executes, on a shadeless touch hand-held electronic device including a panel and a touch cover, following steps of: computing a trigger event of a plurality of detection points on the touch cover; comparing the trigger event with an activation judgment condition which is pre-stored in the shadeless touch hand-held electronic device; permitting the touch cover to receive at least an input action inputted by a user if the trigger event conforms to the activation judgment condition; and executing an operation corresponding to the input action. The operation includes enlarging and substantially centering a first box of a plurality of content boxes of a structured electronic document on the panel, and the enlargement includes extending the first box such that a width of the first box is substantially equal to that of the panel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160034131 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE SHIFT - Embodiments include an electronic device that has a display configured to display a graphical user interface (GUI) for a user to control aspects of the electronic device, and a touch panel superimposed on or integrated with the display. The electronic device also has circuitry that is configured to initiate a process to shift the GUI on the display upon determining that an area of a touch input exceeds a predetermined area or a continuous duration of the touch input exceeds a predetermined period of time or an applied pressure of the touch input exceeds a predetermined pressure during movement of the area of the touch input. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034145 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING WINDOWS BY USING WORK GROUP - A device is provided. The device includes a display, a storage configured to store a work group including a plurality of jobs that are selected by a user, and a controller configured to control the display to display a window corresponding to at least one job included in the work group and display at least one object representing another job included in the work group on the displayed window. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034151 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING CONTENT - A method and a device for providing content are provided. The device includes a display configured to display content, and an interface configured to receive a first input that selects a part of the displayed content, and a second input that requests to change a size of the displayed content. The device further includes a controller configured to control the display to display the selected part of the displayed content and an unselected part of the displayed content by changing a size of the selected part and a size of the unselected part to be different from each other, in response to the interface receiving the second input. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034153 | Icon Resizing - Icon resizing techniques are described herein in which enable resizing of icons for a user interface to select between multiple available sizes may occur intuitively by using input or gestures applied to the icon to visually move the icon boundaries to a desired size. In operation, initiation of a resize operation to modify boundaries of an icon within a user interface is detected. A comparison of the modified boundaries to available sizes supported by the user interface is made. Then, one of the available sizes is selected based on similarity to the modified boundaries and the icon is resized to the selected size. In one approach, resizing is accomplished by a drag and snap operation in which boundaries of an icon are dragged and then released at a desired size, at which point the icon snaps to the closest one of the pre-defined sizes. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034453 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SEARCH PARAMETERS - A method and apparatus for processing a search parameter is disclosed. The method comprises displaying a selection menu comprising a plurality of parameters; receiving a first selection of a first one of the plurality of the parameters; displaying a container responsive to the first selection; displaying a first portion of the container associated with the selected first parameter responsive to the first selection; and assigning a first weight of the selected first parameter, the first weight representing a ratio of a first area occupied by the first portion and an entire area of the container. | 02-04-2016 |
20160041698 | Enhanced Object Organization in a Container - A device and method includes examining objects in a container to obtain metadata of the objects, deriving sorting rules from the obtained metadata, and sorting the objects in the container as a function of the meta data based on a list of attributes. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041712 | GRAPHICAL OBJECT APPEARANCE-INVARIANT SIGNATURE - In one implementation, a plurality of signature vectors from a multi-dimensional representation of a graphical object is generated. Each of the signature vectors comprises attributes that vary little in response to changes in shape, size, orientation, and visual layer appearance of the graphical object, and each of the signature vectors includes attributes based on operations of integration, differentiation, and transforms on the multi-dimensional representation of the graphical object. Each signature vector is composited into multiple portions from the plurality of signature vectors to define an appearance-invariant signature of the graphical object. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041718 | REMOTE CONTROL ARRANGEMENT - The invention relates generally to remote controls with graphical user interfaces and user input mechanisms that are used to control the state of one or more other devices. The invention includes a meta-state widget provided on a remote control device to indicate a condition of the state of an application widget also on the device. An application widget provides on the remote control a visual icon such as a push button, slider, check box or other kind of icon that commonly appears on a graphical user interface. An application widget may be used to send a command to an associated entity to cause it to change state. In general an associated entity may be a physical device such as a PVR, or a software element such as a program or a component of a program. The conditions that may be indicated on the remote control device by the meta-state widget are: UNCONFIRMED, CONFIRMED, UNKNOWN and IN-ERROR. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041720 | KNOWLEDGE AUTOMATION SYSTEM USER INTERFACE - Knowledge automation techniques may include displaying, by a data processing system, a graphical user interface including a first area, a second area, and a third area. The first area may display a plurality of knowledge unit icons, each knowledge unit icon in the first plurality of knowledge unit icons corresponding to a knowledge unit. The techniques may include detecting selection of a first knowledge unit icon displayed in the first area and placement of the selected first knowledge icon in the second area to add a first knowledge unit corresponding to the first knowledge icon to a target knowledge pack for one or more target knowledge consumers, and in response to detecting the placement of the first knowledge unit icon in the second area, displaying, in the third area, a list of one or more suggested knowledge consumers for the target knowledge pack. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041721 | Portable Terminal Having User Interface Function, Display Method, And Computer Program - A portable terminal is provided with: a display device; a sensor configured to detect the orientation or position of the portable terminal; a data storage unit configured to store data; and a display control unit configured to display on the display device an icon or object that corresponds to the data stored in the data storage unit. The display control unit acquires information regarding the orientation or position of the portable terminal from the sensor and determines a display mode of the icon or object in accordance with a change in the orientation or position of the portable terminal | 02-11-2016 |
20160041722 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING ORDERS OF CONTENT ITEMS - Various embodiments of the present disclosure can include systems, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media configured to highlight, by a computing system, a reference content item of a plurality of content items associated with a story in response to a selection of the reference content item, the plurality of content items having a first order. The reference content item may be reranked relative to the plurality of content items in response to user input to create a second order of the plurality of content items. The story may be published using the second order of the plurality of content items. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041723 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANIPULATING ORDERED CONTENT ITEMS - Various embodiments of the present disclosure can include systems, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media configured to display, by a computing system, an arrangement of a plurality of content items in a first order. A reference content item may be highlighted at an initial position in the arrangement in response to a selection of the reference content item. The reference content item may be moved to another position in the arrangement in response to a motion input relating to the reference content item to create a second order of the plurality of content items. An arrangement of the plurality of content items may be displayed in the second order. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041731 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGING APPARATUS - An X-ray imaging apparatus includes a touch panel monitor configured to provide an operation unit and a display unit for imaged image on the same screen. The apparatus displays a plurality of buttons corresponding to a plurality of imaging methods, and displays with a focus a first button corresponding to a first imaging method that has entered an imaging ready state. When imaging by the first imaging method is completed, the apparatus displays an imaged image on the display unit, displays the first button in a form that shows that imaging is completed, cancels the focus of the first button, and transfers the focus to a second button corresponding to a second imaging method that next enters an imaging ready state. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041746 | VALUE SPECIFICATION IN A RESPONSIVE INTERFACE CONTROL - A responsive interface control system includes a display device and a control modification engine. The display device displays an interface control in a section of a user interface on the display device. The interface control is an interactive interface element configured to set an interface value. The control modification engine displays the interface control in a section of a user interface on a display device. The interface control is an interactive interface element configured to set an interface value. The control modification engine also displays both a slider and a spinner to implement a spin-slider mode. The interface control is configured to perform a spin function in response to an interaction with the slider to alter the interface value in the spin-slider mode. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048305 | Group-Based User Interface Rearrangement - Group-based user interface rearrangement techniques are described. In one or more embodiments, a display manager module is configured to output a user interface for display via a display device. The user interface is configured to present an arrangement of graphics in groups in which the graphics visually represent and enable selectable access to underlying content items. The display manager module is configured to detect input indicative of a rotation of the display device. The display manager module may also detect other display-change events, such as changing the display device that is used to output the user interface. In response to detection of such events, the display manager module determines a rearrangement of the graphics that corresponds to the particular event. | 02-18-2016 |
20160048320 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND SCREEN DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A method of operating an electronic apparatus is provided. The method includes displaying, by an electronic apparatus including a display, a region including at least one of an image, text, and content on a part of a screen of the display, detecting, by the electronic apparatus, a touch or hovering of a user at a first location on or around the region, detecting, by the electronic apparatus, a movement of the touch or the hovering of the user, detecting a second location at which the movement is ended, dividing the screen of the display into two or more portions, and displaying a user interface of an application program related to at least one of the image, the text, and the content on a portion corresponding to the second location among the divided portions. | 02-18-2016 |
20160054915 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION TO A USER ABOUT MULTIPLE TOPICS - Techniques of presenting information to a user via a display of a device. The techniques comprising: displaying information about a first topic in a first content category; and while displaying the information about the first topic: in response to detecting first user input corresponding to a first type of gesture, displaying information about a second topic in a second content category different from the first content category; in response to detecting second user input corresponding to a second type of gesture, displaying first alternative type of information about the first topic, wherein no indicia describing content of the first alternative type of information about the first topic is displayed prior to detecting the second user input, wherein, while information about a particular topic is being displayed, the second type of gesture is dedicated to causing an alternative type of information about the particular topic to be displayed, and wherein the second type of gesture is different from the first type of gesture. | 02-25-2016 |
20160062570 | REDUCED-SIZE NOTIFICATION INTERFACE - An electronic device with a touch-sensitive display can obtain a plurality of alerts associated with dates and times. The device can detect a user input, and in response to the input display a notification interface. The notification interface can include a future notification representing a future alert with a date and time after the current date and time, and a past notification representing a past alert with a date and time before the current date and time. The future and past notifications can be separated by a graphical separator that has an indication of the current time. The future and past alerts correspond to different installed applications. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062571 | REDUCED SIZE USER INTERFACE - A method includes: at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism: receiving data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying a first view of an image, the image comprising a first representation including a visual representation of a first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation including a visual representation of a second photo in the collection of photos. The first representation and the second representation may be arranged in fixed positions with respect to each other, and, in the first view, may be displayed at a first size. A first movement of the rotatable input mechanism may be detected and, in response, a second view of the image may be displayed in which the first representation and the second representation are displayed at a second size different than the first size. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062575 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus that executes an application including a plurality of user interfaces displaying information corresponding to a plurality of edit modes includes storing information about controls arranged in each of the plurality of user interfaces displayed on a display, managing the information about controls arranged in each of the plurality of user interfaces, acquiring an edit mode selected when customization of the plurality of user interfaces is instructed, acquiring control information about a control executable in the acquired edit mode, displaying, on a screen for customizing the plurality of user interfaces, a list of the acquired control information, and receiving an instruction to edit the plurality of user interfaces. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062577 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO PROVIDE VISUAL BROWSING - Systems and methods for multi-directional visual browsing on an electronic device are described. In example embodiments, a primary result and a peripheral result are determined. A display layout based on attributes associated with the primary result and the peripheral result is generated. The display layout is then formatted into instructions, which will cause a device to render the display layout. The instructions are transmitted to the client device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062580 | Computerized Dynamic Splitting of Interaction Across Multiple Content - User interface (UI) manipulations may be performed by eliminating noticeable process boundaries associated with or generated by different applications. The techniques herein describe dynamically splitting manipulations across multiple pieces of content without regard to various types and/or states of the user interface manipulations and/or without regard to whether the multiple pieces of content are associated with different individual processes. In at least one example, the techniques described herein enable quick, responsive, and seamless UI manipulations with complex configurations of content on a UI and/or with multiple pieces of content associated with more than one application. Additionally, the techniques described herein further enable content on a UI to “stick” to the user input manipulation or move with the user input manipulation such that the content appears to stay directly in contact with the user input manipulation. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062598 | MULTI-DIMENSIONAL OBJECT REARRANGEMENT - A method includes displaying, on a touch-sensitive display, a plurality of application icons in a first configuration at locations on a hexagonal grid in relation to an origin. The application icons have corresponding ranks based on their respective locations in relation to the origin. In response to detecting a movement of a user contact from a first position to a second position: the display of a first application icon at a first location is translated to a second position; a second configuration of the application icons is determined based on the first location and the second location; and the display of the application icons is transitioned from the first configuration to the second configuration. In the second configuration, no application icon except the first application icon is displaced by more than one location relative to the first configuration. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062600 | METHOD AND PORTABLE TERMINAL HAVING BENDED DISPLAY UNIT AND COVER FOR EXECUTING APPLICATION - A portable terminal apparatus includes a bended display including a front display area and a side display area, and a controller that displays a UI element corresponding to an application on a side display area of the bended display if the cover is closed, and in response to a touch with respect to at least one UI element from among the UI elements and an opening of the cover being detected, executes an application corresponding to a UI element with the detected touch, and controls the bended display so that an execution screen of the application is displayed on the front display area. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062601 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD FOR MOVING APPLICATION FUNCTIONAL INTERFACE - In method for moving an application functional interface, an intermediate interface of the main desktop interface is generated and displayed. The intermediate interface includes icons, and each icon associates with an application functional interface of the main desktop interface. One of the icons is selected from the intermediate interface. An application functional interface associated with the selected icon is determined. A move operation applied on the selected icon is obtaining for moving the selected icon from a current place to a first place on the intermediate interface. A destination position of the application functional interface associated with the selected icon is determined when the operation applied on the selected icon is released in the first place. The application functional interface associated with the selected icon is updated to the destination position. The updated main desktop interface is displayed. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062622 | USER INTERFACE FACILITATING MESH GENERATION - A mesh is a collection of multiple shapes referred to as elements, each of which can share an edge with one or more other elements of the mesh. The mesh is presented to the user on a display, and the user identifies a new element to be added to the mesh. User input is received to manipulate the new element (e.g., move the new element around the display). As the new element is manipulated, various conditions are applied to determine edges of elements existing in the mesh that the new element can be snapped to. Snapping a new element to an edge of an existing element in the mesh refers to adding the new element to the mesh so that the new element and the existing element share the edge. Indications of the edges of existing elements to which the new element can be snapped are provided to the user. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062635 | APPLICATION MANAGEMENT - One or more embodiments of techniques or systems for application management are provided herein. For example, a system for application management may launch or execute multiple applications, such as a first application and a second application. The system for application management may provide a user with different ways of multi-tasking or ways to switch between applications, such as providing or generating home screen shortcuts for a most recently utilized application or a most frequently launched application. Additionally, the system for application management may enable multi-tasking or swapping of applications when a user double taps a home button, initiates a swipe gesture, hits a task swap button, speaks a voice command, etc. In this manner, application management is provided such that a user may engage in the use of multiple applications or switching between in a quick or efficient manner. | 03-03-2016 |
20160070449 | CUSTOMIZABLE DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods, systems, and computer-readable media related to a system having a plurality of users, designed to display a user-customized subset of item and/or provider information to the user. | 03-10-2016 |
20160070451 | Graphical User Interface that Simplifies User Creation of Custom Calculations for Data Visualizations - A method generates a graphical representation of a data source using a graphical user interface. The user interface includes a schema information region and a data visualization region. The schema information region includes field names associated with data fields. The data visualization region includes shelf regions that determine characteristics of a visual graphic. Each shelf region is configured to receive user placement of field names. The user selects field names and places each field name in a respective shelf region. The user edits a first shelf region, creating a first calculated element in the first shelf region. The first calculated element does not match any of the field names in the schema information region. The method generates a visual graphic based on the content of the shelf regions, including the user-selected field names and the first calculated element, and displays the visual graphic in the data visualization region. | 03-10-2016 |
20160070454 | ACTIONABLE BUSINESS ENTITY OPERATING MODELS TO DRIVE USER INTERFACE BEHAVIOR - A method and system are provided. The method includes providing an actionable business entity operating model. The method further includes extending the actionable business entity operating model to drive user interface behavior on a user interface device having at least a display device, by extending class and property meta classes of the actionable business entity operating model to include user interface behavior semantics. The extending step includes configuring the user interface behavior semantics to be responsive to an operation state of the actionable business entity operating model. | 03-10-2016 |
20160070466 | USER INTERFACES FOR IMPROVING SINGLE-HANDED OPERATION OF DEVICES - The embodiments herein describe a mode of applications on the portable electronic device that improves single-handed operation of the devices. For example, the embodiments herein describe an ergonomic mode of an application that displays the graphical user interface (GUI) of the application in a bottom area of the display screen of the electronic device to allow the user to more easily interact with objects. The embodiments herein also describe an ergonomic mode of a keyboard displayed on the display screen of the portable electronic device. During the ergonomic mode of the keyboard, the keyboard is shifted towards a vertical edge of the display screen to allow a user to more easily reach keys of the keyboard that were previously unreachable without the user switching to two handed operation of the device or repositioning the electronic device in the user's hand. | 03-10-2016 |
20160077550 | Electronic Device And Display Method - An electronic device and a display method are provided. The electronic device includes a housing; a first body including a first display unit which is arranged on a first surface of the first body; and a second body located in an end of the housing, where the second body includes a rotary shaft and a second display unit, the second display unit is configured to cover on the rotary shaft and operable to rotate along with the rotation of the rotary shaft. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077684 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING AN EXPANDING MENU VIA A USER INTERFACE - Various embodiments of the present disclosure relate to systems and methods for presenting content to users using expanding menus. Among other things, the expanding menus allow a range of categories of content to be simultaneously presented to a user on a display, even on smaller devices where display space is at a premium. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077711 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION - According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for providing information by an electronic device comprises recognizing at least one object from an image displayed on a screen of the electronic device, displaying at least one primary information item associated with the recognized object, and when at least one of the at least one primary information item is selected, displaying a secondary information item associated with the selected primary information item on the screen. Other various embodiments are also provided herein. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077716 | Computational Design of Linkage-Based Characters - There are provided systems and methods for the computational design of linkage-based characters. The system including a display, a memory storing a software application, and a processor configured to execute the software application to display a linkage on the display, the linkage including a plurality of links and a plurality of motors, each of the plurality of links being connected to at least another of the plurality of links using one of the plurality of motors, receive a user input selecting a first link and a second link from the plurality of links and a motor from the plurality of motors, the motor being located between the first link and the second link, and generate an updated linkage by connecting the first link to the second link using a new link and replacing the motor with a pin. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077720 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING APPLICATION - A method of displaying an application includes: receiving a user input for a size change of an application icon displayed on a screen; determining a widget corresponding to a changed size from a widget list related to the application icon; and displaying an execution window of the determined widget. | 03-17-2016 |
20160077721 | Input Device User Interface Enhancements - Some embodiments provide a device, method, system, computer program product and user interface for pointer movement analysis with modal continuous controller conversion. Specifically, some embodiments adapt movements issued from a mouse input device, trackpad, or touchscreen to adjust a position of a UI element. Some embodiments analyze a first set of movements and adapt a subsequent second set of movements to adjust the position of the UI element within a range of UI element positions when the first set of movements satisfies a movement threshold. The movement threshold includes a spiral pattern. In some embodiments, adjusting the position of the UI element includes performing scrolling within a scroll area based on the second set of movements when the first set of movements satisfies the spiral pattern. | 03-17-2016 |
20160085401 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing system includes circuitry that causes a first scrolling of a displayed content region within its boundaries in response to a first user operation. The circuitry of the information processing system also causes a second scrolling of the displayed content region beyond its boundaries in response to a second user operation. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085420 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR RECALIBRATING A USER DEVICE BASED ON THE AGE OF A USER - Methods and systems are described herein for a media guidance application that enhances the precision of various types of user input interfaces. For example, the media guidance application may recalibrate a user input interface such that the user inputs are correctly received and executed. Furthermore, to further enhance precision, the media guidance application may base the recalibrations on the age of a user. For example, in response to failing to recognize a user input, the media guidance application may perform a recalibration based on the age of the user in an attempt to recognize the user input. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085430 | ADAPTING USER INTERFACE TO INTERACTION CRITERIA AND COMPONENT PROPERTIES - The manner of presenting a user interface of an application may be significant in many respects. A user interface may be suitable only for some devices (e.g., buttons may be selectable by a pointer, but not on a touch-sensitive display; textboxes may appear too large or too small on different displays), and may satisfy only some user interactions (e.g., a map interface may be usable on a laptop by a stationary user, but not usable in a vehicle while the user is driving). Presented herein are techniques for automatically generating a user interface that is adapted both for the interaction component properties of the device, and the interaction criteria of the user interaction with the user interface. A device may choose the presentation of each element of a user interface based on such information, and generate a user interface matching both the device and the user interaction with the application. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085432 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OUTPUTTING CONTENT AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - A method of outputting content by a device includes obtaining attribute information about review content that is retrieved by the device; estimating an amount of user's memory about the review content at a preset time based on the obtained attribute information and reference information obtained after the review content is selected; comparing the estimated amount of the user's memory and a threshold value; and changing appearance of the review content in response to the amount of the user's memory being determined as equal to or less than the threshold value. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085441 | Method, Apparatus, and Interactive Input System - A method comprises displaying a window on a graphical user interface that is presented on a display screen, the window presenting a graphical tool therein; and in response to an input gesture on the graphical user interface, changing the fidelity of the graphical tool presented in the window. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085831 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAP CLASSIFICATION AND RESTRUCTURING - Method, device, computer program product, and apparatus for performing map classification is described. An unstructured map can be received to determine groups of components within the unstructured map having a same property. Shared properties within the unstructured map can include color, intensity, contrast, and line connectivity. A structured map can be generated by assigning each group of components detected within the unstructured map to a layer. A visual representation of the groups may be presented or displayed within a graphical user interface (GUI), such that each group is a selectable object for manipulation within the GUI. The GUI can receive selections or requests to update one or more properties of the group. | 03-24-2016 |
20160092049 | GENERIC EDITOR LAYOUT USING INTRINSIC PERSISTENCE METADATA - The present disclosure relates generally to a data integration system that may dynamically generate a GUI for an object model of arbitrary complexity while maintaining GUI usability. In some embodiments, the dynamically generated GUI may be generated from an object model definition received from a user. In some embodiments, the object model may be derived from the user's code and then the GUI may be dynamically generated based on the derived object model. | 03-31-2016 |
20160092081 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR GENERATING A VISUAL OVERLAY - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for generating a visual overlay are disclosed. According to one exemplary method for generating a visual overlay, the method includes providing a graphical user interface (GUI) window including one or more user interface (UI) elements. The method also includes receiving user input via interaction with the UI elements. The method further includes in response to receiving the user input, generating and displaying a visual overlay in at least a portion of the GUI window, wherein the visual overlay includes at least one dynamic UI element that includes one or more characteristics determined using the user input. | 03-31-2016 |
20160092083 | UNLIMITED ICON OVERLAYS - A computerized method for modifying an icon image, comprising retrieving an original icon image of an operating system, combining the original icon image with sub-images thus forming a combined icon image, and replacing the original icon image with the combined icon image, wherein the method is performed on an at least one computerized apparatus configured to perform the method. | 03-31-2016 |
20160092084 | CANVAS LAYOUT ALGORITHM - Embodiments are directed to automatic layout organization where various visualizations within a canvas layout can be dynamically rearranged or modified in dimension upon a user specified modification to maximize usability. Some embodiments display a graphical user interface (GUI) including multiple components in a display area, where each component has one or more initial dimensions. In response to an event, embodiments can determine an edge corresponding to the event. Some embodiments determine a box based on the edge, the box enclosing a portion of the display area that is less than the entire display area. Certain embodiments determine a set of components corresponding to the box, the set of components being fewer than all of the components. Embodiments may redraw the GUI such that the set of components is redrawn, where a dimension of each component of the set of components is different from an initial dimension of the component. | 03-31-2016 |
20160092094 | USER INTERFACE FOR ORGANIZING TASKS AND ACTIVITIES ON A COMPUTING DEVICE - A system and method is provided for the effective accomplishment of objectives (aka goals or quests) through information and motivational support and through the organization of user-editable records. The described application provides information content and motivational support and associates disparate data entry types (including but not limited to expense items, income items, audio items, video items, photo items, note items, calendar/event items and contact items) to specific tasks while associating disparate tasks to user identified goals. This system and method enables a user (A) to manage (i) objectives (aka goals or quests), (ii) tasks leading to a goal, and (iii) data associated with each task, and (B) to obtain information content and motivational support. | 03-31-2016 |
20160092428 | Dynamic Presentation of Suggested Content - A dynamic presentation of contextually relevant content during an authoring experience. As a user writes about a topic, the authored content is analyzed to identify one or more keywords that may be used to identify, retrieve and present suggested content to the user. The suggested content may be received from one or more resources, such as a search engine, a data store associated with the user, social media resources or other local or remote files. Techniques described herein might also select the keywords from authored content based on a cursor position. As a result, the suggested content may change as the cursor moves to a new position in the authored content. In addition, techniques described herein provide a user interface control that allows for the selection and de-selection of one or more keywords, which allows a user to tailor the suggested content by toggling one or more controls. | 03-31-2016 |
20160098153 | CARD INTERFACE FOR MANAGING DOMAIN NAME PROJECTS - Methods are provided to sort a plurality of domain names associated with a user account to provide a sorted plurality of domain names in one or more projects. The projects are subsequently stored as part of the user account. In certain embodiments, a computing device performs all or most of the sorting of the plurality of domain names. A user interface displays the domain names of the user account on cards that can be moved around the screen, flipped over to display more information, and engaged with other cards to change the properties of one or more of the domain names. Project arrangements can thus be visualized using stacks of manipulable cards. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098159 | ACTIVITY MANAGEMENT TOOL - A method for providing an activity management tool includes receiving a user request for an activity overview, and identifying installed applications and open windows of the installed applications. The method further includes presenting an activity overview graphical user interface (GUI) having a first area and a second area. The first area includes visual indicators of the installed applications. The second area includes the open windows of the installed applications, where the open windows are resized and positioned in such a way as to be simultaneously viewable by the user. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098168 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AND MANAGING INTERACTION SYMBOLS AND ASSOCIATED VIEWING DEVICE WITH A TOUCH SURFACE - The general field of the invention is that of methods for managing interaction symbols in a viewing system including an associated viewing device comprising a touch surface and displaying, managing and controlling means. The method according to the invention is implemented so as to manage graphical interactors allowing the functions of a discrete or continuous-state rotary control knob to be carried out. It comprises the following steps:
| 04-07-2016 |
20160098175 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND DISPLAYING A COCKTAIL RECIPE PRESENTATON - Method of generating presentation starts by receiving user input indicating activation of presentation generator and generating and transmitting content selection display to the electronic device that includes search button, first table including list of selected cocktails, and second table including spirit type and number count. When the user input indicates selection of search button, processor generates and transmits cocktail lookup page display that includes pop-up window that includes drop-down lists or search fields including cocktail criterions and third table that includes entries matching selected cocktail criterion selected. When user input indicates activation of selection box included in the third table and subsequent user input indicates no other entries are desired, processor generates and transmits content selection display that includes updated first table that comprises the entry associated with the activated selection box. Processor then generates and transmits the presentation in a first format to the electronic device. Other embodiments are also described. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098467 | PERSONALIZED METRIC TRACKING - A system, method and apparatus for providing real-time tracking of user personalized metrics from a database are provided. A request is received from a user device for personalized metrics data from a customer relationship management (CRM) application. A home page user interface is transmitted for display on the user device. The home page user interface provides several icons for user selection, where each of the several icons corresponds to a unique personal metrics category. A selection of one of the several icons is received. A user interface for a personal metrics category corresponding to the selected icon is transmitted for display on the user device. The user interface provides for display on the user device at least one personalized metrics data corresponding to the personal metrics category. | 04-07-2016 |
20160103577 | CREATING AND DELIVERING A VEHICLE MANUAL IN THE FORM OF AN INTERACTIVE WRAPPED PACKAGE OF CARDS - A vehicle manual wrap package for a vehicle including (a) a vehicle card identifying the vehicle, (b) one or more informational card(s) for providing media content pertinent to the vehicle, including a user manual describing operation and features of the vehicle and (c) an application function card, embedding or associating therewith, an application function for providing interaction between a representative of the vehicle manufacturer and an an owner of the vehicle when consuming the wrap package. In addition, the cards of the vehicle manual wrap package are further configured to be rendered in one or more sequences at runtime. | 04-14-2016 |
20160110035 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An electronic device for recording and displaying memo objects and method executing the same are disclosed herein. The electronic devices includes a display and a processor. The processor is configured to execute steps implementing the method, including receive a memo object to a screen mode or a visual object presently displayed on the display when a memo input mode is active, store an association between the memo object and the presently displayed screen mode or visual object, and display the memo object on a memo layer disposed over the screen mode or visual object. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110054 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CUSTOMIZING A THEME FOR MODIFYING A LOOK AND FEEL OF A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method and system for enabling a user to customize a theme for modifying a graphical user interface (GUI). The GUI comprises components that are customizable. These include icons, fonts, colors, images, etc. Themes comprise GUI elements, and a GUI element of a theme is associated with a component of a GUI. GUI elements comprise icons, colors, wallpapers, notification sounds, ringtones, etc., which are applied to components of a GUI when a theme is applied to the GUI. The system generates a theme preview for a theme, which comprises a representation of the theme applied to components of a GUI. A user can customize a theme by selecting, via an interface generated by the system, a component of a GUI, and identifying an alternate GUI element to be associated with the component in the theme. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110060 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SORTING DESKTOP OBJECTS - In a method and system, the method includes: acquiring a desktop thumbnail of each desktop screen in a desktop screen set, and collectively displaying all the acquired desktop thumbnails on a desktop home screen; listening to a sequence of tapping operations performed on the desktop thumbnails displayed on the desktop home screen, and determining a tapping location of each tapping operation in the sequence of tapping operations; and sorting and displaying, according to the tapping location of each tapping operation in the sequence of tapping operations, desktop objects that are on each desktop screen on a multi-screen desktop. Desktop thumbnails of desktop screens in a desktop screen set are collectively displayed on a desktop home screen, so that desktop objects on each desktop screen on a multi-screen desktop can be sorted and displayed by performing a tapping operation on the desktop home screen. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110082 | ARBITRARY SIZE CONTENT ITEM GENERATION - A system for automatically generating a content item may include receiving a content item template having a set of elements for creating a content item and content item data for the set of elements. In some implementations, the content item data may include one or more assets that are selected based on contextual data for a content item request. The contextual data may include a connection type or speed. A placeholder for each element of the set of elements of the content item template may be generated and a space allocation for each element may be determined based on the generated placeholders for each element. A determination if a conflict exists based on the determined space allocations for each element may be made and, responsive to determining no conflict exists, a content item may be generated using the content item data and the determined space allocations. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110088 | Displaying Visual Elements on a Medical Device - A medical system includes a medical device and a display for displaying a plurality of visual elements. The plurality of visual elements are associated with functions of the medical device. The medical system also includes a plurality of visual profiles for facilitating in controlling visual appearance of the plurality of visual elements displayed on the display, and a visual profile selector for selecting at least one of the plurality of visual profiles based on a state of the medical device. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110427 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR ORGANIZING AND EMBEDDING APPLICATIONS - The present disclosure relates to methods and systems for organizing mobile applications. An exemplary method may include receiving information associated with a plurality of mobile applications and computing a distance function indicating similarities of the plurality of mobile applications. The method may also include grouping the plurality of mobile applications based on the distance function. Another exemplary method may include displaying a plurality of mobile application in a two-dimensional grid and detecting an input signal indicating user behavior in connection to the two-dimensional grid. Based on the input signal, the method may include determining a mobile application to be inserted into the two-dimensional grid and displaying the inserted mobile application in the two-dimensional grid. Another exemplary method may include determining a distance between two clusters of mobile applications based on their similarities and embedding the two clusters into a two-dimensional grid based on the distance. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110477 | MANAGING MULTIPLE RECORDS IN A WORKGROUP THROUGH SECONDARY NAVIGATION BUTTONS - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with providing efficient management of records of information associated with a computer application are described. In one embodiment, a record management tool is disclosed that dynamically generates workgroups of related records and allows easy and efficient navigation between the records in a workgroup via secondary navigation buttons provided as part of a graphical user interface. In response to user navigation between the records of a workgroup, a displayed editor is switched in a common editor space provided by the graphical user interface. The displayed editor corresponds to a presently selected secondary navigation button and associated record. Navigating between records and switching between editors may be accomplished without having to close any records of the workgroup. | 04-21-2016 |
20160117082 | INTEGRATED TASK LAUNCHER USER INTERFACE - Methods for providing a launcher interface for task items selected based on user activity are provided. In one aspect, a method includes identifying a plurality of task items associated with a user. The plurality of task items includes a plurality of task types. The method also includes selecting a subset of the plurality of task items based on user activity information. The subset of task items includes at least no different task types. The method also includes providing a launcher user interface for display to the user on a computing device. The launcher user interface includes a plurality of elements corresponding to the selected subset of task items arranged on a single surface. The plurality of elements is selectable to launch respective applications associated with the corresponding task items. Systems and machine-readable media are also provided. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117089 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS - A method for managing desktop shortcuts of an electronic device includes setting a master shortcut for each of groups and a classification rule of the groups. According to the master shortcut in each of the groups and the classification rule of the groups, shortcuts on a desktop of the electronic device are classified into the groups. Each of the groups is displayed using a graphics on a display device of the electronic device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117090 | NUMERICAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR MACHINE TOOL - A numerical control system for a machine tool includes a display screen, a storage unit, and a control unit. The control unit executes a step of displaying, on the display screen, a designation screen that selects and designates one or more pieces of auxiliary information and auxiliary functions corresponding to each of basic work screens prepared for each work process using the machine tool, and associating with the basic work screen and storing in the storage unit one or more pieces of auxiliary information and auxiliary functions selected and designated by a user through the designation screen, and a step of simultaneously displaying, on the display screen, one basic work screen designated by the user among the basic work screens, and one or more virtual buttons that select one or more pieces of auxiliary information and one or more auxiliary functions, associated with the user-designated basic work screen. | 04-28-2016 |
20160132195 | APPLICATION COMMAND CONTROL FOR SMALLER SCREEN DISPLAY - Non-limiting examples of the present disclosure describe an application command control user interface menu to facilitate user interaction between a user and a mobile application. On a processing device, a mobile application is launched where the mobile application comprises an application command control user interface menu displayable within a defined display space of the mobile application. The application control user interface menu is displayed within the defined display space. A tab comprises one or more user interface elements for application command control. Input is received for selection of a tab of the application control user interface menu. In response to the received input, display of the application command control user interface menu is modified to display one or more tabs within the defined display space. Other examples are also described. | 05-12-2016 |
20160132205 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LINKING APPLICATIONS - A system and method includes a device and a processor. In some embodiments the processor is operable to display a first representation for a first application at a first location on the touchscreen display and a second representation for a second application. In some embodiments, the device detects a contact on a touchscreen display at the first location. In some embodiments, the device detects a gesture on the touchscreen display and links the first application with the second application. In some embodiments the device links the first application with the second application when the gesture conforms to a predetermined gesture. | 05-12-2016 |
20160132226 | BLOOD PURIFICATION DEVICE FEEDBACK METHOD - A method for providing feedback on an expected and/or required user interaction in a blood purification device is disclosed. The method includes monitoring, at a current position in an operational flow of the blood purification device, whether a user interaction is expected and/or required in a subsequent step in the operational flow. If it is determined in the monitoring step that a user interaction is required and/or expected, the kind of required and/or expected user interaction is determined. A user interaction feedback indicating the determined kind of user interaction required and/or expected in the at least one subsequent step is then proactively activated at an active element corresponding to the user interaction in a graphical user interface. | 05-12-2016 |
20160139770 | METHOD FOR PRESENTING PROMPT ON MOBILE TERMINAL AND THE SAME MOBILE TERMINAL - The disclosure relates to a method for presenting prompt on mobile terminal and the same mobile terminal. The method includes: the processor determines whether an application of the mobile terminal has received a new message; the processor determines whether the screen is in an unlocked state; and the screen displays jittering of the icon of the application, based on a determination that the application has received the new message and the screen is in the unlocked state. | 05-19-2016 |
20160139779 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR RESIZING CONTENT VIEWING AND TEXT ENTRY INTERFACES - An electronic device includes instructions for: displaying a text entry interface area at a first size for the text entry interface area; concurrently displaying a viewing area adjacent to the text entry interface area, at a first size for the viewing area; detecting a continuous finger contact that starts in the viewing area, moves in a first direction towards the text entry interface area, contacts a predefined boundary associated with the text entry interface area, and continues to move in the first direction after contacting the predefined boundary; and, in response to detecting the continuous finger contact continuing to move in the first direction after contacting the predefined boundary: increasing the viewing area to a second size of the viewing area; and scrolling the text entry interface area to reduce the displayed text entry interface area to a second size of the text entry interface area. | 05-19-2016 |
20160139787 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING SCREEN AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PROCESSING SAME - An apparatus and method for contents to a display functionally connected to an electronic device are provided. The electronic device can change at least some of attributes (e.g. a location, a brightness, or a size) of the content of the electronic device on the basis of at least one attribute (e.g., an illuminance, a brightness, a size, or a resolution) of the display functionally connected to the electronic device and provide the content to the display functionally connected to the electronic device. | 05-19-2016 |
20160139801 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR OPERATING ITEMS WITH MULTIPLE FINGERS - A method, an apparatus and a computer program product for operating items with multiple fingers, adapted to a portable apparatus having a touch screen, are provided. In the method, a first touch operation performed on at least one item displayed on the touch screen is detected. A time of the first touch operation staying on the at least one item is accumulated and determined whether to be over a threshold. When the staying time is over the threshold, an edit mode of the item is entered and a second touch operation performed on the touch screen is detected. Finally, the at least one item is operated according to the first touch operation and the second touch operation. | 05-19-2016 |
20160147381 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY OF INFORMATION - A method of controlling display of information includes arranging tiles in a plurality of columns, each tile having a width of about a column width or about one half the column width, receiving a selection of a first tile and receiving a selection of a second tile. In response to determining that a first tile width is generally equal to a second tile width, exchanging locations of the first tile with the second tile. In response to determining that the first tile width is not equal to the second tile width, the smaller of the tiles is grouped with an adjacent tile from the same column. The locations of the grouped tiles and the remaining one of the selected tiles are exchanged. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147384 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING OBJECT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a display module functionally connected to the electronic device and an object control module configured to create object property information based on a characteristic of an application and configure and display an object for controlling at least some functions of the application based on the object property information when the application is executed. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147397 | SOCIALLY ENABLED GUIDANCE FOR PRODUCTS WITH GUIS - The disclosure is directed to socially enabled guidance for products with GUIs. A method in accordance with an embodiment includes: recording a set of sequential graphical user interface (GUI) interactions in a product GUI; saving the set of sequential GUI interactions in a file; importing the file containing the set of sequential GUI interactions; parsing the file to extract the set of sequential GUI interactions; highlighting a GUI interaction listed in the set of sequential GUI interactions; and in response to a user selection of the highlighted GUI interaction, highlighting a next GUI interaction listed in the set of sequential GUI interactions. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147430 | TRACKING THE EVOLUTION OF A DESIGN SPACE - A design application includes a design engine and a tracking engine. The design engine allows end-users to create and modify a design space. The design space includes a spectrum of possible design options, as well as other information related to the process of creating designs. When changes are applied to the design space, the design engine transmits event data to the tracking engine that reflects those changes. The tracking engine, based on the event data, updates a design space timeline. The design space timeline illustrates the evolution of the design space over time. | 05-26-2016 |
20160147431 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING USER ACCESSIBILITY IN A VIRTUAL UNIVERSE - A system and method to enhance user accessibility in a virtual universe and, in particular, to enhance user accessibility by providing information and/or actions to users participating in the virtual universe. The system comprises an assignment engine configured to assign an accessibility unit to an item within a virtual universe and a detection engine configured to detect a triggering event, which triggers the accessibility unit. The system also comprises an accessibility action engine configured to provide at least one of information and an action to a user when the accessibility unit is triggered. | 05-26-2016 |
20160154555 | INITIATING APPLICATION AND PERFORMING FUNCTION BASED ON INPUT | 06-02-2016 |
20160154578 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY INTERFACE OF MOBILE TERMINAL | 06-02-2016 |
20160162095 | EVALUATION OF DIGITAL CONTENT USING INTENTIONAL USER FEEDBACK OBTAINED THROUGH HAPTIC INTERFACE - Systems and methods are provided for evaluating the quality of automatically composed digital content based on intentional user feedback obtained through a haptic interface. For example, a method includes accessing intentional user feedback collected by a haptic interface executing on a computing device, wherein the intentional user feedback provides an indication as to a user's reaction toward digital content that the user interacts with on the computing device. The digital content includes content that is automatically generated using content generation rules. The method further includes evaluating a quality of the digital content based on the intentional user feedback, and generating an evaluation report that includes information providing an evaluation of the quality of the digital content. | 06-09-2016 |
20160162153 | Positioning Pads for Moving a Position of Interest on a Display - Positioning pads are displayed via a display device to facilitate movement of a position of interest (e.g., as indicated by a cursor) with respect to a structured object also displayed via the display device. The structured object is analyzed to determine predicted locations to which a user may subsequently wish to navigate the position of interest, and positioning pads are displayed at, or associated with, the predicted locations. When activation of a positioning pad is detected, (i) the position of interest is moved to the location of, or associated with, the positioning pad, and (ii) the positioning pad is no longer displayed via the display device. | 06-09-2016 |
20160162156 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING DESKTOP ICONS - In a desktop icon management method executed in an electronic device, icons are obtained from a storage device of the electronic device. Different icon categories are defined. The icons are classified in accordance with the icon categories. According to the icon categories, the icons are displayed on a desktop of the electronic device. A navigation pane is generated above the desktop. All the icon categories are displayed in the navigation pane. In response to an input via the navigation pane, an operation is performed to at least one of the icons in accordance with the input. | 06-09-2016 |
20160162157 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELOCATING AN ICON - A method of controlling an electronic apparatus includes installing an application on the electronic apparatus or updating the application installed on the electronic application; displaying an icon of the installed or updated application in a relocatable state upon completion of the installing or updating; and relocating the icon in response to detecting an operation to relocate the icon and displaying the relocated icon. | 06-09-2016 |
20160179207 | ORIENT A USER INTERFACE TO A SIDE | 06-23-2016 |
20160179317 | PERSONALIZATION OF A WEB APPLICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160179318 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PRESENTING SCROLLABLE DISPLAYS | 06-23-2016 |
20160179353 | ANALOG CLOCK DISPLAY WITH TIME EVENTS | 06-23-2016 |
20160187978 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REMOVING FOLDERS FROM TOUCH SCREEN OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a method for removing folders from a touch screen of an electronic device, a preset triggering operation for activating the folders is detected when performed on the touch screen. An acceleration of the electronic device is obtained in real time by the gravity sensor when the preset triggering operation is detected. The electronic device is determined that whether the electronic device is being shaken based on the obtained acceleration; and the folders are removed from the touch screen, the application icons of the folders are displayed on a desktop of the electronic device when the electronic device is being shaken. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188161 | Least Disruptive Icon Displacement - Least disruptive icon displacement techniques are described herein which enable rearrangement of icons by selectively applying multiple different displacement strategies for handling of displacement events (e.g., moving or adding icons). In one or more implementations, initiation of a displacement event to position an icon within an arrangement of icons is detected. Responsive to the detection, multiple available displacement strategies implemented by the computing platform are evaluated and a displacement strategy for rearrangement of the arrangement to position the icon is selected. Selection of the displacement strategy is based on an assessment of a level of disruption caused by the different displacement strategies to identify a least disruptive option. Then, rearrangement of the arrangement of icons is controlled using the displacement strategy that is selected. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188175 | SELECTION OF A GRAPHICAL ELEMENT - A computer-implemented method for selecting a graphical element displayed on a touch-sensitive display. The method comprises displaying a graphical element on the touch-sensitive display; detecting a first location of a first user interaction on the touch-sensitive display; displaying a window on the display, the window comprising a pointer for selecting a graphical element; rendering in the window an area surrounding the first location of the first user interaction; detecting a second user interaction on the touch-sensitive display; detecting a move of the second user interaction on the touch-sensitive display; and moving the pointer within the window according to the move of the second user interaction. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188181 | USER INTERFACE SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for a touch or pressure signal-based interface. In operation, a touch or pressure signal is received in association with a touch interface of a device. To this end, a user experience is altered utilizing the signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188195 | CELLPHONE WITH PROJECTION CAPABILITY - A method of adjusting an image projected by a projector in operative communication with a smartphone having a touch screen display, wherein the method includes projecting an image onto an adjacent surface using the projector and generating an image adjustment user interface on the touch screen display. The image adjustment user interface defines an image adjustment field on the touch screen display. The method further includes detecting a single finger gesture made by a user within the image adjustment field on the touch screen display and generating an image adjustment signal corresponding to the detected signal finger gesture. The projected image is then adjusted in accordance with the image adjustment signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160196014 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING NOTIFICATIONS ON A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160196045 | RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM | 07-07-2016 |
20160196050 | OPERATION DISPLAY DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160196052 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONTEXT SENSITIVE OVERLAYS | 07-07-2016 |
20160200195 | OPERATING METHOD FOR AN OPERATING AND DISPLAY DEVICE IN A VEHICLE AND OPERATING AND DISPLAY DEVICE IN A VEHICLE | 07-14-2016 |
20160253073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING ICON TO INTERFACE OF ANDROID SYSTEM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160378278 | DEVICE AND METHODS FOR CONTROL INCLUDING PRESENTATION OF A SELECTABLE DISPLAY ELEMENT - The present disclosure relates to methods and devices for device control. In one embodiment, a method for device control including presentation of a selectable display element includes determining activity for each of a plurality of list elements of the device and determining a display format for a selectable display element, wherein the selectable display element is configured for presentation associated with the plurality of display elements. The method may also include presenting at least a portion of the selectable display element on a display of the device, wherein at least one list element is presented in association with the portion of the selectable display element. Another embodiment is directed to a device configured to present a selectable display element for control. | 12-29-2016 |
20160378282 | METHOD AND AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ONE-HAND USER INTERFACE - An electronic device includes a touch panel configured to receive a user input at a location and a display configured to output at least one object on at least one of a plurality of grid areas. The plurality of grid areas is arranged in a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns. A processor is configured to rearrange an output location of the at least one object outputted on the at least one grid area in response to receiving the user input. | 12-29-2016 |
20160378321 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR APPLICATION DISCOVERY AND TRIAL - The present disclosure relates to devices and device configurations. In one embodiment, a process for providing application discovery and trial includes presenting a widget element on a display of the device, wherein the widget element includes graphical elements for a plurality of trial applications, and detecting a selection of one of the trial applications in the widget element. The process also includes updating the display to present a selected trial application based on the selection, wherein presentation of the selected trial application includes display of an overlay element, detecting a selection of the overlay element, and presenting a trial application control window based on the selection of the overlay element, the trial application control window including graphical elements for one or more of terminating, continuing and conversion of the selected trial application. | 12-29-2016 |
20160378721 | Electronic Discovery Insight Tool - An electronic discovery insight tool is presented. The tool is implemented in an apparatus comprising one or more processors, one or more memories communicatively coupled to the one or more processors and storing instructions which, when processed by the one or more processors, cause: receiving a selection of one or more email domains from a plurality of email domains, receiving a selection of one or more tags from a plurality of tags, and tagging, with the selected one or more tags, each item from a plurality of items that correspond to the selected one or more email domains from the plurality of email domains. | 12-29-2016 |
20170235474 | WEB-BASED CLIENT-SERVER GEOMETRIC DESIGN METHODS | 08-17-2017 |
20180024703 | TECHNIQUES TO MODIFY CONTENT AND VIEW CONTENT ON A MOBILE DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20220137799 | System and method for content driven design generation - Described herein is a computer implemented. The method includes detecting a user input selecting a particular media item. In response, one or more template bundles are selected and one or more designs are generated, each design corresponding to a template bundle. Generating a particular design corresponding to a particular template bundle includes rendering template bundle media items corresponding to the non-placeholder element in the template bundle, and, for each placeholder element defined by the template bundle, rendering a user selected media item. The one or more designs are then displayed. | 05-05-2022 |